10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

T Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

£ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission file number: 0-10777

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Hawaii	99-0212597
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

220 South King Street, Honolulu, Hawaii	96813
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(808) 544-0500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

		Name of each exchange on
	Title of each class		which registered
Common Stock, No Par Value Preferred Share Purchase Rights		New York Stock Exchange New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yeso Nox

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yesx Noo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yesx Noo

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer o                 Accelerated Filer x                 Non-Accelerated Filer o                 Smaller Reporting Company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).Yeso Nox

As of June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $309,774,000. As of February 23, 2012, the number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding was 41,745,576 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

PART 1

Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that Could Affect Future Results

Certain statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”), notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified. In addition, certain statements may be contained in our future filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in press releases and in oral and written statements made by us or with our approval that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Act. Examples of forward-looking statements include but are not limited to: (i) projections of revenues, expenses, income or loss, earnings or loss per share, the payment or nonpayment of dividends, capital structure and other financial items; (ii) statements of plans, objectives and expectations of Central Pacific Financial Corp. or its management or Board of Directors, including those relating to business plans, products or services and regulatory developments and regulatory actions; (iii) statements of future economic performance; and (iv) statements of assumptions underlying such statements. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “targeted,” “continue,” “remain,” “will,” “should,” “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include but are not limited to:

·   the effect of, and our failure to comply with all of the requirements of, the Memorandum of Understanding with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), effective May 5, 2011 (the “Bank MOU”), the Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) and DFI, dated July 2, 2010, and any further regulatory orders (the “Written Agreement”);

·   our ability to continue making progress on our recovery plan;

·   oversupply of inventory and adverse conditions in the Hawaii and California real estate markets and recurring weakness in the construction industry;

·   adverse changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers and, as a result, increased loan delinquency rates, further deterioration in asset quality and further losses in our loan portfolio;

·   the impact of local, national, and international economies and events (including natural disasters such as wildfires, tsunamis and earthquakes) on the Company’s business and operations and on tourism, the military and other major industries operating within the Hawaii market and any other markets in which the Company does business;

·   deterioration or malaise in economic conditions, including the continued destabilizing factors in the financial industry and deterioration of the real estate market, as well as the impact of declining levels of consumer and business confidence in the state of the economy in general and in financial institutions in particular;

·   the impact of regulatory action on the Company and Central Pacific Bank and legislation affecting the banking industry;

·   changes in estimates of future reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;

·   the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), other regulatory reform, including but not limited to government-sponsored enterprise reform, and any related rules and regulations on our business operations and competitiveness, including the impact of executive compensation restrictions, which may affect our ability to retain and recruit executives in competition with other firms who do not operate under those restrictions;

·   the costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments, including the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries and the results of regulatory examinations or reviews;

·   the effects of and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”);

·   inflation, interest rate, securities market and monetary fluctuations;

2

·   negative trends in our market capitalization and adverse changes in the price of the Company’s common shares;

·   political instability;

·   acts of war or terrorism;

·   changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits;

·   technological changes;

·   changes in the competitive environment among financial holding companies and other financial service providers;

·   the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

·   our ability to attract and retain skilled employees;

·   changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans; and

·   our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by law.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Central Pacific Financial Corp., a Hawaii corporation and bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), was organized on February 1, 1982. Our principal business is to serve as a holding company for our bank subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, which was incorporated in its present form in the state of Hawaii on March 16, 1982 in connection with the holding company reorganization. Its predecessor entity was incorporated in the state of Hawaii on January 15, 1954.

When we refer to “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our,” we mean Central Pacific Financial Corp. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. When we refer to “Central Pacific Financial Corp.,” “CPF” or to the holding company, we are referring to the parent company on a standalone basis. We refer to Central Pacific Bank herein as “our bank” or “the bank.”

Through our bank and its subsidiaries, we offer full-service commercial banking with 34 bank branches and 120 ATMs located throughout the state of Hawaii. Our administrative and main offices are located in Honolulu and we have 27 branches on the island of Oahu. We operate four branches on the island of Maui, two branches on the island of Hawaii and one branch on the island of Kauai. Our bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits. The bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System.

Central Pacific Bank is a full-service commercial bank offering a broad range of banking products and services, including accepting time and demand deposits and originating loans. Our loans include commercial loans, construction loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans and consumer loans.

We derive our income primarily from interest and fees on loans, interest on investment securities and fees received in connection with deposit and other services. Our major operating expenses are the interest paid by our bank on deposits and borrowings, salaries and employee benefits and general operating expenses. Our bank relies substantially on a foundation of locally generated deposits. For financial reporting purposes, we have the following four reportable segments: (1) Commercial Real Estate, (2) Hawaii Market, (3) Treasury and (4) Other. For further information about our reporting segments, including information about the assets and operating results of each, see “Note 26 – Segment Information” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

3

Our operations, like those of other financial institutions that operate in our market, are significantly influenced by economic conditions in Hawaii, including the strength of the real estate market, as well as the fiscal and regulatory policies of the federal and state government and the regulatory authorities that govern financial institutions. See “—Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Actions” below for information about the Bank MOU and Written Agreement to which we are subject and the remainder of “—Supervision and Regulation” below for other information about the regulation of our holding company and bank.

On April 20, 2011, following regulatory approval from the FDIC, FRB and DFI, we announced the appointments of Crystal K. Rose as Chair of the Board of Directors of CPF and the bank and John C. Dean, former Executive Chairman of the Board of CPF and the bank, as President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of CPF and the bank. Mr. Dean continues to serve as a director of both the CPF and the bank.

On September 28, 2011, we announced the appointment of Denis K. Isono as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), which was effective October 1, 2011. Mr. Isono replaced Larry D. Rodriguez, who remained an employee until November 30, 2011 and has subsequently been retained by us as a consultant.

Recovery Plan Progress

As previously disclosed, we adopted and implemented a recovery plan in March 2010 to improve our financial health by completing a significant recapitalization, reducing our credit risk exposure and returning to profitability by focusing on our core businesses and traditional markets in Hawaii.

During 2011, we accomplished a number of key milestones in our recovery plan, including:

·   On February 2, 2011, we effected a one-for-twenty reverse stock split of our common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”).

·   On February 18, 2011, we successfully completed a $325 million capital raise (the “Private Placement”). Concurrently with the completion of the Private Placement, we exchanged our Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for common stock (the “TARP Exchange”).

·   On May 6, 2011, we successfully completed a $20 million Rights Offering (the “Rights Offering”).

·   In May 2011, the Consent Order was lifted and replaced with the Bank MOU as further described below.

·   In November 2011, the memorandum of understanding relating to compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA MOU”) that the bank entered into with the FDIC and DFI was terminated.

·   We significantly improved our tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 to 22.94%, 24.24%, and 13.78%, respectively, from 7.64%, 8.98% and 4.42%, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. Our capital ratios currently exceed the minimum level required by the Bank MOU and are above the levels required for a “well-capitalized” regulatory designation.

·   We reported four consecutive profitable quarters with net income of $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to a loss of $251.0 million in the previous year.

·   We reduced our nonperforming assets by $107.2 million to $195.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $302.8 million at December 31, 2010.

·   We reduced our construction and development loan portfolio (excluding owner-occupied loans) as of December 31, 2011 to $148.4 million, or 7.2% of our total loan portfolio. At December 31, 2010, this portfolio totaled $299.9 million, or 13.8% of our total loan portfolio.

·   We maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases of 5.91% at December 31, 2011, compared to 8.89% at December 31, 2010. In addition, we maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming assets of 62.42% at December 31, 2011, compared to 63.69% at December 31, 2010.

·   We reduced total outstanding borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (the “FHLB”) to $50.0 million at December 31, 2011 from $551.3 million at December 31, 2010.

4

We intend to continue to execute on our recovery plan and focus on, among other things, improving our asset quality, increasing profitability from our banking operations, enhancing our cross-selling of products and services to our customers, improving our efficiency ratio and operating efficiencies and effectively competing in the Hawaii market.

Our Services

We offer a full range of banking services and products to businesses, professionals and individuals. We provide our customers with an array of loan products, including residential mortgage loans, commercial and consumer loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans and construction loans.

Through our bank, we concentrate our lending activities in four principal areas:

(1)   Residential Mortgage Lending.  Residential mortgage loans include both fixed and adjustable-rate loans primarily secured by single-family, owner-occupied residences in Hawaii. We typically require loan-to-value ratios of not more than 80%, although higher levels are permitted with accompanying mortgage insurance. First mortgage loans secured by residential properties generally carry a moderate level of credit risk, with an average loan size of approximately $0.4 million and marketable collateral. Changes in interest rates, the economic recession and other market factors have impacted, and future changes will likely continue to impact, the marketability and value of collateral and the financial condition of our borrowers and thus the level of credit risk inherent in the portfolio.   Since our August 2005 acquisition of Hawaii HomeLoans, Inc., now known as Central Pacific HomeLoans, a division of the Bank, (“CPHL”), we have grown our market position in the residential mortgage origination arena in Hawaii with dedicated mortgage lending specialists on all major islands in Hawaii. The majority of our residential mortgage loan originations are sold in the secondary market.

(2)   Commercial Lending and Leasing.  Loans in this category consist primarily of term loans, lines of credit and equipment leases to small and middle-market businesses and professionals in the state of Hawaii. The borrower’s business is typically regarded as the principal source of repayment, although our underwriting policies and practices generally require additional sources of collateral, including real estate and other business assets, as well as personal guarantees where possible to mitigate risk and help to reduce credit losses.

(3)   Commercial Real Estate Lending.  Loans in this category consist of loans secured by commercial real estate, including but not limited to, structures and facilities to support activities designated as industrial, warehouse, general office, retail, health care, religious and multi-family dwellings. Our underwriting policy generally requires net cash flow from the property to cover the debt service while maintaining an appropriate amount of reserve and permits consideration of liquidation of the collateral as a secondary source of repayment. Financing of commercial real estate projects is subject to a high degree of credit risk. The limited supply of land at a given commercially attractive location, the long economic life of the assets, the long delivery time frames required for the development and construction of major projects and high interest rate sensitivity have given commercial real estate markets a long history of significant cyclical fluctuations and volatility.

(4)  Construction Lending.  Construction lending encompasses the financing of residential and commercial construction projects. Similar to commercial real estate lending, construction projects are subject to a high degree of credit risk given the long delivery time frames for projects.

Beyond the lending function described above, we also offer a full range of deposit products and services including checking, savings and time deposits, cash management and internet banking services, trust services and retail brokerage services.

Our Market Area and Competition

Based on deposit market share among FDIC-insured financial institutions in Hawaii, Central Pacific Bank was the fourth-largest depository institution in the state at December 31, 2011.

The banking and financial services industry in the state of Hawaii generally, and particularly in our target market areas, is highly competitive. We compete for loans, deposits and customers with other commercial banks, savings banks, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, credit unions and other nonbank financial service providers. Some of these competitors are much larger by total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and have achieved better results than we have in the current economic downturn.

5

In order to compete with the other financial services providers in the state of Hawaii, we principally rely upon local promotional activities, personal relationships between customers and our officers, directors and employees, and specialized services tailored to meet the needs of our customers and the communities we serve. We remain competitive by offering flexibility and superior service levels, coupled with competitive interest rates and pricing.

For further discussion of factors affecting our operations see, “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Business Concentrations

No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to the assets or deposits of our bank, or in relation to the overall business of the Company. However, approximately 85% of our loan portfolio held for investment at December 31, 2011 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans. See “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Loan Portfolio.”

Our business activities are focused primarily in Hawaii. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are impacted by the general economic trends in Hawaii, particularly in the commercial and residential real estate markets. During periods of economic strength, the real estate market and the real estate industry typically perform well; during periods of economic weakness, they typically are adversely affected.

Our Subsidiaries

Central Pacific Bank is the wholly-owned principal subsidiary of Central Pacific Financial Corp. Other wholly-owned subsidiaries include: CPB Capital Trust I; CPB Capital Trust II; CPB Statutory Trust III; CPB Capital Trust IV; CPB Statutory Trust V; CPB Real Estate, Inc.; Citibank Properties, Inc.; and CB Technology, Inc.

Central Pacific Bank also owns 50% of Pacific Access Mortgage, LLC and Gentry HomeLoans, LLC.

Our former subsidiary Central Pacific HomeLoans, Inc. was merged into the bank in February 2012.

Supervision and Regulation

Set forth below is a description of the material elements of the laws and regulations and other regulatory matters applicable to us and our bank. Such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us and our bank could have a material effect on our business.

Regulatory Agencies

Central Pacific Financial Corp. is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. As a bank holding company, Central Pacific Financial Corp. is regulated under the BHC Act and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the FRB. It is also subject to Hawaii’s Code of Financial Institutions and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the DFI.

The Company is also subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as administered by the SEC. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “CPF,” and we are subject to the rules of the NYSE for companies listed there.

Central Pacific Bank, as a Hawaii-chartered bank, is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the DFI and FDIC. Central Pacific Financial Corp., as a bank holding company, is also subject to certain regulations promulgated by the FRB. In its periodic examinations, each of these regulatory bodies assesses our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity and other aspects of our operations. These bodies also determine whether our management is violating or has violated any law or regulation. The DFI and FRB, and separately the FDIC as insurer of the bank’s deposits, have various remedies available to them. Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in capital or establish specific minimum capital ratios, to restrict the bank’s growth, to assess civil monetary penalties, to remove officers and directors, to institute a receivership, and ultimately to terminate the bank’s deposit insurance, which for a Hawaii-chartered bank would result in a revocation of its charter.

6

Regulatory Actions

In May 2011, the regulatory Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) that the bank entered into with the FDIC and the DFI on December 9, 2009 was lifted. In place of the Consent Order, the Board of Directors of the bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “Bank MOU”) with the FDIC and DFI effective May 5, 2011. The Bank MOU continues a number of the same requirements previously required by the Consent Order, including the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, improvement of our asset quality, limitations on credit extensions, maintenance of qualified management and the prohibition on cash dividends to CPF, among other matters. In addition, the Bank MOU requires the bank to further reduce classified assets below the level previously required by the Consent Order. The Bank MOU lowers the minimum leverage capital ratio that the bank is required to maintain from 10% in the Consent Order to 8% and does not mandate a minimum total risk-based capital ratio.

In addition to the lifting of the Consent Order, in November 2011, the separate Memorandum of Understanding relating to compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”) that the bank entered into with the FDIC and DFI on February 9, 2011 was terminated.

In addition to the Bank MOU, the Company continues to be subject to the Written Agreement with the FRBSF and DFI dated July 2, 2010, which superseded in its entirety the Memorandum of Understanding that the Company entered into on April 1, 2009 with the FRBSF and DFI. Among other matters, the Written Agreement provides that unless we receive the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we cannot: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from the bank; (iii) directly or through our non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of our stock. The Written Agreement requires that our Board of Directors fully utilize the Company's financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with the Bank MOU and any other supervisory action taken by the bank’s regulators. We were also required to submit to the FRBSF an acceptable capital plan to maintain the capital requirements of the Bank MOU and cash flow projection.

Even though the Consent Order has been replaced by the Bank MOU, the bank remains subject to a number of requirements as described above. We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with the material terms of the Bank MOU and the Written Agreement and are meeting the timeline for compliance set out in such agreements subject to our continuing efforts to improve core earnings and reduce the level of our nonperforming assets. However, we cannot assure you whether or when the Company and the bank will be in full compliance with the agreements with the regulators or whether or when the Bank MOU or the Written Agreement will be terminated. Even if terminated, we may still be subject to other agreements with regulators that restrict our activities and may also continue to impose capital ratio requirements. The requirements and restrictions of the Bank MOU and the Written Agreement are judicially enforceable and the Company or the bank's failure to comply with such requirements and restrictions may subject the Company and the bank to additional regulatory restrictions including: the imposition of a new consent order; the imposition of civil monetary penalties; the termination of insurance of deposits; the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties; the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; the issuance of directives to increase capital or enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, if we again fall below the capital ratio requirements; and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders.

Bank Holding Company Activities

In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies which have not elected financial holding company status to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. We have not elected financial holding company status and are currently not eligible for such status. As a result of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), which amended the BHC Act, bank holding companies that are financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the FRB). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments.

If a bank holding company seeks to engage in the broader range of activities that are permitted under the BHC Act for financial holding companies, (i) all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” and (ii) it must file a declaration with the FRB that it elects to be a “financial holding company.” A depository institution subsidiary is considered to be “well capitalized” if it satisfies the requirements for this status discussed under “—Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective Action” below. A depository institution subsidiary is considered “well managed” if it received a composite rating and management rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination.

7

In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHC Act or to acquire a company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”). See “—Community Reinvestment Act” below.

The BHC Act generally limits acquisitions by bank holding companies that are not qualified as financial holding companies to commercial banks and companies engaged in activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Financial holding companies are also permitted to acquire companies engaged in activities that are financial in nature and in activities that are incidental and complementary to financial activities without prior FRB approval.

The BHC Act, the Federal Bank Merger Act, Hawaii law and other federal and state statutes regulate acquisitions of commercial banks. The BHC Act requires the prior approval of the FRB for the direct or indirect acquisition of more than 5.0% of the voting shares of a commercial bank or its parent holding company. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined organization, the applicant’s performance record under the CRA (see “—Community Reinvestment Act” below) and fair housing laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities.

Affiliate Transactions

Transactions between our subsidiary bank, on the one hand, and CPF and its other subsidiaries, on the other hand, are regulated by the FRB. These regulations limit the types and amounts of transactions (including loans due and extensions of credit from our subsidiary bank) that may take place and generally require those transactions to be on an arm’s length basis. These regulations generally do not apply to transactions between a U.S. bank subsidiary and its subsidiaries. In general, these regulations require that any extensions of credit must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and must be limited, as to any one of CPF or its non-bank subsidiaries, to 10% of our subsidiary bank’s capital stock and surplus, and, as to the holding company and all such non-bank subsidiaries in the aggregate, to 20% of our subsidiary bank’s capital stock and surplus. These restrictions, other than the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions with any one affiliate, are also applied to transactions between banks and their financial subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expands the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization. For example, effective July 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act required that the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions begin to apply to financial subsidiaries. It also required, effective July 2011, that derivative transactions under which a bank (or a subsidiary) has credit exposure to an affiliate be treated as covered transactions, with the term “credit exposure” to be defined by the FRB under its existing rulemaking authority.

Source of Strength Doctrine

FRB policy historically has required bank holding companies to act as a source of strength to their bank subsidiaries and to commit capital and financial resources to support those subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act codifies this policy as a statutory requirement. Such support may be required by the FRB at times when we might otherwise determine not to provide it. Any capital loan by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks is subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. The BHC Act provides that in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Capital Requirements

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.

The FDIC and DFI have substantially similar risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio guidelines for banking organizations. The guidelines are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Under the guidelines, banking organizations are required to maintain minimum ratios for Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit). For purposes of calculating the ratios, a banking organization’s assets and some of its specified off-balance sheet commitments and obligations are assigned to various risk categories. A depository institution’s or holding company’s capital, in turn, is classified in one of three tiers depending on type:

8

· Core Capital (Tier 1). Tier 1 capital includes common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual stock at the holding company level, minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets.

· Supplementary Capital (Tier 2). Tier 2 capital includes, among other things, perpetual preferred stock and related surplus not meeting the Tier 1 definition, qualifying mandatory convertible debt securities, qualifying subordinated debt and allowances for possible loan and lease losses, subject to limitations.

· Market Risk Capital (Tier 3). Tier 3 capital includes qualifying unsecured subordinated debt.

We, like other bank holding companies, are required to maintain Tier 1 capital and “total risk-based capital” (the sum of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital) equal to at least 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively, of total risk-weighted assets (including various off-balance-sheet items, such as letters of credit). Our subsidiary bank, like other depository institutions, is required to maintain similar capital levels under capital adequacy guidelines. However, as described under “—Regulatory Actions” above, we are currently subject to higher ratios as a result of the Bank MOU and Written Agreement.

Bank holding companies and banks subject to the market risk capital guidelines are required to incorporate market and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards. Under the market risk capital guidelines, capital is allocated to support the amount of market risk related to a financial institution’s ongoing trading activities.

Bank holding companies and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier 1 capital to its total adjusted quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes). The requirements necessitate a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% for bank holding companies and national banks that either have received the highest supervisory rating or have implemented the appropriate federal regulatory authority’s risk-based capital measure for market risk. All other bank holding companies and banks are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum is specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. For a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%.

Prompt Corrective Action

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), requires among other things, federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDICIA establishes five capital categories for FDIC-insured banks: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital category will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors as established by regulation. The relevant capital measures are the total capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio.

Under FDICIA, a depository institution is deemed to be: (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater (3.0% in certain circumstances) and is not “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% (3.0% in certain circumstances); (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to or deemed to be in a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.

9

The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.”

“Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

The following table sets forth the Company’s and the bank’s capital ratios, as well as the minimum requirements to be deemed adequately capitalized applicable generally to all financial institutions as of the dates indicated. At December 31, 2011, each of the Company and the bank was in compliance with the minimum ratios required by the Bank MOU and the levels required for a well-capitalized regulatory designation.

					Minimum required to be				Minimum required
	Actual				adequately capitalized				to be well-capitalized
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in thousands)
Company
As of December 31, 2011:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	555,315	22.9	%	$	96,845	4.0	%	$	145,267	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		586,802	24.2			193,690	8.0			242,112	10.0
Leverage capital		555,315	13.8			161,218	4.0			201,522	5.0
As of December 31, 2010:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	180,626	7.6	%	$	94,544	4.0	%	$	141,815	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		212,259	9.0			189,087	8.0			236,359	10.0
Leverage capital		180,626	4.4			163,454	4.0			204,318	5.0
Central Pacific Bank
As of December 31, 2011:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	524,057	21.6	%	$	96,916	4.0	%	$	145,375	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		555,566	22.9			193,833	8.0			242,291	10.0
Leverage capital		524,057	13.0			161,259	4.0			201,574	5.0
As of December 31, 2010:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	197,626	8.4	%	$	94,592	4.0	%	$	141,888	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		229,271	9.7			189,183	8.0			236,479	10.0
Leverage capital		197,626	4.8			163,500	4.0			204,376	5.0

10

Basel Accords

The current risk-based capital guidelines which apply to the Company and the bank are based upon the 1988 capital accord (referred to as “Basel I”) of The International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors and regulators from the major industrialized countries. The Basel Committee develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply. A new framework and accord, referred to as Basel II, evolved from 2004 to 2006 out of the efforts to revise capital adequacy standards for internationally active banks. Basel II emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, and supervisory assessment and market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements and became mandatory for large or “core” international banks outside the United States in 2008 (total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more). Basel II was optional for others, and if adopted, must first be complied with in a “parallel run” for two years along with the existing Basel I standards.

In December 2009, the Basel Committee released two consultative documents proposing significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements in response to the economic downturn to enhance the Basel II framework which had not yet been fully implemented internationally and even less so in the United States. The Group of Twenty Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors (commonly referred to as the G-20), including the United States, endorsed the  reform package, referred to as Basel III, and proposed phase in timelines in November 2010. Basel III provides for increases in the minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio and the minimum requirement for the Tier 1 capital ratio. Basel III additionally includes a “capital conservation buffer” on top of the minimum requirement designed to absorb losses in periods of financial and economic distress; and an additional required countercyclical buffer percentage to be implemented according to a particular nation’s circumstances. These capital requirements are further supplemented under Basel III by a non-risk-based leverage ratio. Basel III also reaffirms the Basel Committee’s intention to introduce higher capital requirements on securitization and trading activities.

The Basel III liquidity proposals have three main elements: (i) a “liquidity coverage ratio” designed to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario, (ii) a “net stable funding ratio” designed to promote more medium and long-term funding over a one-year time horizon, and (iii) a set of monitoring tools that the Basel Committee indicates should be considered as the minimum types of information that banks should report to supervisors.

Implementation of Basel III in the United States will require regulations and guidelines by United States banking regulators, which may differ in significant ways from the recommendations published by the Basel Committee. It is unclear how United States banking regulators will define “well-capitalized” in their implementation of Basel III and to what extent and when smaller banking organizations in the United States will be subject to these regulations and guidelines. Basel III standards, if adopted, would lead to significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios.

United States banking regulators must also implement Basel III in conjunction with the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act related to increased capital and liquidity requirements. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements on a consolidated basis for all depository institution holding companies and insured depository institutions that cannot be less than the strictest requirements in effect for depository institutions as of the date of enactment, July 21, 2010.

Insolvency of an Insured Depository Institution

If the FDIC were appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution such as Central Pacific Bank, upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power:  (i) to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors; (ii) to enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms; or (iii) to repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution.

In addition, under federal law, the claims of holders of deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any debt obligations of Central Pacific Bank, the debt holders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the depository institution.

11

Legislative Initiatives

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations would have on our financial condition or results of operations. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us or any of our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly revised and expanded the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of the federal bank regulatory agencies. The numerous rules and regulations that have been promulgated and are yet to be promulgated and finalized under the Dodd-Frank Act are likely to significantly impact our operations and compliance costs. The Dodd-Frank Act followed the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) in response to the economic downturn and financial industry instability. Additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before Congress, the California Legislature, and other government bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions and may subject us to increased supervision and disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various bank regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations and policies to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulatory changes in policy may be enacted or the extent to which the business of the bank would be affected thereby. In addition, the outcome of examinations, any litigation, or any investigations initiated by state or federal authorities may result in necessary changes in our operations and increased compliance costs.

The Dodd-Frank Act impacts many aspects of the financial industry and, in many cases, will impact larger and smaller financial institutions and community banks differently over time. Many of the following key provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act affecting the financial industry are now either effective or are in the proposed rule or implementation stage:

·   the creation of a Financial Services Oversight Counsel to identify emerging systemic risks and improve interagency cooperation;

·   expansion of FDIC authority to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain systemically significant non-bank financial companies in addition to depository institutions;

·   the establishment of strengthened capital and liquidity requirements for banks and bank holding companies, including minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements no less than the strictest requirements in effect for depository institutions as of the date of enactment;

·   the requirement by statute that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial strength for their depository institution subsidiaries;

·   enhanced regulation of financial markets, including the derivative and securitization markets, and the elimination of certain proprietary trading activities by banks ( the “Volcker Rule”);

·   the termination of investments by the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”) under TARP;

·   the elimination and phase out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital with certain exceptions (under which our trust preferred securities qualify);

·   a permanent increase of the previously implemented temporary increase of FDIC deposit insurance to $250,000 and an extension of federal deposit coverage until January 1, 2013, for the full net amount held by depositors in non-interesting bearing transaction accounts;

·   authorization for financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts;

·   changes in the calculation of FDIC deposit insurance assessments, such that the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but instead will be its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity;

12

·   the elimination of remaining barriers to de novo interstate branching by banks;

·   expanded restrictions on transactions with affiliates and insiders under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and lending limits for derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions;

·   the elimination of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the transfer of oversight of thrift institutions and their holding companies to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the FDIC and Federal  Reserve;

·   provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation at most United States publicly traded companies, including (i) stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation, (ii) executive compensation “clawback” requirements for companies listed on national securities exchanges in the event of materially inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues, gains or other criteria, (iii) enhanced independence requirements for compensation committee members, and (iv) giving the SEC authority to adopt proxy access rules which would permit stockholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy statement; and

·   the creation of a Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”), which is authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to bank and non-bank financial products and which may examine and enforce its regulations on banks with more than $10 billion in assets.

In general, more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements are expected to impact our business as the Dodd-Frank Act is fully implemented. The federal agencies have issued proposed rules which will apply directly to larger institutions with either more than $50 billion in assets or more than $10 billion in assets, such as proposed Federal Reserve regulations for financial institutions deemed systemically significant, Federal Reserve and FDIC proposed rules requiring stress tests and the Federal Reserve proposed rules to implement the Volcker Rule. Further, the requirements and policies imposed on larger institutions may subsequently in some cases become expected “best practices” for smaller institutions. Therefore, as a result of the changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the profitability of our business activities may be impacted and we may be required to make changes to certain of our business practices. These changes may also require us to devote significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

We participated in TARP, which was designed to bolster eligible healthy institutions by injecting capital into these institutions, so that we could continue to lend and support our then current and prospective clients. In order to participate in TARP, financial institutions were required to adopt certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance. ARRA also included a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health and education needs. ARRA imposes certain new, more stringent executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all TARP recipients until the Treasury is repaid. We have complied with the compensation provisions of TARP and ARRA and have certified as to such compliance in the exhibits attached to this report pursuant to Section 111(b) of the EESA. We will remain subject to TARP so long as the Treasury continues to hold our common stock.

Dividends

We are incorporated in Hawaii and are governed by Hawaii law. Because our primary business is to serve as a bank holding company for the bank, our ability to pay dividends is affected by the bank’s ability to pay dividends to us. Under Hawaii law, the ability of our subsidiary bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions to us is subject to the Hawaii state law that prohibits a state-chartered bank from declaring or paying dividends greater than its retained earnings. As of December 31, 2011, the bank had an accumulated deficit of $441.5 million. In addition, federal law generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized.

As a result of the Bank MOU, Written Agreement and the terms of our trust preferred securities, dividend payments require approval by our regulators and are restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities are brought current. See “Part II, Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities – Dividends” for a further discussion of our dividends.

13

Deposit Insurance

The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of federally insured banks and savings institutions and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and savings industries. The FDIC insures our customer deposits through the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) up to prescribed limits for each depositor. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the maximum deposit insurance amount has been permanently increased to $250,000 and all non-interest-bearing transaction accounts are insured through December 31, 2012. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. Due to the greatly increased rate of bank failures experienced in the current period of financial stress, as well as the extraordinary programs in which the FDIC has been involved to support the banking industry generally, the DIF was substantially depleted and the FDIC has incurred substantially increased operating costs. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a requirement for most institutions to prepay in 2009 their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. However, our bank was exempt from doing so.

The Dodd-Frank Act also changes the base for FDIC insurance assessments to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, rather than upon its deposit base alone, and requires the FDIC to increase the DIF’s reserves against future losses. This will necessitate increased deposit insurance premiums that are to be borne primarily by institutions with assets of greater than $10 billion. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, on October 19, 2010, the FDIC further addressed plans to bolster the DIF by increasing the required reserve ratio for the industry to 1.35% (ratio of reserves to insured deposits) by September 30, 2020. Current assessment rates will remain in effect until such time as the industry’s reserve ratio reaches 1.15%, which the FDIC estimates will occur at the end of 2018. The FDIC also proposed to raise its industry target ratio of reserves to insured deposits to 2%, 65 basis points above the statutory minimum, but the FDIC does not project that goal to be met until 2027.

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. These announced increases and any future increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material and adverse affect on our earnings and could have a material adverse effect on the value of, or market for, our common stock.

All FDIC-insured institutions are also required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the DIF.  These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017. The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that pose a risk to the DIF or that may prejudice the interest of the bank’s depositors. The termination of deposit insurance for a bank would also result in the revocation of the bank’s charter by the DFI.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the CRA and are assigned ratings. Furthermore, banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when considering approval of a proposed transaction.

14

Operations and Consumer Compliance Laws

The bank must comply with numerous federal anti-money laundering and consumer protection statutes and implementing regulations, including the USA Patriot Act of 2001, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (effective 2013), the CRA, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and various federal and state privacy protection laws. The bank and the Company are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition.

These laws and regulations also mandate certain disclosure and reporting requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans, and providing other services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can subject the bank to lawsuits and penalties, including but not limited to enforcement actions, injunctions, fines or criminal penalties, punitive damages to consumers, and the loss of certain contractual rights.

The Dodd-Frank Act provided for the creation of the Bureau as an independent entity within the Federal Reserve. The Bureau is a new regulatory agency for United States banks. The Bureau has broad rulemaking, supervisory, and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards. The Bureau’s functions include investigating consumer complaints, conducting market research, rulemaking, supervising and examining banks consumer transactions, and enforcing rules related to consumer financial products and services. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, banks (such as our bank) with less than $10 billion in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws and the regulations of the Bureau by their primary federal banking agency.

Employees

At December 31, 2011, we employed 935 persons, 839 on a full-time basis and 96 on a part-time basis. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement.

Protection of Net Operating Losses

We have generated considerable tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards and federal and state tax credits. Our use of the tax benefits in the future would be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative increase in the Company’s ownership by “5-percent shareholders” (as defined under U.S. income tax laws) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.

On November 23, 2010, our board declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights (“Rights”) in respect of our common stock which were issued pursuant to a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010 (the “Tax Benefits Preservation Plan”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as rights agent. Each Right represents the right to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions in the Plan, 1/10,000th of a share of our Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, no par value, for $6.00, subject to adjustment. The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan is designed to reduce the likelihood that the Company will experience an ownership change by discouraging any person from becoming a beneficial owner of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”). There is no guarantee, however, that the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan will prevent the Company from experiencing an ownership change. Adoption of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan was required by our agreements with The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) and Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (“Anchorage”).

To further protect our tax benefits, on January 26, 2011, our board approved a proposed amendment to our restated articles of incorporation to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or to cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase (the “Protective Charter Amendment”). At our annual meeting of shareholders on April 27, 2011, we proposed the amendment which shareholders voted on and approved. The Protective Charter Amendment also does not guarantee that we will not experience an ownership change.

Available Information

Our internet website can be found at www.centralpacificbank.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports can be found on our internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Copies of the Company’s filings with the SEC may also be obtained directly from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. These documents may also be obtained in print upon request by our shareholders to our Investor Relations Department.

15

Also posted on our website and available in print upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department, are the charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. Within the time period required by the SEC and NYSE, we will post on our website any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver applicable to our senior financial officers, as defined by the SEC, and our executive officers or directors. In addition, our website includes information concerning purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors, as well as disclosure relating to certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation G) that we may make public orally, telephonically, by webcast, by broadcast or by similar means from time to time.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report.

If any of the following risks actually occurs, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risk Factors Related to our Business

We continue to be subject to a number of requirements and prohibitions under regulatory orders imposed on us and we cannot assure you whether or when such orders will be lifted.

The Bank MOU continues a number of the same requirements previously required by the Consent Order, including the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, improvement of our asset quality, limitations on credit extensions, maintenance of qualified management and the prohibition on cash dividends to the Company, among other matters. In addition, the Bank MOU requires the bank to further reduce classified assets below the level previously required by the Consent Order. The Bank MOU lowers the minimum leverage capital ratio that the bank is required to maintain from 10% in the Consent Order to 8% and does not mandate a minimum total risk-based capital ratio.

In addition, the Written Agreement provides that unless we receive the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we cannot: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from the bank; (iii) directly or through our non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of our stock. The Written Agreement requires that the Board of Directors fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with the Bank MOU and other regulatory orders.

Even though the Consent Order has been replaced by the Bank MOU, the bank remains subject to a number of requirements as described above. We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with the material terms of the Bank MOU and the Written Agreement and are meeting the timelines for compliance set out in such agreements subject to our continuing efforts to improve our core earnings and reduce the level of our nonperforming assets. However, we cannot assure you whether or when the Company and the bank will be in full compliance with the agreements with the regulators or whether or when the Written Agreement and the Bank MOU will be terminated. Even if terminated, we may still be subject to other agreements with regulators that restrict our activities and may also continue to impose capital ratio requirements. The requirements and restrictions of the Written Agreement and the Bank MOU are judicially enforceable and the Company or the bank’s failure to comply with such requirements and restrictions may subject the Company and the bank to additional regulatory restrictions including: the imposition of a new consent order; the imposition of civil monetary penalties; the termination of insurance of deposits; the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties; the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; the issuance of directives to increase capital or enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, if we again fall below the capital ratio requirements; and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders.

16

In addition to the Bank MOU and Written Agreement, governmental regulation and regulatory actions against us may further impair our operations or restrict our growth.

In addition to the requirements of the Bank MOU and Written Agreement, we are subject to significant governmental supervision and regulation. These regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not security holders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Statutes and regulations affecting our business may be changed at any time and the interpretation of these statutes and regulations by examining authorities may also change. In addition, regulations may be adopted which increase our deposit insurance premiums and enact special assessments which could increase expenses associated with running our business and adversely affect our earnings.

There can be no assurance that such changes to the statutes and regulations or to their interpretation will not adversely affect our business. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. In addition to governmental supervision and regulation, we are subject to changes in other federal and state laws, including changes in tax laws, which could materially affect the banking industry. We are subject to the rules and regulations of the FRBSF, FDIC and DFI and may be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau which was recently created pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act. If we fail to comply with federal and state bank regulations, the regulators may limit our activities or growth, impose fines on us or ultimately cease our operations. Banking laws and regulations change from time to time. Bank regulations can hinder our ability to compete with financial services companies that are not regulated in the same manner or are less regulated. Federal and state bank regulatory agencies regulate many aspects of our operations. These areas include:

·   the capital that must be maintained;

·   the kinds of activities that can be engaged in;

·   the kinds and amounts of investments that can be made;

·   the locations of offices;

·   insurance of deposits and the premiums that we must pay for this insurance; and

·   how much cash we must set aside as reserves for deposits.

In particular, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act provides for a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States. While the full effects of the legislation on us cannot yet be determined, it could result in higher compliance and other costs as a result of new regulations and new regulatory initiatives, reduced revenues and higher capital and liquidity requirements, among other things, which could adversely affect our business.

In addition, bank regulatory authorities have the authority to bring enforcement actions against banks and bank holding companies for unsafe or unsound practices in the conduct of their businesses or for violations of any law, rule or regulation, any condition imposed in writing by the appropriate bank regulatory agency or any written agreement with the authority. Possible enforcement actions against us could include a federal conservatorship or receivership for the bank, the issuance of additional orders that could be judicially enforced, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, the issuance of directives to enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, the termination of insurance of deposits, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders.

17

Despite signs of stabilization, uncertainty about the global and U.S. economies could have an adverse effect on us.

Although general economic trends and market conditions continue to show signs of stabilization, concerns about the global and U.S. economies still remain, including weak consumer confidence, relatively high unemployment rates and increased volatility in both energy prices and the capital markets. Further concerns about the Euro-zone government debt crisis and the credit ratings of global and European financial institutions could negatively impact the global financial system and adversely affect any economic recovery in the United States. In addition, growing government indebtedness, a large budget deficit, and concerns over the federal debt ceiling have exacerbated the uncertainty surrounding a sustained economic recovery. On August 2, 2011, legislation was enacted to increase the federal debt ceiling and to reduce future spending levels by as much as $2.4 trillion over the next 10 years. On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) downgraded the U.S. long-term debt rating from its AAA rating to AA+. On August 8, 2011, S&P downgraded from AAA to AA+ the credit ratings of certain long-term debt instruments issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and other U.S. government agencies linked to long-term U.S. debt. While the potential effects of these downgrades are difficult to determine, they could raise borrowing costs and adversely impact the mortgage and housing markets, any of which could have one or more of the following adverse impacts on us: (i) loan delinquencies may increase; (ii) problem assets and foreclosures may increase leading to higher loan charge-offs; (iii) demand for our products and services may decline; (iv) low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease; and (v) collateral for loans made by us, especially involving real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans.

Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected our industry and renewed economic slowdown in Hawaii or a worsening of current market conditions in general would result in additional adverse effects on us.

The U.S. economy entered into one of the longest economic recessions to have occurred since the Great Depression of the 1930’s in December 2007. Although general economic trends and market conditions have since stabilized to some degree, a renewed economic slowdown in Hawaii or a worsening of current market conditions in general would likely result in additional adverse effects on us, including: (i) loan delinquencies may increase; (ii) problem assets and foreclosures may increase leading to more loan charge-offs; (iii) demand for our products and services may decline; (iv) low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease; and (v) collateral for loans made by us, especially involving real estate, may continue to decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans.

Furthermore, unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, our business and operations are closely tied to the Hawaii market. The Hawaii economy relies on tourism, real estate, government and other service-based industries. Declines in tourism, increases in energy costs, the availability of affordable air transportation, adverse weather and natural disasters and local budget issues impact consumer and corporate spending. As a result, such events may contribute to the deterioration in Hawaii’s general economic condition, which could adversely impact us and our borrowers.

The high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans in our portfolio, combined with the deterioration in these sectors caused by the economic downturn, had and may continue to have a significantly more adverse impact on our operating results than many other banks across the nation. Although we have taken a number of steps to reduce our credit risk exposure over the past several quarters, we still had $195.6 million in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011. If our borrowers continue to experience financial difficulty, or if property values securing our real estate loans decline further, we will continue to incur elevated credit costs due to the composition of our loan portfolio even if market conditions stabilize or improve.

Our Hawaii and, to a lesser extent, California commercial real estate and construction loan operations have a considerable effect on our results of operations.

The performance of our Hawaii and California commercial real estate and construction loans depends on a number of factors, including the continued stabilization and eventual improvement of the real estate markets in which we operate. As we have seen in the Hawaii and California construction and commercial real estate markets since the latter part of 2007, the strength of the real estate market and the results of our operations could continue to be negatively affected by the economic downturn. While we are no longer originating new loans out of our Mainland operations, we still have a sizable California loan portfolio and the performance of that portfolio continues to be subject to market conditions in California.

18

As we have seen in recent years, declines in the market for commercial property are causing commercial borrowers to suffer losses on their projects and they may be unable to repay their loans. Defaults of these loans or further deterioration in the credit worthiness of any of these borrowers would further negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Declines in housing prices and the supply of existing houses for sale are causing residential developers who are our borrowers to also suffer losses on their projects and encounter difficulty in repaying their loans. Although during the year ended December 31, 2011, we saw improvement in our credit risk profile and significant reductions in our nonperforming assets, which resulted in a credit to our provision for loan and lease losses of $40.7 million, from the third quarter of 2007 through 2010 we significantly increased our provision for loan and lease losses as a result of these challenging conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2010, our provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $159.5 million, compared to $348.8 million in 2009 and $171.7 million in 2008. As of December 31, 2011, our percentage of nonperforming assets to total loans and leases, loans held for sale and other real estate was 8.99%, compared to 13.18% as of December 31, 2010 and 15.85% as of December 31, 2009. We cannot assure you that we will have an adequate provision for loan and lease losses to cover future losses. If we suffer greater losses than we are projecting, our recovery plan and the ability to improve our position will be materially adversely affected.

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Additional loan losses may occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than we have experienced to date.

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our loan customers may not repay their loans according to their terms and that the collateral or guarantees securing these loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. Although during the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a credit to our provision for loan and lease losses amounting to $40.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $159.5 million, $348.8 million and $171.7 million, respectively. Our current allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses. We may experience significant loan losses that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, which are regularly reevaluated and are based in part on:

·   current economic conditions and their estimated effects on specific borrowers;

·   an evaluation of the existing relationships among loans, potential loan losses and the present level of the allowance for loan and lease losses;

·   results of examinations of our loan portfolios by regulatory agencies; and

·   management’s internal review of the loan portfolio.

In determining the size of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions, as well as the requirements of the Bank MOU and other regulatory input. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover the losses. Because of the uncertainty in the economy, volatility in the credit and real estate markets, including specifically, the deterioration in the Hawaii and California real estate markets and our high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans, we made significant adjustments to our allowance for loan and lease losses over the past several years and may need to make additional adjustments in the future. In addition, third parties, including our federal and state regulators, periodically evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses and may communicate with us concerning the methodology or judgments that we have raised in determining the allowance for loan and lease losses. As a result of this input, we may be required to assign different grades to specific credits, increase our provision for loan and lease losses, and/or recognize further loan charge offs.

A large percentage of our real estate loans are construction loans which involve the additional risk that a project may not be completed, increasing the risk of loss.

Approximately 9% of our real estate loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011 was comprised of construction loans. Fifty-six percent of these construction loans were in Hawaii while 44% were located on the mainland. Many of our construction loans are reliant upon sponsors and/or guarantors for additional support. Repayment of construction loans is dependent upon the successful completion of the construction project, on time and within budget, and the successful sale of a completed project or the conversion of the construction loan into a term loan. If a borrower is unable to complete a construction project or if the marketability or value of the completed development is impaired, proceeds from the sale of the subject property may be insufficient to repay the loan.

19

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our construction loan portfolio was significantly impacted by an increase in loan delinquencies and defaults, as well as declining collateral values resulting from the downturn in the commercial real estate markets in Hawaii and California and the significant negative impact this had on our borrowers, guarantors, and many of the projects securing our construction loans. Although economic conditions stabilized and showed signs of improvement in 2011, our construction loan portfolio may continue to experience material credit losses due to our concentration of loans with exposure to this sector combined with the continuing uncertainty of some of our construction borrowers and guarantors.

A large percentage of our loans are collateralized by real estate and continued deterioration in the real estate market may result in additional losses and adversely affect our financial results.

Our results of operations have been, and in future periods, will continue to be significantly impacted by the economy in Hawaii, and to a lesser extent, other markets we are exposed to including California. Approximately 85% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011 was comprised of loans primarily collateralized by real estate, with the majority of these loans concentrated in Hawaii.

Deterioration of the economic environment in Hawaii, California or other markets we are exposed to, including a continued decline or worsening declines in the real estate market and single-family home resales or a material external shock, may significantly impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, amounts received upon sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover outstanding principal and interest on the loan. Over the past four years, material declines in the value of the real estate assets securing many of our commercial real estate loans has led to significant credit losses in this portfolio. As a result of our particularly high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans, the risk within our portfolio is higher than many financial institutions and, as a result, our portfolio had been and remains particularly susceptible to significant credit losses during economic downturns and adverse changes in the real estate market. Because of our high concentration of loans secured by real estate (the majority of which were originated several years ago), it is possible that we will continue to experience elevated levels of credit losses and higher provisions for loan and lease losses even if the overall real estate market continues to stabilize or improves due to the continuing uncertainty surrounding many of the specific real estate assets securing our loans and the weakened financial condition of many of our commercial real estate borrowers and guarantors.

Our ability to use net operating loss carry forwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited or restricted.

We have generated significant net operating losses (“NOLs”) as a result of our recent losses. We generally are able to carry NOLs forward to reduce taxable income in future years. However, our ability to utilize the NOLs is subject to the rules of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Section 382 generally restricts the use of NOLs after an “ownership change.” An ownership change occurs if, among other things, the shareholders (or specified groups of shareholders) who own or have owned, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of a corporation’s common stock or are otherwise treated as 5% shareholders under Section 382 and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder increase their aggregate percentage ownership of that corporation’s stock by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of the stock owned by these shareholders over a three-year rolling period. In the event of an ownership change, Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of taxable income a corporation may offset with NOL carry forwards. This annual limitation is generally equal to the product of the value of the corporation’s stock on the date of the ownership change, multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate published monthly by the Internal Revenue Service. Any unused annual limitation may be carried over to later years until the applicable expiration date for the respective NOL carry forwards.

In order to reduce the likelihood that transactions in our common stock will result in an ownership change, on November 23, 2010, we adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, which provides an economic disincentive for any person or group to become an owner, for relevant tax purposes, of 4.99% or more of our common stock. To further protect our NOL carryforwards, on May 2, 2011, we filed the Protective Charter Amendment to restrict transfers of our common stock if the effect of the transfer would be to cause the transferee to become an owner, for relevant tax purposes, of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”) or cause the beneficial ownership of our common stock by any Threshold Holder to increase. However, we cannot ensure that our ability to use our NOLs to offset income will not become limited in the future. As a result, we could pay taxes earlier and in larger amounts than would be the case if our NOLs were available to reduce our federal income taxes without restriction.

The Protective Charter Amendment expires on the earliest of (i) May 2, 2014, (ii) such time as the Board of Directors determines the Protective Charter Amendment is no longer necessary for the preservation of our tax benefits and (iii) the date the Board of Directors determines that the Protective Charter Amendment is no longer in our and our shareholders’ best interest.

20

Our ability to maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity and required capital levels may be negatively impacted by uncertainty in the economic environment which may, among other things, impact our ability to satisfy our obligations.

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of investments or loans, and other sources would have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include concerns regarding the continued deterioration in our financial condition, increased regulatory actions against us and a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans or deposits are concentrated. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the credit markets.

The management of liquidity risk is critical to the management of our business and our ability to service our customer base. In managing our balance sheet, our primary source of funding is customer deposits. Our ability to continue to attract these deposits and other funding sources is subject to variability based upon a number of factors including volume and volatility in the securities’ markets, our financial condition, our credit rating and the relative interest rates that we are prepared to pay for these liabilities. The availability and level of deposits and other funding sources is highly dependent upon the perception of the liquidity and creditworthiness of the financial institution, which perception can change quickly in response to market conditions or circumstances unique to a particular company. Concerns about our past and future financial condition or concerns about our credit exposure to other persons could adversely impact our sources of liquidity, financial position, including regulatory capital ratios, results of operations and our business prospects.

If the level of deposits were to materially decrease, we would need to raise additional funds by increasing the interest that we pay on certificates of deposits or other depository accounts, seek other debt or equity financing or draw upon our available lines of credit. We rely on commercial and retail deposits, and to a lesser extent, advances from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve discount window, to fund our operations. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future if, among other things, our results of operations or financial condition or the results of operations or financial condition of the FHLB or market conditions were to change.

Our line of credit with the FHLB serves as our primary outside source of liquidity. The Federal Reserve discount window also serves as an additional outside source of liquidity. Borrowings under this arrangement are through the Federal Reserve’s secondary facility and are subject to providing additional information regarding the financial condition of the bank and reasons for the borrowing. The duration of borrowings from the Federal Reserve discount window are generally for a very short period, usually overnight. In the event that these outside sources of liquidity become unavailable to us, we will need to seek additional sources of liquidity, including selling assets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to sell assets at a level to allow us to repay borrowings or meet our liquidity needs.

We constantly monitor our activities with respect to liquidity and evaluate closely our utilization of our cash assets; however, there can be no assurance that our liquidity or the cost of funds to us may not be materially and adversely impacted as a result of economic, market, or operational considerations that we may not be able to control.

Because of our participation in TARP and under the terms of our exchange agreement with the Treasury, we are subject to restrictions on compensation paid to our executives, which may make it difficult to attract and retain key members of management.

Pursuant to the terms of the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“TARP CPP”), we adopted certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which Treasury owns any debt or equity securities acquired pursuant to TARP. These standards generally apply to our five most highly compensated senior executive officers, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and/or certain of these restrictions also apply up to the next 20 most highly compensated senior executives. The standards include, among other things:

·   ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution;

·   a required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive officer and the next twenty most highly compensated employees based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate financial performance metric criteria;

21

·   a prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executive officers and the next five most highly compensated employees;

·   an agreement not to deduct for tax purposes annual compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive officer; and

·   limitations on bonuses and incentive compensation.

We depend on the services of existing management to carry out our business strategy. In addition, our success depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain other key employees. See “—We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people” below. The loss of the services of any management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods and make it more difficult to attract suitable candidates to serve as executive officers.

We are also obligated to comply with any subsequent amendments to these restrictions for so long as we remain subject to such restrictions.

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings.

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings and profitability depend significantly on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. If market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will work against us and our earnings may be negatively affected. In light of our current volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, our net interest margin could be expected to increase during periods of rising interest rates and, conversely, to decline during periods of falling interest rates. We are unable to predict or control fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by many factors, including the following:

·   inflation;

·   recession;

·   changes in unemployment;

·   the money supply;

·   international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets; and

·   governmental actions.

Our asset/liability management strategy may not be able to control our risk from changes in market interest rates and it may not be able to prevent changes in interest rates from having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. From time to time, we may reposition our assets and liabilities to reduce our net interest income volatility. Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

22

If we are unable to effectively manage the composition of our investment securities portfolio, which we expect will continue to comprise a significant portion of our earning assets, our net interest income and net interest margin could be adversely affected.

Our primary sources of interest income include interest on loans and leases, as well as interest earned on investment securities. Interest earned on investment securities represented 20.7% of our interest income in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 12.9% of our interest income in the year ended December 31, 2010. We face significant competition for loans and leases that meet our credit profile. In addition, as part of our recovery plan, we have experienced a significant reduction in average loans and leases as we have continued our efforts to reduce our credit risk exposure, while deploying more excess cash and cash equivalents into investment securities. Accordingly, effectively managing our investment securities portfolio to generate interest income while managing the composition and risks associated with that portfolio, including the mix of government agency and non-agency securities, has become increasingly important. If we are unable to effectively manage our investment securities portfolio or if the interest income generated by our investment securities portfolio declines, our net interest income and net interest margin could be adversely affected.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our deposit customers may pursue alternatives to deposits at our bank or seek higher yielding deposits causing us to incur increased funding costs.

We are facing increasing deposit-pricing pressures. Checking and savings account balances and other forms of deposits can decrease when our deposit customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or other non-depository investments as providing superior expected returns or seek to spread their deposits over several banks to maximize FDIC insurance coverage. Furthermore, technology and other changes have made it more convenient for the bank’s customers to transfer funds into alternative investments including products offered by other financial institutions or non-bank service providers. Additional increases in short-term interest rates could increase transfers of deposits to higher yielding deposits. Efforts and initiatives we undertake to retain and increase deposits, including deposit pricing, can increase our costs. When the bank’s customers move money out of bank deposits in favor of alternative investments or into higher yielding deposits, or spread their accounts over several banks, we can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, thus increasing our funding costs.

The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the net interest margin. It also can materially decrease the value of financial assets we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies also can adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve Board policies and our regulatory environment generally are beyond our control, and we are unable to predict what changes may occur or the manner in which any future changes may affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

The recent repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense.

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. Our interest expense will increase and our net interest margin will decrease if we have to offer higher rates of interest then we currently offer on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on dividends from our subsidiaries for most of our revenue.

Because we are a holding company with no significant operations other than our bank, we depend upon dividends from our bank for a substantial portion of our revenues.

23

In addition to obtaining approval from the FDIC and DFI, Hawaii law only permits the bank to pay dividends out of retained earnings. Given that the bank had an accumulated deficit of $441.5 million at December 31, 2011, the bank is prohibited from paying any dividends until this deficit is eliminated. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that the bank will be permitted to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, even if the bank was able to pay us dividends, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed and implemented to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We continually encounter technological change.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to various legal claims and litigation.

From time to time, customers, employees and others that we do business with make claims and take legal action against us for various business occurrences, including the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. Regardless of whether these claims and legal actions are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services, as well as impact customer demand for our products and services. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Even if these claims and legal actions do not result in a financial liability or reputational damage, defending these claims and actions have resulted in, and will continue to result in, increased legal and professional services costs, which adds to our noninterest expense and negatively impacts our operating results.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area.

We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and community banks within the various markets we operate. Additionally, various out of state banks conduct significant business in the market areas in which we currently operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings banks, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries.

24

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

·   the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;

·   the ability to expand our market position;

·   the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

·   the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

·   customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

·   industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The soundness of our financial condition may also affect our competitiveness. Customers may decide not to do business with the bank due to its financial condition. In addition, our ability to compete is impacted by the limitations on our activities imposed under the Bank MOU and Written Agreement. We have and continue to face additional regulatory restrictions that our competitors may not be subject to, including reducing our commercial real estate loan portfolio and improving the overall risk profile of the Company, which could adversely impact our ability to compete and attract and retain customers.

The Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle has entered into a consent order with the Federal Housing Finance Agency. If our investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle is classified as other-than-temporarily impaired or as permanently impaired, our earnings and stockholder’s equity could decrease.

We own stock in the FHLB. We hold this stock in order to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the FHLB’s advance program. The aggregate cost and fair value of our FHLB stock was $48.8 million as of December 31, 2011.

On October 25, 2010, the FHLB entered into a consent order with the Federal Housing Finance Agency (the “FHFA”), which requires the FHLB to take certain specified actions related to its business and operations. Following the filing of the FHLB’s second quarter 2011 quarterly report on Form 10-Q with the SEC, and once the FHLB reaches and maintains certain thresholds, it may begin repurchasing member capital stock at par. Further, the FHLB may again be in position to redeem certain capital stock from members and begin paying dividends once the FHLB:

·   achieves and maintains certain other financial and operational metrics;

·   remediates certain concerns regarding its oversight and management, asset improvement program, capital adequacy and retained earnings, risk management, compensation practices, examination findings, and information technology; and

·   returns to a “safe and sound” condition as determined by the FHFA.

Any stock repurchases, redemptions and dividend payments will be subject to FHFA approval. There continues to be a risk that the FHLB may not be permitted to redeem capital stock from members and begin paying dividends in the future, and that our investment in FHLB stock could be impaired at some time in the future. If this occurs, our earnings and stockholders’ equity would be negatively impacted.

25

Our business could be adversely affected by unfavorable actions from rating agencies.

Ratings assigned by ratings agencies to us, our affiliates or our securities may impact the decision of certain customers, in particular, institutions, to do business with us. A rating downgrade or a negative rating could adversely affect our deposits and our business relationships. On February 23, 2011, Fitch Ratings upgraded the long-term Issuer Default Rating of the Company and the bank from CC to B- and removed the Company and the bank from Rating Watch Evolving. On May 20, 2011, Fitch Ratings upgraded the long-term Issuer Default Rating of the Company and the bank to B+ from B- and assigned a Positive Rating Outlook. However, our ratings may not improve further and may be downgraded in the future if there are adverse developments concerning our business.

Although we completed the Private Placement, we have incurred significant losses and cannot assure you that we will continue to be profitable in the future.

With the completion of the Private Placement in 2011, the bank’s capital ratios currently exceed the levels required by the Bank MOU and previously required by the Consent Order, and are at “well-capitalized” levels. As of December 31, 2011, the bank’s leverage capital ratio was 13.78% and total risk-based capital ratio was 24.24%. However, even though we had net income of $36.6 million for 2011, we previously incurred significant losses, including net losses of $251.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, $313.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $138.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to credit costs, including a significant provision for loan and lease losses. Although we have taken a number of steps to reduce our credit exposure, at December 31, 2011 we still had $195.6 million in nonperforming assets and it is possible that we will continue to incur elevated credit costs over the near term, which would adversely impact our overall financial performance and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will continue to be profitable in the future.

The proceeds from the Private Placement may not be sufficient to satisfy our capital and liquidity needs in the future or to satisfy changing regulatory requirements, and we may need to raise additional capital.

The proceeds from the Private Placement were raised to strengthen our capital base as previously required by the Consent Order. As mentioned above, our capital ratios currently exceed the levels required by the Bank MOU and previously required by the Consent Order and are at “well-capitalized” levels for regulatory purposes. As of December 31, 2011, the bank’s leverage capital ratio was 13.78% and total risk-based capital ratio was 24.24%. However, despite the increase in our capital base, if economic conditions continue to be difficult or worsen or fail to improve in a timely manner, or if our operations or financial condition continues to deteriorate or fails to improve, particularly in the residential and commercial real estate markets where our business is located, we may need to raise additional capital. Factors affecting whether we would need to raise additional capital include, among others, additional provisions for loan and lease losses and loan charge-offs, changing requirements of regulators and other risks discussed in this “Risk Factors” section. If we had to raise additional capital, there can be no assurance that we would be able to do so in the amounts required and in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, any additional capital raised may be significantly dilutive to our existing shareholders and may result in the issuance of securities that have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to our common stock.

We may suffer substantial losses due to our agreements to indemnify investors in the Private Placement against a broad range of potential claims.

In our agreements with the investors in the Private Placement, we agreed to indemnify the investors for a broad range of claims, including losses resulting from the inaccuracy or breach of representations or warranties made by us in such agreements and the breach by us to perform our covenants contained in such agreements. While these indemnities are subject to various limitations, if claims were successfully brought against us, it could potentially result in significant losses for the Company.

As a result of the recapitalization, Carlyle and Anchorage are substantial holders of our common stock.

Following the closing of the recapitalization, Anchorage and Carlyle each became beneficial owners of our outstanding common stock, with their respective ownership percentages each equating to approximately 24% as of December 31, 2011. Each has a representative on our Board of Directors. Accordingly, Anchorage and Carlyle have substantial influence over the election of directors to our board and over corporate policy, including decisions to enter into mergers or other extraordinary transactions. In addition, Carlyle and Anchorage have certain preemptive rights to maintain their respective fully diluted percentage ownership of our common stock in the event of certain issuances of securities by us. In pursuing their economic interests, Anchorage and Carlyle may make decisions with respect to fundamental corporate transactions that may not be aligned with the interests of other shareholders.

26

We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain key people. There are a limited number of qualified persons in Hawaii with the knowledge and experience required to successfully implement our business strategy. The more senior the executive, the more difficult it is to locate suitable candidates in the local market. Accordingly, in many circumstances, it is necessary for us to recruit potential candidates from the mainland. At this time, new senior executives are required to be approved by our regulators. Suitable candidates for positions may decline to consider employment with the Company given its financial condition and the current regulatory environment, particularly since in some circumstances, this would require that the employee relocate from the mainland to Hawaii, where other employment opportunities in the banking industry may be limited. In addition, it may be difficult for us to offer compensation packages that would be sufficient to convince candidates that are acceptable to our regulators and meet our requirements to agree to become our employee and/or relocate. See “—Because of our participation in TARP and under the terms of our exchange agreement with the Treasury, we are subject to restrictions on compensation paid to our executives, which may make it difficult to attract and retain key members of management” above. Our financial condition and the existing uncertainties may result in existing employees seeking positions at other companies where these issues are not present. The unexpected loss of services of other key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of a loss of their skills, knowledge of our market and years of industry experience. If we are not able to promptly recruit qualified personnel, which we require to conduct our operations, our business and our ability to successfully implement our business strategy could be adversely affected.

The recent turnover in key positions in our finance and credit departments could increase the risk that our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accurately accumulated by management, and recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met and depend on the sufficiency of the personnel involved in those functions. There has been recent turnover in key positions in our finance and credit departments as part of the implementation of our recovery plan. We have also experienced significant turnover on our executive management team within the past two years, including the appointments of a new Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors in June 2010 (who is now the President and Chief Executive Officer), new Chief Financial Officer in August 2010 and again in October 2011, new Chief Administrative Officer in November 2010, new Chief Credit Officer in February 2011, and a new Chief Information Officer in June 2011. The recent changes to our executive management team, combined with the turnover within our finance and credit departments, could increase the risk that our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Risk Factors Related to Our Securities

The market price of our common stock has declined significantly and is volatile.

The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

· failure to comply with all of the requirements of the Bank MOU, the Written Agreement, and the possibility of resulting action by the regulators;

· deterioration of asset quality;

· the incurrence of losses;

· actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

· changes in revenue or earnings/losses estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;

· failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings/losses estimates;

· speculation in the press or investment community;

27

· strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

· additions or departures of key personnel;

· actions by institutional shareholders;

· fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

· future sales of our common stock, including sales of our common stock in short sale transactions;

· general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

· proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

· anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect us; or

· domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, have experienced significant volatility over the past few years. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur. In addition, sales of shares by investors in the Private Placement and Treasury may cause our share price to decrease. Accordingly, the common stock that you purchase may trade at a price lower than that at which they were purchased. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent individual shareholders from being able to sell their shares when they want or at prices they find attractive.

A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for shareholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.

The transferability of our common stock is limited as a result of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan and the Protective Charter Amendment.

As described under “—Risk Factors Related to our Business—Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited or restricted,” we have generated significant NOLs as a result of our recent losses. In order to reduce the likelihood that transactions in our common stock would result in an ownership change, on November 23, 2010, we adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, which provides an economic disincentive for any person or group to become an owner, for relevant tax purposes, of 4.99% or more of our common stock. To further protect our NOLs, we filed the Protective Charter Amendment on May 2, 2011 to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase. The Protective Charter Amendment expires on the earliest of (i) May 2, 2014, (ii) such time as the Board of Directors determines the Protective Charter Amendment is no longer necessary for the preservation of our tax benefits and (iii) the date the Board of Directors determines that the Protective Charter Amendment is no longer in our and our shareholders’ best interest.

The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan and the Protective Charter Amendment have the effect of limiting transferability of our common stock because they may make it more difficult and more expensive to acquire our common stock under the circumstances described above and, in the case of the Protective Charter Amendment, prohibit certain acquisitions of our common stock as described above. These transfer restrictions may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Company and make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to consummate an acquisition of the Company. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for our common shares and may limit a shareholder’s ability to dispose of our common shares by reducing the class of potential acquirers for our common shares.

28

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and applicable federal and state law may limit the ability of another party to acquire us, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Various provisions of our restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and certain other actions we have taken could delay or prevent a third-party from acquiring us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. These include, among other things, the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, the Protective Charter Amendment and the authorization to issue “blank check” preferred stock by action of the board of directors acting alone, thus without obtaining shareholder approval. In addition, applicable provisions of federal and state law require regulatory approval in connection with certain acquisitions of our common stock and supermajority voting provisions in connection with certain transactions. These provisions of our restated articles of incorporation and by-laws and federal and state law may prevent a merger or acquisition that would be attractive to shareholders and could limit the price investors would be willing to pay in the future for our common stock.

Resales of our common stock in the public market may cause the market price of our common stock to fall.

We issued a large number of common stock to the investors in the Private Placement and to the Treasury in the TARP Exchange. Carlyle and Anchorage (the “Lead Investors”) have certain registration rights with respect to the common stock held by them. In addition, we provided the Treasury with certain registration rights with respect to the common stock issued to the Treasury in exchange for our previously outstanding TARP preferred stock as well as the shares issuable upon exercise of the TARP Warrant. The registration rights for the Lead Investors and Treasury will allow them to sell their common stock without compliance with the volume and manner of sale limitations under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. The market value of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by the Lead Investors and Treasury from time to time of a substantial amount of the common stock held by them.

Our common stock is equity and therefore is subordinate to our subsidiaries’ indebtedness and preferred stock.

Our common stock constitutes equity interests and does not constitute indebtedness. As such, common stock will rank junior to all current and future indebtedness and other non-equity claims on us with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against us, including in the event of our liquidation. We may, and the bank and our other subsidiaries may also, incur additional indebtedness from time to time and may increase our aggregate level of outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2011, we had $105.0 million in face amount of trust preferred securities outstanding and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon of $8.5 million. Additionally, holders of common stock are subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of any holders of our preferred stock that may be outstanding from time to time. The Board of Directors is authorized to cause us to issue additional classes or series of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. If we issue preferred shares in the future that have a preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, or if we issue preferred shares with voting rights that dilute the voting power of the common stock, then the rights of holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

There is a limited trading market for our common stock and as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you pay for them.

Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NYSE, the volume of trading in our common shares is lower than many other companies listed on the NYSE. A public trading market with depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the market of willing buyers and sellers of our common shares at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control.

Our common stock is not insured and you could lose the value of your entire investment.

An investment in our common stock is not a deposit and is not insured against loss by the government.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

29

Certifications

We have filed the required certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Last year, we submitted to the NYSE on May 19, 2011 our annual CEO certification regarding the Company’s compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards. This year, we intend to submit to the NYSE our annual CEO certification within 30 days of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders, which is scheduled for April 25, 2012.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We hold title to the land and building in which our Main branch office and headquarters, Hilo branch office, Kailua-Kona branch office, Pearl City branch office and certain operations offices are located. We also hold title to portions of the land our Moiliili branch office and operations center are located. The remaining lands on which the Moiliili branch office and operations center are located are leased, as are all remaining branch and support office facilities. We also own four floors of a commercial office condominium in downtown Honolulu where certain administrative and support operations are located.

We occupy or hold leases for approximately 40 other properties including office space for our remaining branches and residential mortgage lending subsidiary. These leases expire on various dates through 2038 and generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from five to 15 years. For additional information relating to lease rental expense and commitments as of December 31, 2011, see Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In March 2011, the Company and the bank were named as defendants in a putative class action captioned as Gregory and Camila Peterson, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, Plaintiffs, v. Central Pacific Bank, Central Pacific Financial Corp. and Doe Defendants 1-50, Defendants, Case No. 11-1-0457-03 VLC, in the First Circuit Court of Hawaii in Honolulu. The complaint asserted claims for unconscionability, conversion, unjust enrichment, and violations of Hawaii’s Uniform Deceptive Trade Practice Act, relating to the bank’s overdraft practices and fees. Plaintiffs sought declaratory relief, restitution, disgorgement, damages, interest, costs and attorneys’ fees. In October 2011, through a mediation process, the Company reached a settlement with the plaintiffs. The settlement received court approval andprovides for a payment of $1.2 million into a class settlement fund, the proceeds of which will be used to refund class members and pay attorneys’ fees and administrative and other costs, in exchange for a complete release of all claims asserted against the Company and the bank. The $1.2 million settlement amount was fully accrued for by the Company as of December 31, 2011 and paid in February 2012.

Certain claims and lawsuits have been filed or are pending against us arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, all such matters are of a nature that, if disposed of unfavorably, would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

ITEM 4. REMOVED AND RESERVED

30

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “CPF.” Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s common stock, based on the market price of the common stock and assuming reinvestment of dividends, with the Russell 2000 Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Commercial Bank Index for the five year period commencing December 31, 2006 and ending December 31, 2011. The graph assumes the investment of $100 on December 31, 2006.

Indexed Total Annual Return

(as of December 31, 2011)

The following table sets forth information on the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock (adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split), as reported by the NYSE, for each full quarterly period within 2011 and 2010:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011				2010
	High		Low		High		Low
First quarter	$	53.00	$	18.61	$	45.40	$	20.80
Second quarter		21.06		12.07		77.60		30.00
Third quarter		14.78		9.48		36.40		26.00
Fourth quarter		13.89		9.37		31.80		23.20

As of February 23, 2012, there were 2,572 shareholders of record, excluding individuals and institutions for which shares were held in the names of nominees and brokerage firms.

Dividends

The holders of our common stock share proportionately, on a per share basis, in all dividends and other distributions declared by our Board of Directors. On January 28, 2009, CPF’s Board of Directors suspended the payment of cash dividends to preserve capital. Accordingly, no cash dividends were declared on our common shares in 2011 and 2010. Dividends by CPF require the approval of the FRB and DFI. Dividends by the bank require the approval of the FDIC and DFI.

31

As a result of the Written Agreement effective July 2, 2010 and due to the terms of our trust preferred securities, our ability to pay dividends with respect to common stock is subject to obtaining approval from the FRBSF and DFI and is restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities are brought current. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends depends on our ability to obtain dividends from our bank. Central Pacific Bank, in addition to obtaining approval from the FDIC and DFI, is not permitted under Hawaii law to pay dividends except out of retained earnings. Given that the bank had an accumulated deficit of $441.5 million at December 31, 2011, the bank is prohibited from paying any dividends until this deficit is eliminated. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that the bank or the Company will be paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

See “Part I, Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Actions” for a discussion on regulatory restrictions. For additional information regarding our election to defer payments on our trust preferred securities, see Notes 2 and 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no repurchases of the Company’s common stock during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Information relating to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance is set forth under “Part III, Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected financial information for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2011. This information is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes contained in “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

32

	Year Ended December 31,
Selected Financial Data	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operation Data:
Total interest income	$	136,450		$	160,754		$	242,237		$	303,952		$	349,877
Total interest expense		18,629			42,101			67,715			101,997			137,979
Net interest income		117,821			118,653			174,522			201,955			211,898
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses		(40,690	)		159,548			348,801			171,668			53,001
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses		158,511			(40,895	)		(174,279	)		30,287			158,897
Other operating income		50,181			57,036			57,413			54,808			45,804
Goodwill impairment		-			102,689			50,000			94,279			48,000
Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)		172,121			164,405			166,876			178,543			128,556
Income (loss) before income taxes		36,571			(250,953	)		(333,742	)		(187,727	)		28,145
Income taxes (benefit)		-			-			(19,995	)		(49,313	)		22,339
Net income (loss)		36,571			(250,953	)		(313,747	)		(138,414	)		5,806
Balance Sheet Data (Year-End):
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	$	180,839		$	729,014		$	400,470		$	475		$	241
Investment securities (1)		1,493,925			705,345			924,359			751,297			881,254
Loans and leases		2,064,447			2,169,444			3,041,980			4,030,266			4,141,705
Allowance for loan and lease losses		122,093			192,854			205,279			119,878			92,049
Goodwill		-			-			102,689			152,689			244,702
Other intangible assets		41,986			44,639			45,390			39,783			39,972
Total assets		4,132,865			3,938,051			4,869,522			5,432,361			5,680,386
Core deposits (2)		2,786,215			2,796,144			2,951,119			2,805,347			2,833,317
Total deposits		3,443,528			3,132,947			3,568,916			3,911,566			4,002,719
Long-term debt		158,298			459,803			657,874			649,257			916,019
Total shareholders' equity		456,440			66,052			335,963			526,291			674,403
Per Share Data:
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	3.36		$	(171.13	)	$	(220.56	)	$	(96.56	)	$	3.85
Diluted earnings (loss) per share		3.31			(171.13	)		(220.56	)		(96.56	)		3.82
Cash dividends declared		-			-			-			14.00			19.60
Book value		10.93			(42.18	)		136.50			366.34			469.04
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands)		36,342			1,516			1,459			1,433			1,520
Financial Ratios:
Return (loss) on average assets		0.90	%		(5.74	) %		(5.87	) %		(2.45	) %		0.10	%
Return (loss) on average shareholders' equity		9.83			(140.73	)		(54.99	)		(23.07	)		0.77
Net income (loss) to average tangible shareholders' equity		10.41			(193.24	)		(77.60	)		(37.00	)		1.35
Average shareholders' equity to average assets		9.17			4.08			10.67			10.61			13.58
Efficiency ratio (3)		92.06			82.88			63.52			53.93			47.80
Net interest margin (4)		3.09			2.91			3.62			4.02			4.33
Net loan charge-offs to average loans		1.42			6.33			7.03			3.42			0.33
Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases and loans held for sale (5)		6.33			10.96			15.13			3.26			1.48
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases		5.91			8.89			6.75			2.97			2.22
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans (5)		91.17			78.62			43.41			90.43			149.57
Dividend payout ratio		N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			515.79
(1) Held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost, available-for-sale securities at fair value.
(2) Noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, and time deposits under $100,000.
(3) The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure which should be read and used in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information. Comparison of our efficiency
ratio with those of other companies may not be possible because other companies may calculate the efficiency ratio differently. Our efficiency ratio is derived by dividing other
operating expense (excluding amortization, impairment and write-down of intangible assets, goodwill, loans held for sale and foreclosed property, loss on early extinguishment of debt,
loss on investment transaction and loss on sale of commercial real estate loans) by net operating revenue (net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis plus other operating income
before securities transactions). See Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Table 7. Reconciliation to Efficiency Ratio.
(4) Computed on a taxable equivalent basis using an assumed income tax rate of 35%.
(5)  Nonaccrual loans include loans held for sale.

33

Five Year Performance Comparison

The significant items affecting the comparability of the five years’ performance include:

·   Credit to the provision for loan and lease losses of $40.7 million in 2011, compared to a charge of $159.5 million, $348.8 million, $171.7 million and $53.0 million in 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively;

·   Gain on sale of property of $7.7 million and $3.6 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively;

·   Valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) of $162.3 million, $178.8 million and $104.6 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively;

·   Goodwill impairment charges of $102.7 million, $50.0 million, $94.3 million and $48.0 million in 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively;

·   Contributions to the Central Pacific Bank Foundation of $8.5 million in 2011;

·   FDIC insurance of $6.8 million, $12.6 million, $12.2 million, $3.3 million and $0.5 million in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively;

·   Loss on early extinguishment of debt of $6.2 million and $5.7 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively;

·   Provision for repurchased residential mortgage loans of $5.0 million and $6.1 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively;

·   Write down of assets of $4.6 million, $1.5 million, $5.0 million and $23.8 million in 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively;

·   Foreclosed asset expense of $4.6 million, $9.0 million, $8.7 million and $7.4 million in 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively;

·   Share-based compensation expense of $2.6 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million, $2.1 million and $2.9 million recognized in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively;

·   Gain on ineffective portion of derivative of $1.0 million, $3.4 million and $2.1 million in 2011, 2009 and 2008, respectively;

·   Tax contingency settlement benefits of $2.3 million in 2009, and a charge of $2.4 million in 2007;

·   Mortgage servicing rights impairment charge of $3.4 million in 2008;

·   Loss on counterparty financing agreement of $2.8 million in 2008;

·   Executive retirement expenses of $2.4 million incurred in 2008; and

·   Income tax benefit of $2.0 million related to true up adjustments recognized in 2007.

34

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

We are a bank holding company that, through our banking subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, offers full service commercial banking in the state of Hawaii.

Our products and services consist primarily of the following:

· Loans: Our loans consist of residential, commercial, commercial mortgage, and construction loans to small and medium-sized companies, business professionals and real estate developers. Our lending activities contribute to a key component of our revenues—interest income.

· Deposits: We strive to provide exceptional customer service and products that meet our customers’ needs, like our Free Plus Checking, as well as our Exceptional Checking & Savings and Super Savings accounts. We also maintain a broad branch and ATM network in the state of Hawaii. The interest paid on such deposits has a significant impact on our interest expense, an important factor in determining our earnings. In addition, fees and service charges on deposit accounts contribute to our revenues.

Additionally, we offer wealth management products and services, such as non-deposit investment products, annuities, insurance, investment management, asset custody and general consultation and planning services.

In this discussion, we have included statements that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. These statements relate to our future plans and objectives, among other things. By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the results indicated in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could, among others, cause our results to differ, possibly materially, from those indicated in the forward-looking statements are discussed above under “Part 1. Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that Could Affect Future Results” and “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors—Factors that May Affect our Business.” Except as otherwise specified, the share and per share amounts for historical periods have been restated to give the effect to the Reverse Stock Split.

Executive Overview

The year ended December 31, 2011 was a significant year in our Company’s history as we completed a number of key milestones and made substantial progress in executing our recovery plan. As a result of the completion of the Private Placement and Rights Offering, our Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage ratios as of December 31, 2011 exceeded both the minimum levels required by our Bank MOU and the levels required to be “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes. We also saw significant improvement in our asset quality as we reduced our nonperforming assets by $107.2 million to $195.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $302.8 million at December 31, 2010. In addition, we reduced our construction and development loan portfolio (excluding owner-occupied loans) as of December 31, 2011 to $148.4 million, or 7.2% of our total loan portfolio. At December 31, 2010, this portfolio totaled $299.9 million, or 13.8% of our total loan portfolio.

As a result of improvement in our credit risk profile, we were able to reduce our allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”). As a result, our total credit costs during fiscal 2011, which include the provision for loan and lease losses, write-downs of loans classified as held for sale, write-downs of foreclosed property and the change in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments, decreased from a charge of $168.9 million in 2010 to a credit of $29.9 million in 2011.

The significant decrease in our total credit costs allowed us to return to profitability after three years of net losses. During fiscal 2011, we reported four consecutive profitable quarters with annual net income of $36.6 million, as compared to a net loss of $251.0 million during fiscal 2010 and a net loss of $313.7 million during fiscal 2009.

Following completion of the Private Placement and Rights Offering, the Consent Order was lifted and replaced with the Bank MOU. In November 2011, the BSA MOU was also terminated.

35

Basis of Presentation

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Business Environment

While there remains continued uncertainty in the global macroeconomic environment, the U.S. economy has continued to stabilize following the economic downturn caused by disruptions in the financial system in 2008. Signs of stabilization of the financial markets and growth in the U.S. economy were partly attributable to various initiatives of the U.S. government and the FRB, some of which were expected to put downward pressure on longer term interest rates.

Despite recent signs of stabilization, concerns about the global and U.S. economies still remain, including concerns over the European sovereign debt crisis. In addition, growing United States government indebtedness, a large budget deficit and concerns over the federal debt ceiling continue to add to the uncertainty surrounding a sustained economic recovery. On August 2, 2011, legislation was enacted to increase the federal debt ceiling and to reduce future spending levels by as much as $2.4 trillion over the next ten years. On August 5, 2011, S&P downgraded the U.S. long-term debt rating from its AAA rating to AA+. On August 8, 2011, S&P downgraded from AAA to AA+ the credit ratings of certain long-term debt instruments issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and other U.S. government agencies linked to long-term U.S. debt. While the potential effects of these downgrades cannot be fully known, we expect that such downgrades will raise borrowing costs and adversely impact the mortgage and housing markets.

The majority of our operations are concentrated in the state of Hawaii, and to a lesser extent, in California and a few western states. Our business performance is significantly influenced by conditions in the banking industry, macro economic conditions and the real estate markets in Hawaii and California. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by expanding gross state product, low unemployment and rising personal income; while an unfavorable business environment is characterized by declining gross state product, high unemployment and declining personal income.

In early 2011, we saw encouraging signs of improvement in Hawaii’s general economic conditions, however, the pace of recovery appeared to come to a halt during the latter part of 2011. We do not expect significant improvement in economic conditions in Hawaii in 2012. Tourism remains Hawaii’s most significant economic driver. Hawaii’s visitor industry showed strong growth in 2011. Despite the natural disasters in Japan, the European crisis, higher energy prices and deteriorating U.S. consumer confidence, Hawaii was still able to exceed overall 2010 numbers in visitor arrivals and expenditures. According to the Hawaii Tourism Authority (“HTA”), 7.3 million visitors visited the state in 2011. This was an increase of 3.8% from the number of visitor arrivals in 2010. The HTA also reported that total spending by air visitors increased to $12.6 billion in 2011, an increase of $1.7 billion, or 15.6%, from 2010. According to the Hawaii Department of Business Economic Development & Tourism (“DBEDT”), total visitor arrivals and visitor spending are expected to gain 3.4% and 5.6% in 2012, respectively. The Department of Labor and Industrial Relations reported that Hawaii’s seasonally adjusted annual unemployment rate improved to 6.3% in 2011, compared to 6.6% in 2010. In addition, Hawaii’s unemployment rate in December 2011 of 6.6% remained below the national seasonally adjusted unemployment rate of 8.5%. DBEDT projects real personal income and real gross state product to grow by a modest 1.2% and 1.7%, respectively, in 2012.

Historically, real estate lending has been a primary focus for us, including construction, residential mortgage and commercial mortgage loans. As a result, we are dependent on the strength of Hawaii’s real estate market. According to the Honolulu Board of Realtors, Oahu unit sales volume decreased 2.7% for single-family homes but increased 1.3% for condominiums in 2011 from 2010. The median resale price in 2011 for single-family homes on Oahu was $575,000, representing a decrease of 3.0% from the prior year. The median resale price for condominiums on Oahu was $300,000, representing a decrease of 1.6% from 2010. We expect the Hawaii real estate market to show some improvement in 2012, however, there can be no assurance that this will occur.

36

California, like the rest of the nation, is in the midst of an uneven economic recovery as some sectors of the economy are doing well and others are not. Most of the indicators that affect the nation, both positive and negative, also affect California. In 2011, personal income grew but these gains and many others like them paled in comparison to the losses incurred during the recession. The outlook for the California economy is guardedly positive for 2012, followed by stronger growth in 2013 and 2014. The California Association of Realtors (“CAR”) reported that for 2011 as a whole, unit home sales increased by 1.1% from 2010 to 497,860, however, the statewide median price decreased by 6.3% to $285,950, from the $305,010 recorded in 2010. CAR anticipates 2012 to be a transition year, very much like 2011, moving further toward stabilization, and forecasts California’s annual unit home sales to decrease slightly to 496,200, but median sales price to increase to $296,000. According to the California Department of Finance, average personal income is projected to have increased by 5.7% in 2011 from 2010 and projections for 2012 call for an increase of 3.8% from 2011. Labor markets within the state remained weak in 2011. California’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate in December 2011 decreased to 11.1% from 12.5% in the prior year, but continues to be well above the national unemployment rate of 8.5%. Although we are not making new loans in California, our existing loan portfolio continues to have exposure to California’s markets.

As we have seen over the past few years, our operating results are significantly impacted by the economy in Hawaii and California and the composition of our loan portfolio. Loan demand, deposit growth, provision for loan and lease losses, asset quality, noninterest income and noninterest expense are all affected by changes in economic conditions. If the residential and commercial real estate markets we have exposure to do not improve or continue to deteriorate, our results of operations would be negatively impacted. See “—Overview of Results of Operations—Concentrations of Credit Risk” for a further discussion on how the deteriorating real estate market, combined with the elevated concentration risk within our portfolio, has and will continue to have, a significant negative impact on our asset quality and credit losses.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires that management make certain judgments and use certain estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported and disclosures made. Accounting estimates are deemed critical when a different estimate could have reasonably been used or where changes in the estimate are reasonably likely to occur from period to period and would materially impact our consolidated financial statements as of or for the periods presented. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates noted below with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the accompanying disclosures.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Allowance is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. We maintain our Allowance at an amount we expect to be sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio based on a projection of probable net loan charge-offs.

For loans classified as impaired, an estimated impairment loss is calculated. To estimate loan charge-offs on other loans, we evaluate the level and trend of nonperforming and potential problem loans and historical loss experience. We also consider other relevant economic conditions and borrower-specific risk characteristics, including current repayment patterns of our borrowers, the fair value of collateral securing loans, changes in our lending and underwriting standards and general economic factors, nationally and in the markets we serve, including the real estate market generally and the residential and commercial construction markets in particular. Estimated loss rates are determined by loan category and risk profile, and an overall required Allowance is calculated, which includes amounts for imprecision and uncertainty. Based on our estimate of the level of Allowance required, a provision for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) is recorded to maintain the Allowance at an appropriate level.

Our process for determining the reserve for unfunded commitments is consistent with our process for determining the Allowance and is adjusted for estimated loan funding probabilities. Reserves for unfunded commitments are recorded separately through a valuation allowance included in other liabilities. Credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are deducted from the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures in the period in which the liability is settled. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit losses is established by a charge to other operating expense.

37

In 2011, we recorded a credit to the Provision of $40.7 million. We had an Allowance as a percentage of total loans and leases of 5.91% at December 31, 2011, compared to 8.89% at December 31, 2010. Although our credit risk profile has improved in recent quarters and general economic trends and market conditions have shown signs of stabilization to some degree, concerns over the global and U.S. economies still remain. Accordingly, it is possible that the Hawaii or California real estate markets could deteriorate further. If this occurs, it would result in an increase in loan delinquencies, an increase in loan charge-offs or a need for additional increases in our Allowance. Even if economic conditions improve or stay the same, it is possible that we may experience material credit losses and in turn, increases to our Allowance and Provision, due to the elevated risk inherent in our existing loan portfolio resulting from our high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans.

Additionally, when establishing our Allowance, we make certain assumptions and judgments with respect to the quality of our loan portfolio. As the economy began to deteriorate in the second half of 2007 and real estate values declined, we found that many of the assumptions and judgments that we made at the time needed to be materially changed in subsequent periods, which resulted in rapid negative credit migration and substantial losses in fiscal years 2008 through 2010. Because of the potential volatility that still exists in the marketplace, we are not able to predict the potential increases that we may need to incur in our Allowance if real estate values do not improve or continue to decline in the markets that we serve, or if the financial condition of our borrowers declines or fails as a result of their continued exposure to the real estate markets and other financial stresses.

Since we cannot predict with certainty the amount of loan and lease charge-offs that will be incurred and because the eventual level of loan and lease charge-offs are impacted by numerous conditions beyond our control, we use our historical loss experience adjusted for current conditions to determine the Allowance and Provision. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our Allowance. The determination of the Allowance requires us to make estimates of losses that are highly uncertain and involves a high degree of judgment. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes in the estimate of the Allowance and related Provision could materially affect our operating results.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consists of the following two types: (1) Hawaii residential mortgage loans that are originated with the intent to sell them in the secondary market and (2) Hawaii and mainland construction and commercial real estate loans that were originated with the intent to be held in our portfolio but were subsequently transferred to the held for sale category. Hawaii residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis while the Hawaii and mainland construction and commercial real estate loans are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis.

When a construction or commercial real estate loan is transferred to the held for sale category, the loan is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Any reduction in the loan’s value is reflected as a write-down of the recorded investment resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the Allowance. In subsequent periods, if the fair value of a loan classified as held for sale is less than its cost basis, a valuation adjustment is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense and the carrying value of the loan is adjusted accordingly. The valuation adjustment may be recovered in the event that the fair value increases, which is also recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense.

The fair value of loans classified as held for sale are generally based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, acceptance of firm offer letters with agreed upon purchase prices, discounted cash flow models that take into account market observable assumptions, or independent appraisals of the underlying collateral securing the loans. We report the fair values of Hawaii and mainland construction and commercial real estate loans net of applicable selling costs on our consolidated balance sheets.

Reserve for Residential Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses

We sell residential mortgage loans on a “whole-loan” basis to government-sponsored entities (“GSEs” or “Agencies”) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and also to non-agency investors. These loan sales occur under industry standard contractual provisions that include various representations and warranties, which typically cover ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan and other similar matters. We may be required to repurchase certain loans sold with identified defects, indemnify the investor, or reimburse the investor for any credit losses incurred. We establish mortgage repurchase reserves related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate for which we have repurchase obligation. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, this reserve totaled $6.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

38

The repurchase reserve is applicable to loans we originated and sold with representations and warranties, which is representative of the entire sold portfolio. Originations for agency and non-agency investors for vintages 2005 through 2011 were approximately $3.4 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively. Outstanding balances for agency and non-agency investors (estimated) for vintages 2005 through 2011 as of December 31, 2011 were $2.6 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. Representations and warranties relating to borrower fraud generally are enforceable for the life of the loan, whereas early payment default clauses generally expire after 90 days, depending on the sales contract. We estimate that outstanding loans sold that have early payment default clauses as of December 31, 2011 total approximately $104.9 million.

The repurchase loss liability is estimated by origination year to capture certain characteristics of each vintage. To the extent that repurchase demands are made by investors, we may be able to successfully appeal such repurchase demands. However, our appeals success may be affected by the reasons for repurchase demands, the quality of the demands, and our appeals strategies. Repurchase and loss estimates are stratified by vintage, based on actual experience and certain assumptions relative to potential investor demand volume, appeals success rates, and losses recognized on successful repurchase demands.

Loans repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled approximately $12.2 million. During 2011, we experienced an increase in repurchase activity across all vintages, as measured by the number of investor file requests, repurchase demands and actual repurchases. The reasons for repurchases have varied from misrepresentation to underwriting and documentation errors. Due to the limited amount of historical repurchase activity, we continue to analyze repurchase data for emerging material trends. Repurchase activity by vintage and investor type are depicted in Table 1 below.

Table 1. Repurchase Demands, Appeals, Repurchased and Pending Resolution

	Government Sponsored Entities				Non-GSE Investors
Vintage	Repurchase Demands	Appealed	Repurchased	Pending Resolution	Repurchase Demands	Appealed	Repurchased	Pending Resolution
Year ended December 31, 2011 [1]
2005 and prior	5	-	5	-	4	-	4	-
2006	4	1	3	-	1	-	1	-
2007	4	-	1	3	7	1	4	2
2008	18	8	8	2	8	2	6	-
2009	7	4	3	-	-	-	-	-
2010	9	3	6	-	-	-	-	-
2011	6	4	2	-	-	-	-	-
Total	53	20	28	5	20	3	15	2
Year ended December 31, 2010 [2]
2005 and prior	1	-	-	1	-	-	-	-
2006	2	-	-	2	-	-	-	-
2007	5	3	1	1	2	1	-	1
2008	12	6	5	1	-	-	-	-
2009	4	2	2	-	-	-	-	-
2010	6	6	-	-	-	-	-	-
Total	30	17	8	5	2	1	-	1
[1] Based on repurchase requests received between January 1, 2011 and December 31, 2011
[2] Based on repurchase requests received between January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010

39

The reserve for residential mortgage loan repurchase losses of $6.8 million at December 31, 2011 represents our best estimate of the probable loss that we may incur due to the representations and warranties in our loan sales contracts with investors. This represents an increase of $1.8 million from December 31, 2010. The table below shows changes in the repurchase losses liability.

Table 2. Changes in the Reserve for Residential Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of period	$	5,014		$	183
Change in estimate		4,980			6,071
Utilizations		(3,192	)		(1,240	)
Balance, end of period	$	6,802		$	5,014

Our capacity to estimate repurchase losses is improving as we record additional experience. Repurchase losses depend upon economic factors and other external conditions that may change over the life of the underlying loans. Additionally, lack of access to the servicing records of loans sold on a service released basis adds difficulty to the estimation process, thus requiring considerable management judgment. To the extent that future investor repurchase demand and appeals success differ from past experience, we could have increased demands and increased loss severities on repurchases, causing future additions to the repurchase reserve.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

During the first quarter of 2010, we determined than an impairment test on our remaining goodwill was required because of the uncertainty regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at that time combined with the fact that our market capitalization remained depressed. As a result of that impairment test, we determined that the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit was impaired and we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $102.7 million. Since that time, no goodwill remains on our consolidated balance sheet.

Prior to the first quarter of 2010, we reviewed the carrying amount of goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and performed additional assessments on a quarterly basis whenever indicators of impairment were evident. Goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing their respective fair values to their carrying values. When determining fair value, we utilized a discounted cash flow methodology for our Commercial Real Estate reporting unit and versions of the guideline company, guideline transaction and discounted cash flow methodologies for our Hawaii Market reporting unit. Absent any impairment indicators, we performed our annual goodwill impairment tests during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

Similar to our process for evaluating our goodwill for impairment, we also perform an impairment assessment of our other intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of those assets may not be recoverable.

Our impairment assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets involve, among other valuation methods, the estimation of future cash flows and other methods of determining fair value. Estimating future cash flows and determining fair values is subject to judgments and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions about the future growth and potential volatility in revenues and costs, capital expenditures, industry economic factors and future business strategy. The variability of the factors we use to perform the goodwill impairment test depends on a number of conditions, including uncertainty about future events and cash flows. All such factors were interdependent and, therefore, did not change in isolation. Accordingly, our accounting estimates may materially change from period to period due to changing market factors. If we had used other assumptions and estimates or if different conditions occur in future periods, including, but not limited to, changes in other reporting units or operating segments, future operating results could be materially impacted.

Deferred Tax Assets and Tax Contingencies

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. A valuation allowance may be required if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the DTAs will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years, to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future taxable income and tax planning strategies that could be implemented to accelerate taxable income, if necessary. If our estimates of future taxable income were materially overstated or if our assumptions regarding the tax consequences of tax planning strategies were inaccurate, some or all of our DTAs may not be realized, which would result in a charge to earnings. In 2009, we established a full valuation allowance against our net DTAs. See “—Overview of Results of Operations — Income Taxes” below.

40

We have established income tax contingency reserves for potential tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Tax benefits are recognized when we determine that it is more likely than not that such benefits will be realized. Where uncertainty exists due to the complexity of income tax statutes and where the potential tax amounts are significant, we generally seek independent tax opinions to support our positions. If our evaluation of the likelihood of the realization of benefits is inaccurate, we could incur additional income tax and interest expense that would adversely impact earnings, or we could receive tax benefits greater than anticipated which would positively impact earnings.

Defined Benefit Retirement Plan

Defined benefit plan obligations and related assets of our defined benefit retirement plan are presented in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” In 2002, the defined benefit retirement plan was curtailed and all plan benefits were fixed as of that date. Plan assets, which consist primarily of marketable equity and debt securities, are typically valued using market quotations. Plan obligations and the annual pension expense are determined by independent actuaries through the use of a number of assumptions. Key assumptions in measuring the plan obligations include the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In determining the discount rate, we utilize a yield that reflects the top 50% of the universe of bonds, ranked in the order of the highest yield. Asset returns are based upon the anticipated average rate of earnings expected on the invested funds of the plans.

At December 31, 2011, we used a weighted-average discount rate of 4.8% and an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.0%, which affected the amount of pension liability recorded as of year-end 2011 and the amount of pension expense to be recorded in 2012. At December 31, 2010, a weighted-average discount rate of 5.1% and an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.0% were used in determining the pension liability recorded as of year-end 2010 and the amount of pension expense recorded in 2011. For both the discount rate and the asset return rate, a range of estimates could reasonably have been used which would affect the amount of pension expense and pension liability recorded.

An increase in the discount rate or asset return rate would have reduced pension expense in 2011, while a decrease in the discount rate or asset return rate would have had the opposite effect. A 0.25% change in the discount rate assumption would impact 2012 pension expense by less than $0.1 million and year-end 2011 pension liability by $0.9 million, while a 0.25% change in the asset return rate would impact 2012 pension expense by less than $0.1 million.

Overview of Results of Operations

2011 vs. 2010 Comparison

In 2011, we recognized net income of $36.6 million, or $3.31 per diluted common share, compared to a net loss of $251.0 million, or $171.13 per diluted common share, in 2010. Total credit costs, which include the provision for loan and lease losses, write-downs of loans classified as held for sale, write-downs of foreclosed property and the change in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments, were reduced from a charge of $168.9 million in 2010 to a credit of $29.9 million in 2011. The significant improvement in our operating results was directly attributable to the decrease in credit costs and the fact that we recognized a $102.7 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge in 2010, partially offset by decreases in net interest income and other operating income of $0.8 million and $6.9 million, respectively. Our net income on average assets and average shareholders’ equity for 2011 was 0.90% and 9.83%, respectively, compared to a net loss on average assets and average shareholders’ equity of 5.74% and 140.73%, respectively, in 2010.

2010 vs. 2009 Comparison

In 2010, we recognized a net loss of $251.0 million, or $171.13 per diluted common share, compared to a net loss of $313.7 million, or $220.56 per diluted common share, in 2009. Credit costs decreased by $195.2 million, or 53.6%, from $364.1 million in 2009 to $168.9 million in 2010. Our operating results were negatively impacted by a decrease in net interest income of $55.9 million in 2010 over net interest income recognized in the prior year. In addition, we recognized a $102.7 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge in 2010, compared to $50.0 million in 2009. Our net loss on average assets and average shareholders’ equity for 2010 was 5.74% and 140.73%, respectively, compared to 5.87% and 54.99%, respectively, in 2009.

41

Net Interest Income

The following table sets forth information concerning average interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the yields and rates thereon. Net interest income, when expressed as a percentage of average interest earning assets, is referred to as “net interest margin.” Interest income, which includes loan fees and resultant yield information, is expressed on a taxable equivalent basis using an assumed income tax rate of 35%. Table 4 presents an analysis of changes in components of net interest income between years. For each category of interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to: (i) changes in volume (change in volume of the asset multiplied by the prior year’s rate) and (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by the current year’s volume).

Table 3. Average Balances, Interest Income and Expense, Yields and Rates (Taxable Equivalent)

	2011						2010						2009
	Average		Average		Amount		Average		Average		Amount		Average		Average		Amount
	Balance		Yield/Rate		of Interest		Balance		Yield/Rate		of Interest		Balance		Yield/Rate		of Interest
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Interest earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	$	412,351	0.26	%	$	1,052	$	726,346	0.26	%	$	1,862	$	126,200	0.18	%	$	233
Federal funds sold & securities purchased
under agreements to resell		-	-			-		-	-			-		7,144	0.13			9
Taxable investment securities (1)		1,227,181	2.25			27,571		586,719	3.36			19,710		851,298	4.28			36,402
Tax-exempt investment securities (1)		12,537	9.05			1,135		21,803	7.54			1,643		102,462	6.04			6,185
Loans and leases, net of unearned income (2)		2,121,544	5.05			107,089		2,716,090	5.09			138,114		3,745,964	5.38			201,573
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		48,797	-			-		48,797	-			-		48,797	-			-
Total interest earning assets		3,822,410	3.58			136,847		4,099,755	3.94			161,329		4,881,865	5.01			244,402
Nonearning assets		232,218						268,504						466,093
Total assets	$	4,054,628					$	4,368,259					$	5,347,958
Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand deposits	$	539,519	0.09	%	$	500	$	619,070	0.14	%	$	885	$	544,910	0.25	%	$	1,351
Savings and money market deposits		1,117,183	0.18			2,044		1,092,378	0.50			5,514		1,319,228	0.90			11,928
Time deposits under $100,000		395,500	0.99			3,900		515,264	1.57			8,077		631,482	2.45			15,446
Time deposits $100,000 and over		484,734	0.65			3,166		450,371	1.40			6,313		800,303	1.73			13,821
Short-term borrowings		35,810	0.57			204		219,823	0.54			1,177		187,720	0.29			548
Long-term debt		352,677	2.50			8,815		634,217	3.17			20,135		616,763	3.99			24,621
Total interest-bearing liabilities		2,925,423	0.64			18,629		3,531,123	1.19			42,101		4,100,406	1.65			67,715
Noninterest-bearing deposits		675,604						581,857						594,888
Other liabilities		71,687						66,943						72,083
Total liabilities		3,672,714						4,179,923						4,767,377
Shareholders' equity		371,922						178,321						570,544
Non-controlling interests		9,992						10,015						10,037
Total equity		381,914						188,336						580,581
Total liabilities and equity	$	4,054,628					$	4,368,259					$	5,347,958
Net interest income					$	118,218					$	119,228					$	176,687
Net interest margin			3.09	%					2.91	%					3.62	%
(1)  At amortized cost.
(2)  Includes nonaccrual loans.

42

Table 4. Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income (Taxable Equivalent)

	2011 Compared to 2010									2010 Compared to 2009
	Increase (Decrease)									Increase (Decrease)
	Due to Change In:						Net			Due to Change In:						Net
	Volume			Rate			Change			Volume			Rate			Change
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest earning assets
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	$	(810	)	$	-		$	(810	)	$	1,080		$	549		$	1,629
Federal funds sold & securities purchased
under agreements to resell		-			-			-			(9	)		-			(9	)
Taxable investment securities		21,520			(13,659	)		7,861			(11,324	)		(5,368	)		(16,692	)
Tax-exempt investment securities		(699	)		191			(508	)		(4,872	)		330			(4,542	)
Loans and leases, net of unearned income		(30,262	)		(763	)		(31,025	)		(55,418	)		(8,041	)		(63,459	)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		-			-			-			-			-			-
Total interest earning assets		(10,251	)		(14,231	)		(24,482	)		(70,543	)		(12,530	)		(83,073	)
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing demand deposits		(111	)		(274	)		(385	)		185			(651	)		(466	)
Savings and money market deposits		124			(3,594	)		(3,470	)		(2,042	)		(4,372	)		(6,414	)
Time deposits under $100,000		(1,880	)		(2,297	)		(4,177	)		(2,847	)		(4,522	)		(7,369	)
Time deposits $100,000 and over		481			(3,628	)		(3,147	)		(6,054	)		(1,454	)		(7,508	)
Short-term borrowings		(994	)		21			(973	)		93			536			629
Long-term debt		(8,925	)		(2,395	)		(11,320	)		696			(5,182	)		(4,486	)
Total interest-bearing liabilities		(11,305	)		(12,167	)		(23,472	)		(9,969	)		(15,645	)		(25,614	)
Net interest income	$	1,054		$	(2,064	)	$	(1,010	)	$	(60,574	)	$	3,115		$	(57,459	)

Net interest income is our primary source of earnings and is derived primarily from the difference between the interest we earn on loans and investments versus the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income (expressed on a taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $118.2 million in 2011, decreasing by $1.0 million, or 0.8%, from $119.2 million in 2010, which decreased by $57.5 million, or 32.5%, from net interest income of $176.7 million recognized in 2009. The slight decrease in net interest income for 2011 was primarily the result of a significant reduction in average loans and leases as we continued our efforts to reduce our credit risk exposure, partially offset by an increase in investment securities and a decrease in long-term borrowings as we began to deploy a portion of our excess liquidity into higher yielding assets and decrease long-term borrowings. The decrease in net interest income also reflects a 36 basis points (“bp”) decline in average yields earned on our interest earning assets, offset by a 55 bp decrease in average rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. The decrease in average yields earned on our interest earning assets was directly attributable to the declining interest rate environment and reductions in our higher yielding commercial real estate loan portfolios.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, we paid down long-term borrowings at the FHLB totaling $106.7 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.78%. Prepaying these long-term borrowings resulted in the recognition of a loss on the early extinguishment of debt totaling $5.7 million.

Similarly, in the third quarter of 2011, we paid down long-term borrowings at the FHLB totaling $120.5 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.36%. Prepaying these long-term borrowings resulted in the recognition of a loss on the early extinguishment of debt totaling $6.2 million. The prepayments of these higher rate long-term borrowings contributed to the improvement in our net interest margin in 2011.

Interest Income

Our primary sources of interest income include interest on loans and leases, which represented 78.3%, 85.6% and 82.5% of interest income in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as well as interest earned on investment securities, which represented 21.0%, 13.2% and 17.4% of interest income, respectively. Interest income expressed on a taxable-equivalent basis of $136.8 million in 2011 decreased by $24.5 million, or 15.2%, from the $161.3 million earned in 2010, which decreased by $83.1 million, or 34.0%, from the $244.4 million earned in 2009.

43

As depicted in Table 4, the decrease in interest income in 2011 from the prior year was primarily due to a significant decrease in average loan and lease balances and to a lesser extent the average loan yields earned thereon and the significant decrease in average taxable investment securities yields, partially offset by a significant increase in average investment securities balances. The $594.5 million decrease in average loan and lease balances contributed to $30.3 million of the current year reduction in interest income, while the 4 bp decrease in average loan yields in 2011 contributed to $0.8 million of the current year reduction. The $640.5 million increase in average taxable investment securities contributed to an increase of $21.5 million of current year interest income, which was partially offset by the 111 bp decrease in average taxable investment securities yields in 2011 which contributed to $13.7 million of the current reduction in interest income.

As depicted in Table 4 and similar to the decrease in 2011, the drop in interest income in 2010 from 2009 was largely due to significant decreases in average loan and lease and investment securities balances and the average loan yields earned thereon. The $1.0 billion decrease in average loan and lease balances contributed to $55.4 million of the reduction in interest income, while the 29 bp decrease in average loan yields in 2010 contributed to $8.0 million of the reduction in interest income. The drop in average loan and lease balances were impacted by the sale of approximately $193.4 million in loans that were originated for investment as we sought to reduce our credit risk exposure, as well as $200.0 million in loan charge-offs that occurred in 2010. The $264.6 million decrease in average taxable investment securities contributed to $11.3 million of the current year reduction in interest income, while the 92 bp decrease in average taxable investment securities yields in 2010 contributed to $5.4 million of the reduction in interest income. The $80.7 million decrease in average tax-exempt investment securities contributed to $4.9 million of the reduction in interest income in 2010.

Interest Expense

In 2011, interest expense of $18.6 million decreased by $23.5 million, or 55.8%, compared to $42.1 million in 2010, which decreased by $25.6 million, or 37.8%, compared to $67.7 million in 2009.

Declines in average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities were reflective of the FRB’s notably low interest rate policy that existed throughout 2011 and 2010 and contributed to the overall reduction in interest expense during the periods. In 2011, the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 55 bp to 0.64%, compared to 1.19% in 2010. Decreases in average rates paid on savings and money market deposits of 32 bp, time deposits under $100,000 of 58 bp, time deposits $100,000 and over of 75 bp and long-term borrowings of 67 bp were the primary drivers of the overall decrease in interest expense. Decreases in the average balances of time deposits under $100,000 of $119.8 million, short-term borrowings of $184.0 million and long-term borrowings of $281.5 million also contributed to the reduction of interest expense in 2011.

In 2010, the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 46 bp to 1.19%, compared to 1.65% in 2009. Decreases in average rates paid on savings and money market deposits of 40 bp, time deposits under $100,000 of 88 bp, time deposits $100,000 and over of 33 bp, and long-term borrowings of 82 bp were the primary drivers of the overall decrease in interest expense. Decreases in the average balances of savings and money market of $226.9 million, time deposits under $100,000 of $116.2 million, and time deposits $100,000 and over of $349.9 million also contributed to the reduction of interest expense in 2010.

Net Interest Margin

Our net interest margin was 3.09%, 2.91% and 3.62% in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As described above, the improvement in our net interest margin in 2011 can be attributed to lower funding costs on our interest-bearing liability balances due primarily to the aforementioned prepayment of long-term borrowings, partially offset by lower yields earned on our interest earning assets as we continued our efforts to reduce our higher yielding commercial real estate portfolio to improve our credit risk profile.

The decline in our net interest margin in 2010 was attributed to lower yields on our interest earning assets primarily due to the decrease in our higher yielding commercial real estate portfolio and our efforts at the time to maximize balance sheet liquidity by maintaining elevated levels of lower yielding cash and cash equivalent accounts. Additionally, in conjunction with our recovery plan, we sold available for sale securities for gross proceeds of $439.4 million during the latter part of March 2010. Because a significant amount of these proceeds were held as cash and cash equivalents throughout the remainder of 2010 and the first quarter of 2011, our net interest margin was adversely impacted by the change in the character of these assets when compared to 2009.

44

Other Operating Income

The following table sets forth components of other operating income and the total as a percentage of average assets for the periods indicated.

Table 5. Components of Other Operating Income

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Other service charges and fees	$	17,239		$	15,418		$	14,187
Service charges on deposit accounts		10,024			11,831			15,458
Net gain on sales of residential loans		8,050			8,468			13,582
Income from bank-owned life insurance		4,139			4,809			5,249
Income from fiduciary activities		2,794			3,204			3,759
Investment securities gains (losses)		1,306			831			(74	)
Fees on foreign exchange		664			659			584
Loan placement fees		541			391			982
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries		458			468			759
Gain on sale of property		-			7,698			3,612
Other than temporary impairment on securities
(net of $5,158 recognized in OCI for 2009)		-			-			(2,565	)
Other		4,966			3,259			1,880
Total other operating income	$	50,181		$	57,036		$	57,413
Total other operating income as a percentage of average assets		1.24	%		1.31	%		1.07	%

Total other operating income of $50.2 million in 2011 decreased by $6.9 million, or 12.0%, from the $57.0 million earned in 2010, which decreased by $0.4 million, or 0.7%, from the $57.4 million earned in 2009.

In 2011, we recorded lower service charges on deposit accounts of $1.8 million, lower income from bank-owned life insurance of $0.7 million and no gain on sale of property. In 2010 we recorded a gain on sale of property of $7.7 million. Offsetting these decreases in 2011 were higher other service charges and fees of $1.8 million and higher non-cash gains related to the ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge of $1.0 million.

In 2010, we recorded lower gains on sales of residential loans of $5.1 million as refinance activity declined from the prior year record activity, lower service charges on deposit accounts of $3.6 million, and lower non-cash gains related to the ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge of $3.4 million.  Offsetting these decreases were higher unrealized gains on outstanding interest rate locks of $4.4 million, a higher gain on sale of property of $4.1 million, and higher other service charges and fees of $1.2 million, compared to 2009. In addition, in 2009 we recorded an other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charge on three non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations of $2.6 million.

45

Other Operating Expense

The following table sets forth components of other operating expense and the total as a percentage of average assets for the periods indicated.

Table 6. Components of Other Operating Expense

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits	$	63,675		$	56,613		$	66,346
Net occupancy		13,793			13,650			13,415
Legal and professional services		13,506			17,840			13,989
Amortization of other intangible assets		7,033			7,061			6,123
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		6,234			5,685			-
Equipment		4,702			5,337			6,081
Write down of assets		4,624			1,460			4,963
Foreclosed asset expense		4,557			8,982			8,651
Computer software expense		3,629			3,625			3,428
Communication expense		3,517			3,985			4,317
Advertising expense		2,961			2,531			3,266
Other		43,890			37,636			36,297
Total other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)		172,121			164,405			166,876
Goodwill impairment		-			102,689			50,000
Total other operating expense	$	172,121		$	267,094		$	216,876
Total other operating expense as a percentage of average assets		4.25	%		6.11	%		4.06	%

Total other operating expense of $172.1 million in 2011 decreased by $95.0 million, or 35.6%, from total operating expense of $267.1 million in 2010, which increased by $50.2 million, or 23.2%, compared to 2009. Excluding goodwill impairment charges, total other operating expense as a percentage of average assets was 3.76% and 3.12% in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The decrease in total other operating expense in 2011, compared to 2010, was the result of a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $102.7 million recorded in 2010, lower FDIC insurance expense of $5.8 million, lower legal and professional services of $4.3 million and lower reserves for repurchased loans of $1.3 million, partially offset by contributions to the Central Pacific Bank Foundation of $8.5 million, higher salaries and employee benefits of $7.1 million and lower credit-related charges (which include write-downs of loans held for sale, foreclosed asset expense, and reserves on unfunded commitments) of $1.5 million.

The increase in total other operating expense in 2010, compared to 2009, was the result of a higher goodwill impairment charge of $102.7 million in 2010, compared to $50.0 million in 2009, higher reserves for repurchased loans of $6.3 million, a nonrecurring loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $5.7 million, and higher legal and professional services expense of $3.8 million, partially offset by lower salaries and employee benefits of $9.7 million and lower credit-related charges of $5.9 million.

A key measure of operating efficiency tracked by management is the efficiency ratio. The efficiency ratio, as used by management, differs from comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in that it excludes unusual or non-recurring charges, losses, credits or gains. Management believes that the efficiency ratio provides useful supplemental information that is important to a proper understanding of the company’s core business results by investors. Our efficiency ratio should not be viewed as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor is it necessarily comparable to the efficiency ratio presented by other companies. Our efficiency ratio increased to 92.06% in 2011, compared to 82.88% in 2010 and 63.52% in 2009. The increase in our efficiency ratio was primarily driven by the aforementioned decreases in net interest income and other operating income and the increase in other operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment).

46

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of total operating expenses as a percentage of net operating revenue to our efficiency ratio for each of the dates indicated:

Table 7. Reconciliation to Efficiency Ratio

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Total operating expenses as a percentage of net operating revenue	103.01	%	152.25	%	91.61	%	105.18	%	67.30	%
Goodwill impairment	-		(58.53	)	(21.12	)	(36.35	)	(18.30	)
Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets	(1.72	)	(1.64	)	(1.21	)	(1.07	)	(1.20	)
Foreclosed asset expense	(2.73	)	(5.13	)	(3.65	)	(2.84	)	-
Write down of assets	(2.77	)	(0.83	)	(2.11	)	(9.17	)	-
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(3.73	)	(3.24	)	-		-		-
Loss on counterparty financing transaction	-		-		-		(1.10	)	-
Loss on commercial real estate loans	-		-		-		(0.72	)	-
Efficiency ratio	92.06	%	82.88	%	63.52	%	53.93	%	47.80	%

Income Taxes

We did not recognize any income tax benefit in 2011 and 2010, compared to $20.0 million in 2009, as we had a full valuation allowance established against our net DTAs throughout 2011 and 2010. A full valuation allowance was established against our net DTAs during the third quarter of 2009 based upon the level of our NOLs and the existence of a three-year cumulative loss, which led to our conclusion that it was more likely than not that our DTAs would not be fully realized. In determining the extent of the valuation allowance, management also considered, among other things, carryback/carryforward periods available to the Company and trends in income/loss of the Company’s earnings.

In 2011, we decreased our valuation allowance against our net DTAs by $16.6 million, or 9.3% to $162.3 million at December 31, 2011 from $178.8 million at December 31, 2010. Of the total decrease to the valuation allowance, $9.9 million was recognized as a non-cash credit to income tax expense, while the remaining $6.7 million was credited against accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).

In 2010, we increased our valuation allowance by $74.2 million against our net DTAs. Of the total increase to the valuation allowance, $70.5 million was recognized as a non-cash charge to income tax expense, while the remaining $3.7 million was charged against AOCI.

Our effective tax rate was 0% in 2011 and 2010 and 6.0% in 2009. Because we continue to recognize a full valuation allowance against our net DTAs, we did not record any income tax expense or benefit in both 2011 and 2010. The change in the 2010 effective tax rate from 2009 was primarily attributable to the establishment of the previously mentioned valuation allowance against our net DTAs in 2009.

Financial Condition

Total assets of $4.1 billion at December 31, 2011 increased by $194.8 million, or 4.9%, from the $3.9 billion at year-end 2010, while total liabilities of $3.7 billion at December 31, 2011 decreased by $195.6 million, or 5.1%, from the prior year. The increase in total assets in 2011 was due primarily to the completion of the $325 million Private Placement and $20 million Rights Offering and subsequent deployment of these proceeds into higher yielding assets.

Loan Portfolio

Our lending activities have historically been focused on commercial, commercial mortgage and construction loans to small and middle-market companies and business professionals. Our strategy for generating loans has traditionally relied upon teams of commercial real estate and commercial banking officers organized by geographical and industry lines who are responsible for client prospecting and business development.

To manage credit risk (i.e., the inability of borrowers to repay their loan obligations), management analyzes the borrower’s financial condition, repayment source, collateral and other factors that could impact credit quality, such as national and local economic conditions and industry conditions related to respective borrowers.

47

Loans and leases totaled $2.1 billion at December 31, 2011, decreasing by $105.0 million, or 4.8%, from the $2.2 billion at year-end 2010, which decreased by $872.5 million, or 28.7%, from the $3.0 billion held at year-end 2009. The decrease in our loan portfolio in 2011 was representative of our concerted effort to further reduce our exposure to certain sectors of the real estate markets in Hawaii and California. The reduction in loans and leases was attributable to charge-offs during the year totaling $41.5 million, transfers to loans held for sale and other real estate during the year totaling $60.7 million and declining loan demand from businesses as they continued to acclimate themselves to the changing economic environment during 2011. Accordingly, our construction and commercial mortgage loan portfolios decreased by $152.7 million, or 48.7%, and $60.2 million, or 7.9%, respectively, from the prior year. These reductions were partially offset by a net increase in our residential mortgage loan portfolio of $149.8 million, or 20.1%

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding loans by category as of the dates indicated.

Table 8. Loans by Categories

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural	$	180,704		$	207,980		$	260,924		$	384,423		$	384,983
Real estate:
Construction		161,063			313,785			811,895			1,124,976			1,222,214
Mortgage:
- residential		896,099			746,261			820,983			1,070,429			1,034,474
- commercial		700,069			760,306			970,285			1,211,896			1,237,563
Consumer		108,810			112,949			136,090			180,131			209,168
Leases		17,702			28,163			41,803			58,411			53,303
Total loans and leases		2,064,447			2,169,444			3,041,980			4,030,266			4,141,705
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(122,093	)		(192,854	)		(205,279	)		(119,878	)		(92,049	)
Net loans	$	1,942,354		$	1,976,590		$	2,836,701		$	3,910,388		$	4,049,656

The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our loan portfolio and related allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2011.

Table 9. Geographic Distribution

	Hawaii			California			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural	$	178,450		$	2,254		$	180,704
Real estate:
Construction		89,735			71,328			161,063
Mortgage:
- residential		894,782			1,317			896,099
- commercial		503,376			196,693			700,069
Consumer		108,810			-			108,810
Leases		17,702			-			17,702
Total loans and leases		1,792,855			271,592			2,064,447
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(89,739	)		(32,354	)		(122,093	)
Net loans and leases	$	1,703,116		$	239,238		$	1,942,354

Commercial, Financial and Agricultural

Loans in this category consist primarily of term loans and lines of credit to small and middle-market businesses and professionals located in the state of Hawaii. The borrower’s business is typically regarded as the principal source of repayment, although our underwriting policy and practice generally requires additional sources of collateral, including real estate and other business assets, as well as personal guarantees where possible to mitigate risk. Risks of credit losses could be greater in this loan category relative to secured loans where a greater percentage of the loan amount is usually covered by collateral. Nonetheless, any collateral or personal guarantees obtained on commercial loans can mitigate the increased risk and help to reduce credit losses.

48

Our historical approach to commercial lending involves teams of lending and cash management personnel who focused on relationship development including loans, deposits and other bank services to new and existing commercial clients.

Real Estate—Construction

Construction loans include both residential and commercial development projects. Each construction project is evaluated for economic viability. Construction loans pose higher credit risks than typical secured loans. In addition to the financial strength of the borrower, construction loans have the added element of completion risk, which is the risk that the project will not be completed on time and within budget, resulting in additional costs that could affect the economic viability of the project and market risk at the time construction is complete.

The increase in our construction loan portfolio from 2005 through 2007 was representative of our historical focus on this segment and a real estate market that had been strong with increased development activity in all of our markets. However, beginning in the second half of 2007, some of our residential construction loans in California began exhibiting heightened levels of risk with some borrowers abandoning their construction plans and defaulting on their loans due to a range of factors, including declining real estate values. New construction lending was therefore substantially curtailed. In 2008 through 2010, real estate values continued to deteriorate in Hawaii and California, adding considerable pressure on our construction loan portfolio. In 2011, real estate values began to show signs of stabilization, however, as mentioned previously, as required by the Bank MOU, we further reduced our exposure to this sector and decreased our construction loan portfolio by $152.7 million.

Real Estate—Mortgage

The following table sets forth information with respect to the composition of the Real Estate—Mortgage loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.

Table 10. Mortgage Loan Portfolio Composition

	December 31,
	2011				2010				2009				2008				2007
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Residential:
1-4 units	$	846,953	53.1	%	$	692,515	46.0	%	$	716,753	40.0	%	$	896,631	39.0	%	$	841,095	37.0	%
5 or more units		49,146	3.1			53,746	3.6			104,230	5.8			173,798	8.0			193,379	8.5
Commercial,
industrial and
other		700,069	43.8			760,306	50.4			970,285	54.2			1,211,896	53.0			1,237,563	54.5
Total	$	1,596,168	100.0	%	$	1,506,567	100.0	%	$	1,791,268	100.0	%	$	2,282,325	100.0	%	$	2,272,037	100.0	%

Residential

Residential mortgage loans include both fixed- and adjustable-rate loans primarily secured by single-family owner-occupied residences. Maximum loan-to-value ratios of 80% are typically required, although higher levels are permitted with accompanying mortgage insurance. We emphasize residential mortgage loans for owner-occupied primary residences. First mortgage loans secured by residential properties generally carry a moderate level of credit risk. With an average loan size of approximately $0.4 million, marketable collateral and a Hawaii residential real estate market that has been relatively stable until recently, credit losses on residential mortgages had been minimal during the past several years. However, economic conditions including unemployment levels, future changes in interest rates and other market factors can impact the marketability and value of collateral and thus the level of credit risk inherent in the portfolio. Given the current uncertainties in our local economy and increased stress within this portfolio, we have allocated additional resources and have increased our efforts to proactively identify, manage, and resolve credit quality issues.

Residential mortgage loan balances as of December 31, 2011 totaled $896.1 million, increasing by $149.8 million, or 20.1%, from the $746.3 million held at year-end 2010, which decreased by $74.7 million, or 9.1%, from the $821.0 million held at year-end 2009. As previously mentioned, residential mortgage originations remained strong throughout most of 2011 fueled by strong refinancing activity driven by the FRB’s actions to keep mortgage rates at historically low levels.

49

Residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 totaled $37.9 million, an increase of $3.5 million, or 9.9%, from the December 31, 2010 balance of $34.4 million, which decreased by $31.3 million, or 47.5%, from the December 31, 2009 balance of $65.7 million. In 2009, we securitized certain residential mortgage loans with an outstanding principal balance of $50.1 million, with a U.S. Government sponsored entity. In 2011 and 2010, we did not securitize any residential mortgage loans.

Commercial

Real estate mortgage loans secured by commercial properties continue to represent the largest component of our loan portfolio. Our historical policy with respect to commercial mortgages is that loans be made for sound purposes, have a definite source and/or plan of repayment established at inception, and be backed up by reliable secondary sources of repayment and satisfactory collateral with good marketability. Loans secured by commercial property carry a greater risk than loans secured by residential property due to operating income risk. Operating income risk is the risk that the borrower will be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from the operation of the property. The commercial real estate market and interest rate conditions through economic cycles will impact risk levels.

Starting in the latter part of 2007, our commercial real estate loan portfolio had been significantly impacted by increased loan delinquencies and defaults, as well as declining collateral values in Hawaii and California. Furthermore, the financial capacity of many of our sponsors and guarantors supporting our commercial real estate loans were diminished. If the deterioration in the real estate markets for which we have exposure to resumes, we could experience increased loan delinquencies and additional defaults from our commercial real estate portfolio.

Consumer Loans

The following table sets forth the major components of our consumer loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.

Table 11. Consumer Loan Portfolio Composition

	December 31,
	2011				2010				2009				2008				2007
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Automobile	$	64,343	59.1	%	$	66,955	59.2	%	$	87,721	64.5	%	$	129,092	71.7	%	$	158,390	75.7	%
Other revolving credit plans		34,505	31.7			34,396	30.5			36,665	26.9			36,445	20.2			29,259	14.0
Other		9,962	9.2			11,598	10.3			11,704	8.6			14,594	8.1			21,519	10.3
Total	$	108,810	100.0	%	$	112,949	100.0	%	$	136,090	100.0	%	$	180,131	100.0	%	$	209,168	100.0	%

For consumer loans, credit risk is managed on a pooled basis. Considerations include an evaluation of the quality, character and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, current and projected economic conditions and past loan loss experience. Consumer loans represent a moderate credit risk. Loans in this category are generally either unsecured or secured by personal assets such as automobiles. The average loan size is generally small and risk is diversified among many borrowers. Our policy is to utilize credit-scoring systems for most of our consumer loans, which offer the ability to modify credit exposure based on our risk tolerance and loss experience.

Consumer loans totaled $108.8 million at December 31, 2011, decreasing by $4.1 million, or 3.7%, from 2010’s year-end balance of $112.9 million, which decreased by $23.2 million, or 17.0%, compared to the $136.1 million held at year-end 2009. Automobile loans, primarily indirect dealer loans, comprised 59.1% of consumer loans outstanding.

Total automobile loans of $64.3 million at year-end 2011 decreased by $2.6 million, or 3.9%, from 2010’s year-end balance of $67.0 million, which decreased by $20.7 million, or 23.7%, from $87.7 million at year-end 2009. Consistent with national trends, the decrease in automobile loans over the past few years is reflective of the decline in automobile purchases experienced in Hawaii.

Interest Reserves

Our policies require interest reserves for construction loans, including loans to build commercial buildings, residential developments (both large tract projects and individual houses), and multi-family projects.

50

The outstanding principal balance of loans with interest reserves was $156.6 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $263.3 million in the prior year, while remaining interest reserves was $0.9 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $2.9 million at December 31, 2010. Our remaining interest reserves have decreased considerably over the past few years and as of December 31, 2011, only represented 0.6% of the principal balance of loans with interest reserves. The decrease in our level of interest reserves is a direct result of our reduced construction lending activity.

Interest reserves allow the Company to advance funds to borrowers to make scheduled payments during the construction period. These advances typically are capitalized and added to the borrower’s outstanding loan balance, although we have the right to demand payment under certain circumstances. Our policy is to determine if interest reserve amounts are appropriately included in each project’s construction budget and are adequate to cover the expected duration of the construction period.

The amount, terms, and conditions of the interest reserve are established when a loan is originated, although we generally have the option to demand payment if the credit profile of the borrower changes. We evaluate the viability and appropriateness of the construction project based on the project’s complexity and feasibility, the timeline, as well as the creditworthiness of the borrowers, sponsors and/or guarantors, and the value of the collateral.

In the event that unfavorable circumstances alter the original project dynamics (e.g., cost overruns, project delays, etc.), our policy is to evaluate whether or not it is appropriate to maintain interest capitalization or demand payment of interest in cash and will work with the borrower to explore various restructuring options, which may include obtaining additional equity and/or requiring additional collateral. We may also require borrowers to directly pay scheduled interest payments.

Our process for determining that construction projects are moving as planned are detailed in our lending policies and guidelines. Prior to approving a loan, the Company and borrower generally agree on a construction budget, a pro forma monthly disbursement schedule, and sales/leaseback assumptions. As each project progresses, the projections are measured against actual disbursements and sales/lease results to determine if the project is on track and performing as planned.

The specific monitoring requirements for each loan vary depending on the size and complexity of the project and the experience and financial strength of the borrower, sponsor and/or guarantor. At a minimum, to ensure that loan proceeds are properly disbursed and to assess whether it is appropriate to capitalize interest or demand cash payment of interest, our monitoring process generally includes:

·   Physical inspection of the project to ensure work has progressed to the stage for which payment is being requested;

·   Verification that the work completed is in conformance with plans and specifications and items for which disbursement is requested are within budget; and

·   Determination that there continues to be satisfactory project progress.

In certain rare circumstances, we may decide to extend, renew, and/or restructure the terms of a construction loan. Reasons for the restructure can range from cost overruns to project delays and the restructuring can result in additional funds being advanced or an extension of the maturity date of the loan. Prior to the loan being restructured, our policy is to perform a detailed analysis to ensure that the economics of the project remain feasible and that the risks to the Company are within acceptable lending guidelines.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

As of December 31, 2011, approximately $1.8 billion, or 85% of loans outstanding were real estate related, including construction loans, residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans. We grew these portfolios as real estate values rose along with activity in the real estate industry in 2006 and 2007. Since then, the real estate markets in both California and Hawaii have been impacted by broader economic trends, which resulted in sharp declines in real estate values beginning in the latter part of 2007 through 2010.

Our high concentration of lending in the real estate industry led to rapid deterioration in our asset quality, namely elevated delinquencies and loan charge-offs, which led to the recognition of significant credit costs starting in third quarter of 2007 and continuing through 2010.

As the real estate market continued to deteriorate, we limited our commercial real estate lending to improve our credit risk profile and reduce our exposure to certain troubled sectors in both Hawaii and on the mainland. As part of our recovery plan, we also made a concerted effort to achieve targeted reductions in certain sectors of our construction and commercial real estate loan portfolios. During fiscal 2011, although real estate values began to stabilize, we reduced these portfolios by $213.0 million.

51

Substantially all of our loans are made to companies and individuals with headquarters in, or residing in, the states of Hawaii and California. Consistent with our focus of being a Hawaii-based bank, 87% of our loan portfolio was concentrated in the Hawaii market while 13% was concentrated in California as of December 31, 2011.

Our foreign credit exposure as of December 31, 2011 was minimal and did not exceed 1% of total assets.

Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

Table 12 sets forth the maturity distribution of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. Table 13 sets forth the sensitivity of amounts due after one year to changes in interest rates. Both tables exclude real estate loans (other than construction loans) and consumer loans.

Table 12. Maturity Distribution of Commercial and Construction Loans

	Maturing
			Over one
	One year		through		Over five
	or less		five years		years		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural	$	45,620	$	70,261	$	64,823	$	180,704
Real estate - construction		115,364		34,453		11,246		161,063
Total	$	160,984	$	104,714	$	76,069	$	341,767

At year-end 2011, 47.1% of our commercial and construction loans had maturities of one year or less, decreasing from the prior year’s proportion of 61.6%.  Meanwhile, loans in the one-through-five-years category increased to 30.6% in 2011 from 21.0% at year-end 2010 and loans in the greater-than-five-years category increased to 22.3% from 17.4% due to the aforementioned decrease in the one year or less maturity category.

Table 13. Maturity Distribution of Fixed and Variable Rate Loans

	Maturing
	Over one
	through		Over five
	five years		years		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
With fixed interest rates	$	53,855	$	11,952	$	65,807
With variable interest rates		50,859		64,117		114,976
Total	$	104,714	$	76,069	$	180,783

Of the loans with maturities in excess of one year at year-end 2011, 36.4% had fixed interest rates, while 63.6% had variable rates, which compares to 34.8% and 65.2%, respectively, at year-end 2010. The change in mix of fixed and variable rate loans in 2011 reflects the overall decrease in our construction loan portfolio, which is comprised mostly of variable rate loans.

In January 2008, we entered into a derivative transaction to hedge cashflows received from a portion of our then existing variable rate loan portfolio for a period of five years. During this time, we received payments equal to a fixed interest rate of 6.25% from the counterparty on a notional amount of $400 million and, in return, we paid a floating rate to the counterparty, namely our prime rate, on the same notional amount. The purpose of the derivative transaction was to minimize the risk of fluctuations in interest payments received on our variable rate loan portfolio and the transaction was designated as a cash flow hedge. On September 1, 2009, we terminated the derivative transaction with the counterparty and received proceeds equivalent to its then fair market value of $18.0 million.

52

Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

As described above under “—Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates,” the Provision is determined by management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan portfolio and our assessment of the ability of the Allowance to cover inherent losses. Our methodology for determining the adequacy of the Allowance and Provision takes into account many factors, including the level and trend of nonperforming and potential problem loans, net charge-off experience, current repayment by borrowers, fair value of collateral securing specific loans, changes in lending and underwriting standards and general economic factors, nationally and in the markets we serve.

The Allowance consists of two components: allocated and unallocated. To calculate the allocated component, we combine specific reserves required for individual loans (including impaired loans), reserves required for pooled graded loans and loan concentrations, and reserves required for homogeneous loans (e.g., consumer loans and residential mortgage loans). We use a loan grading system whereby loans are segregated by risk. Certain graded commercial and commercial real estate loans are analyzed on an individual basis. Other graded loans are analyzed on an aggregate basis based on loss experience for the specific loan type; risks inherent in concentrations by geographic location, collateral or property type; and recent changes in loan grade and delinquencies. The determination of an allocated Allowance for homogeneous loans is done on an aggregate level based upon various factors including historical loss experience, delinquency trends, and economic conditions and are adjusted for qualitative factors including migration and volatility risks. The unallocated component of the Allowance incorporates our judgment of the determination of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio, economic uncertainties and imprecision in the estimation process.

53

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Allowance as of the dates or for the periods indicated.

Table 14. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(Dollars in thousands)
Average amount of loans outstanding	$	2,121,544		$	2,716,090		$	3,745,964		$	4,209,045		$	4,021,094
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
Balance at beginning of year	$	192,854		$	205,279		$	119,878		$	92,049		$	52,280
Charge-offs:
Commercial, financial and agricultural		2,401			7,550			20,168			2,097			5,836
Real estate:
Construction		31,371			126,829			188,581			139,557			6,433
Mortgage - residential		4,347			21,042			16,563			383			379
Mortgage - commercial		1,298			41,280			34,156			-			-
Consumer		2,116			3,242			4,058			3,518			3,544
Leases		10			19			2,182			131			-
Total		41,543			199,962			265,708			145,686			16,192
Recoveries:
Commercial, financial and agricultural		1,805			2,421			453			295			876
Real estate:
Construction		6,518			13,902			450			40			7
Mortgage - residential		1,684			1,016			85			103			232
Mortgage - commercial		383			9,303			26			12			12
Consumer		1,082			1,259			1,294			1,397			1,831
Leases		-			88			-			-			2
Total		11,472			27,989			2,308			1,847			2,960
Net loans charged off		30,071			171,973			263,400			143,839			13,232
Provision (credit) charged to operations		(40,690	)		159,548			348,801			171,668			53,001
Balance at end of year	$	122,093		$	192,854		$	205,279		$	119,878		$	92,049
Ratios:
Allowance for loan and lease losses to loans
and leases outstanding at end of year		5.91	%		8.89	%		6.75	%		2.97	%		2.22	%
Net loans charged off during year to average
loans and leases outstanding during year		1.42	%		6.33	%		7.03	%		3.42	%		0.33	%

Our Allowance at December 31, 2011 totaled $122.1 million, which represented a decrease of $70.8 million, or 36.7%, from year-end 2010. When expressed as a percentage of total loans, our Allowance decreased to 5.91% at December 31, 2011, from 8.89% at year-end 2010. The decrease in our Allowance during 2011 was a result of a credit to the Provision of $40.7 million recognized during the year and $30.1 million in net loan charge-offs during the period, concentrated primarily on loans with direct exposure to the commercial construction markets in California and Hawaii.

During 2010, we adjusted the general reserve factors used to calculate the Allowance for our commercial mortgage portfolios both in Hawaii and on the mainland, as well our residential mortgage loan portfolio, including the owner occupied, investor, and home equity segments. Our decision to increase the general reserves established for these loan categories were made after considering various quantitative and qualitative factors. These considerations included, but were not limited to, our recent loss history, a revised assessment of projected national and local economic and market conditions, the potential negative impact that the weak commercial and residential real estate markets may have on these portfolios, and input from our regulators. We did not implement any material enhancements to our reserve factors in 2011.

54

Our Allowance as a percentage of our nonperforming assets decreased slightly from 63.69% at December 31, 2010 to 62.42% at December 31, 2011. The slight decreases in our Allowance as a percentage of total loans and leases and as a percentage of nonperforming assets from year-end 2010 to year-end 2011 is consistent with the decrease in our nonperforming assets, lower net loan charge-off activity, and is consistent with our belief that we have begun to see signs of stabilization in certain sectors of our loan portfolio, the overall economy and the commercial real estate markets both in Hawaii and on the mainland.

Depending on the overall performance of the local and national economies, the strength of the Hawaii and California commercial real estate markets and the accuracy of our assumptions and judgments concerning our loan portfolio, further adverse credit migration may continue due to the upcoming maturity of additional loans, the possibility of further declines in collateral values and the potential impact of continued financial stress on our borrowers, sponsors and guarantors as they attempt to endure the challenges of the current economic environment. While we have seen preliminary signs of stabilization, we cannot determine when, or if, the challenging market conditions that we experienced over the past four years will improve and whether or not the recent signs of an economic recovery will continue.

In accordance with GAAP, loans held for sale and other real estate assets are not included in our assessment of the Allowance.

The following table sets forth the allocation of the Allowance by loan category as of the dates indicated. Our practice is to make specific allocations on impaired loans and general allocations to each loan category based on management’s risk assessment and estimated loss rate.

During fiscal 2010, we enhanced our existing methodology for computing general reserves to include a more granular segmentation of our loan categories with the recognition of specific risk characteristics by loan type, risk migration history and geography. While our overall Allowance methodology did not change from previous periods, we believe the application of our existing methodology to a more detailed segmentation of our loan portfolio improves the quality of our Allowance calculation to better reflect the risks inherent in each of our loan categories. When segmenting the Company’s loan portfolio, management considers the guidance contained in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-10-55-16 through 310-10-55-18 by grouping loans that contain similar risk characteristics into various loan categories. The loan categories used are consistent with the internal reports evaluated by the Company’s management and Board of Directors to monitor risk and performance within the various segments of its loan portfolio. The factors considered when establishing the Company’s various loan segments include, but are not limited to, the category of the borrower, loan type, geographic location and collateral type.

The unallocated portion of the Allowance is maintained to provide for additional credit risk which may exist but may not be adequately accounted for in the specific and unspecified allocations due to the amount of judgment involved in the determination of the Allowance, the absence of perfect knowledge of all credit risks and the amount of uncertainty in predicting the strength of the economy and the sustainability of that strength.

Table 15. Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

	December 31,
	2011				2010				2009				2008				2007
			Percent				Percent				Percent				Percent				Percent
			of loans				of loans				of loans				of loans				of loans
	Allowance		in each		Allowance		in each		Allowance		in each		Allowance		in each		Allowance		in each
	for loan		category		for loan		category		for loan		category		for loan		category		for loan		category
	and lease		to total		and lease		to total		and lease		to total		and lease		to total		and lease		to total
	losses		loans		losses		loans		losses		loans		losses		loans		losses		loans
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and
agricultural	$	6,110	8.7	%	$	13,426	9.6	%	$	11,026	8.6	%	$	11,100	9.5	%	$	5,100	9.3	%
Real estate:
Construction		28,630	7.8			76,556	14.5			114,256	26.7			71,800	27.9			60,800	29.5
Mortgage:
Residential		32,736	43.4			31,830	34.4			23,930	27.0			6,600	26.6			6,600	25.0
Commercial		47,729	33.9			64,308	35.0			44,308	31.9			19,100	30.1			10,500	29.8
Consumer		2,335	5.3			3,155	5.2			4,555	4.4			3,900	4.5			4,300	5.1
Leases		553	0.9			1,579	1.3			1,079	1.4			1,300	1.4			700	1.3
Unallocated		4,000	-			2,000	-			6,125	-			6,078	-			4,049	-
Total	$	122,093	100.0	%	$	192,854	100.0	%	$	205,279	100.0	%	$	119,878	100.0	%	$	92,049	100.0	%

55

The methodology applied in determining the level of Allowance and the allocation among loan categories in 2011 was consistent with that applied in 2010.

The Allowance allocated to commercial loans at year-end 2011 totaled $6.1 million, compared to $13.4 million at year-end 2010, representing 3.4% and 6.4% of total commercial loans, respectively.

The Allowance allocated to construction loans totaled $28.6 million, or 17.8%, of construction loans at year-end 2011, compared to $76.6 million, or 24.4%, of construction loans outstanding at year-end 2010. The decrease in the ending Allowance amount and the Allowance as a percentage of construction loans was primarily due to net charge-offs recorded during 2011 and the significant decreases in the construction loan portfolio and nonaccrual and delinquent construction loans as of year-end 2011.

The Allowance allocated to our residential mortgage loans increased to $32.7 million, or 3.7%, of total residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2011, compared to $31.8 million, or 4.3%, of related loans at year-end 2010. The increase in the Allowance allocated to our residential mortgage loan portfolio reflects the increase in residential mortgage balances during the year.

Commercial mortgage loans were allocated an Allowance of $47.7 million, or 6.8%, of those loans at December 31, 2011, compared to $64.3 million, or 8.5%, of commercial mortgage loans at year-end 2010. The decrease in the Allowance allocated to our commercial mortgage loan portfolio reflects the decrease in commercial mortgage balances during the year.

The allocated Allowance for consumer loans at December 31, 2011 decreased to $2.3 million from $3.2 million in the prior year, representing 2.1% of total consumer loans in 2011, compared to 2.8% in 2010.

We also allocated an Allowance for leases of $0.6 million, or 3.1%, of total leases, compared to $1.6 million, or 5.7%, of total leases as of year-end 2010.

We increased the unallocated portion of the Allowance to $4.0 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $2.0 million at December 31, 2010. Despite the fact that more known and perceived risks attributable to particular market segments and geographical risk considerations have been incorporated into the determination of the allocated Allowance, we believe that the increase in the unallocated portion of the Allowance was appropriate due to the overall volatility of present and future economic conditions and the inherent uncertainty of the estimates and assumptions incorporated into our assessments of the likelihood and magnitude of potential losses.

56

Nonperforming Assets, Accruing Loans Delinquent for 90 Days or More, Restructured Loans Still Accruing Interest

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more and restructured loans still accruing interest at the dates indicated.

Table 16. Nonperforming Assets, Past Due and Restructured Loans

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(Dollars in thousands)
Nonaccrual loans
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	1,367		$	982		$	8,377		$	1,426		$	231
Real estate:
Construction		69,765			182,073			362,557			119,178			61,017
Mortgage - residential		47,128			47,560			55,603			6,162			-
Mortgage - commercial		15,653			14,464			45,847			5,462			293
Consumer		-			225			-			-			-
Leases		-			-			466			335			-
Total nonaccrual loans		133,913			245,304			472,850			132,563			61,541
Other real estate		61,681			57,507			26,954			11,220			-
Total nonperforming assets		195,594			302,811			499,804			143,783			61,541
Accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more
Commercial, financial & agricultural		-			-			-			-			18
Real estate:
Construction		-			6,550			228			-			-
Mortgage - residential		-			1,800			2,680			582			586
Consumer		28			181			232			488			299
Leases		-			-			152			-			-
Total accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more		28			8,531			3,292			1,070			903
Restructured loans still accruing interest
Real estate:
Construction		5,170			-			2,745			-			-
Mortgage - residential		3,093			13,401			3,565			-			-
Total restructured loans still accruing interest		8,263			13,401			6,310			-			-
Total nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent
for 90 days or more and restructured loans still
accruing interest	$	203,885		$	324,743		$	509,406		$	144,853		$	62,444
Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans
and leases, loans held for sale and other real estate		8.99	%		13.18	%		15.85	%		3.52	%		1.47	%
Total nonperforming assets and accruing loans delinquent
for 90 days or more as a percentage of loans and
leases, loans held for sale and other real estate		8.99	%		13.56	%		15.96	%		3.55	%		1.49	%
Total nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent for
90 days or more and restructured loans still accruing
interest as a percentage of loans and leases, loans held
for sale and other real estate		9.37	%		14.14	%		16.16	%		3.55	%		1.49	%

Nonperforming assets, which includes nonaccrual loans and leases, nonperforming loans classified as held for sale and other real estate, totaled $195.6 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $302.8 million at year-end 2010. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 were comprised of $133.9 million in nonaccrual loans, which included $121.5 million in portfolio loans and $12.4 million in loans classified as held for sale, and $61.7 million in other real estate.

57

The decrease in 2011 was partially attributable to sales of $69.1 million in loans and property including $26.7 million in Hawaii construction and development loans held for sale, $12.6 million in Hawaii construction and development foreclosed properties, $11.6 million in Hawaii residential mortgage foreclosed properties and $18.2 million in mainland construction and development foreclosed properties.

Also contributing to the decrease were charge-offs of $28.2 million in loans, including $19.4 million in Hawaii construction and development loans, $0.1 million in Hawaii commercial mortgage loans, $2.4 million in Hawaii residential mortgage loans, $0.4 million in Hawaii commercial loans, $5.7 million in mainland construction and development loans, and $0.2 million in mainland commercial mortgage loans and write-downs of loans held for sale and foreclosed properties totaling $7.7 million. In addition, $9.5 million in loans were restored to accrual status.

Offsetting these decreases were additions of $21.9 million in Hawaii construction and development loans, $29.6 million in Hawaii residential mortgage loans, $3.6 million in Hawaii commercial mortgage loans, $1.9 million in Hawaii commercial loans, $9.5 million in mainland construction and development loans, and $6.8 million in mainland commercial mortgage loans.

Loans delinquent for 90 days or more still accruing interest totaled $28 thousand at December 31, 2011, compared to $8.5 million at December 31, 2010.

Investment Portfolio

The following table sets forth the amounts and distribution of investment securities held as of the dates indicated.

Table 17. Distribution of Investment Securities

	December 31,
	2011				2010				2009
	Held to		Available		Held to		Available		Held to		Available
	maturity (at		for sale		maturity (at		for sale		maturity (at		for sale
	amortized cost)		(at fair value)		amortized cost)		(at fair value)		amortized cost)		(at fair value)
	(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored
entities debt securities	$	-	$	373,177	$	-	$	201,855	$	-	$	207,643
States and political subdivisions		-		12,994		500		12,619		500		51,485
U.S. Government sponsored entities
mortgage-backed securities		931		1,097,302		2,328		486,964		4,204		613,088
Corporate securities		-		8,551		-		-		-		-
Non-agency collateralized
mortgage obligations		-		-		-		17		-		46,469
Other		-		970		-		1,062		-		970
Total	$	931	$	1,492,994	$	2,828	$	702,517	$	4,704	$	919,655

Investment securities totaled $1.5 billion at December 31, 2011, increasing by $788.6 million, or 111.8%, from the $705.3 million held at December 31, 2010, which decreased by $219.0 million, or 23.7%, from the $924.4 million at year-end 2009.

In 2011, we sold certain available for sale investment securities and received gross proceeds of $138.0 million. Gross realized gains and losses on the sales of the available for sale investment securities were $1.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The specific identification method was used as the basis for determining the cost of all securities sold.

The net increase in investment securities in 2011 was reflective of our intent to deploy a portion of our excess cash and cash equivalents into higher yielding assets.

Maturity Distribution of Investment Portfolio

The following table sets forth the maturity distribution of the investment portfolio and weighted average yields by investment type and maturity grouping at December 31, 2011.

58

Table 18. Maturity Distribution of Investment Portfolio

	Carrying		Weighted
Portfolio Type and Maturity Grouping	value		average yield (1)
	(Dollar in thousands)
Held-to-maturity portfolio:
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities:
Within one year	$	-	-	%
After one but within five years		919	3.84
After five but within ten years		12	5.89
After ten years		-	-
Total U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		931	3.87
Total held-to-maturity portfolio	$	931	3.87	%
Available-for-sale portfolio:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities:
Within one year	$	75,318	0.61	%
After one but within five years		285,785	1.05
After five but within ten years		12,074	1.55
After ten years		-	-
Total U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities		373,177	0.98
States and political subdivisions:
Within one year		-	-
After one but within five years		6,040	7.35
After five but within ten years		1,666	10.04
After ten years		5,288	7.92
Total States and political subdivisions		12,994	7.93
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities:
Within one year		1,815	4.30
After one but within five years		256	4.54
After five but within ten years		49,211	2.76
After ten years		1,046,020	2.53
Total U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		1,097,302	2.54
Corporate securities:
Within one year		-	-
After one but within five years		8,551	2.97
After five but within ten years		-	-
After ten years		-	-
Total Corporate securities		8,551	2.97
Other:
Within one year		-	-
After one but within five years		-	-
After five but within ten years		-	-
After ten years		970	-
Total Other		970	-
Total available-for-sale portfolio	$	1,492,994	2.18	%
Total investment securities	$	1,493,925	2.18	%
(1) Weighted average yields are computed on an annual basis, and yields on tax-exempt obligations are
computed on a taxable-equivalent basis using an assumed tax rate of 35%.

59

During 2011, the weighted average yield of the investment portfolio decreased by 59 bp to 2.18% from the prior year. The decrease in yield reflects the declining interest rate environment throughout 2011.

Deposits

The primary source of our funding comes from deposits in the state of Hawaii. In this competitive market, we strive to distinguish ourselves by providing quality customer service in our branch offices and establishing long-term relationships with businesses and their principals. Our focus has been to develop a large, stable base of core deposits, which are comprised of non-interest bearing and interest-bearing demand deposits, savings and money market deposits, and time deposits less than $100,000. Time deposits in amounts of $100,000 and greater are generally considered to be more price-sensitive than relationship-based and are thus given less focus in our marketing and sales efforts.

During 2011, our total deposits were $3.4 billion, reflecting an increase of $310.6 million, or 9.9%, from total deposits of $3.1 billion at December 31, 2010. Total deposits at December 31, 2010 decreased by $436.0 million, or 12.2%, over the year-end 2009 balance of $3.6 billion. The increase in deposits in 2011 reflects increases in government-owned time deposits, non-interest bearing demand deposits and savings and money market deposits of $397.3 million, $117.4 million and $46.4 million, respectively, offset by decreases in other time deposits and interest-bearing deposits of $180.3 million and $70.2 million, respectively.

Our core deposits of $2.8 billion at December 31, 2011, decreased by $9.9 million, or 0.4%, from December 31, 2010, which decreased by $155.0 million or 5.3% from December 31, 2009. Core deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 80.9% at December 31, 2011, compared to 89.2% at December 31, 2010, and 82.7% at December 31, 2009.

The table below sets forth information regarding the average deposits and average rates paid for certain deposit categories for each of the years indicated. Average balances are computed using daily average balances. The average rate on time deposits, which are most sensitive to changes in market rates, decreased by 69 bp in 2011, while savings and money market and interest-bearing demand deposit rates decreased by 32 bp and 5 bp, respectively. The average rate paid on all deposits in 2011 decreased to 0.30% from 0.64% in 2010 and 1.09% in 2009. The drop in average rates paid in 2011 was attributable to the declining interest rate environment in which we, as well as other financial institutions throughout the country, operated in during 2011.

Table 19. Average Balances and Average Rates on Deposits

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011				2010				2009
	Average		Average		Average		Average		Average		Average
	balance		rate paid		balance		rate paid		balance		rate paid
	(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	675,604	-	%	$	581,857	-	%	$	594,888	-	%
Interest-bearing demand deposits		539,519	0.09			619,070	0.14			544,910	0.25
Savings and money market deposits		1,117,183	0.18			1,092,378	0.50			1,319,228	0.90
Time deposits		880,234	0.80			965,635	1.49			1,431,785	2.04
Total	$	3,212,540	0.30	%	$	3,258,940	0.64	%	$	3,890,811	1.09	%

We expect overall deposit rates to remain suppressed in 2012 in response to the FRB’s current monetary policy of keeping interest rates low. In addition to the external interest rate environment, the overall direction of rate movements in our deposit base will largely depend on the level of deposit growth we need to maintain adequate liquidity and competitive pricing considerations, which may be impacted by the repeal of federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts as part of the Dodd-Frank Act as further described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

60

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth contractual obligations (excluding deposit liabilities) as of December 31, 2011.

Table 20. Contractual Obligations

	Payments Due By Period
	Less Than						More Than
	One Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		5 Years		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Short-term borrowings	$	34	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	34
Long-term debt		50,018		31		-		108,249		158,298
Pension plan obligations		2,560		5,157		5,176		29,756		42,649
Operating leases		7,383		12,325		8,410		24,981		53,099
Purchase obligations		6,035		3,364		336		-		9,735
Total	$	66,030	$	20,877	$	13,922	$	162,986	$	263,815

Components of short-term borrowings and long-term debt are discussed in Notes 13 and 14, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Operating leases represent leases on bank premises as discussed in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Purchase obligations represent other contractual obligations to purchase goods or services at specified terms over a period in excess of one year including, but not limited to, software licensing agreements, equipment maintenance contracts and professional service contracts. Pension plan obligations include obligations under our defined benefit retirement plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, which are discussed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Capital Resources

Common and Preferred Equity

Shareholders’ equity totaled $456.4 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $390.4 million, or 591.0%, from the $66.1 million at December 31, 2010, which decreased by $269.9 million, or 80.3%, from 2009. When expressed as a percentage of total assets, shareholders’ equity increased to 11.0% at December 31, 2011, from 1.7% at December 31, 2010 and 6.9% at December 31, 2009.

The significant increase in shareholders’ equity from 2010 was directly attributable to the completion of the Private Placement, Rights Offering and TARP Exchange during the first half of 2011 as part of our recapitalization plan. Also contributing to the increase was net income of $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Our tangible common equity ratio was 10.63% at December 31, 2011, compared to (2.20)% at December 31, 2010 and 1.68% at December 31, 2009. Our book value per share was $10.93, $(42.18) and $136.50 at year-end 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As mentioned above, the increases in our tangible common equity ratio and book value per share were directly attributable to the completion of the Private Placement, Rights Offering and TARP Exchange, and the $36.6 million in net income recorded in 2011. The tangible common equity ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure which should be read and used in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information. Comparison of our tangible common equity ratio with those of other companies may not be possible because other companies may calculate the tangible common equity ratio differently. Our tangible common equity ratio is derived by dividing common shareholders' equity, less intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights), by total assets, less intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights).

61

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our tangible common equity ratio for each of the dates indicated:

Table 21. Reconciliation to Tangible Common Equity Ratio

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Total shareholders' equity	$	456,440		$	66,052		$	335,963
Less: Preferred stock		-			(130,458	)		(128,975	)
Less: Other intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights)		(19,053	)		(21,927	)		(127,490	)
Tangible common equity		437,387			(86,333	)		79,498
Total assets		4,132,865			3,938,051			4,869,522
Less: Other intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights)		(19,053	)		(21,927	)		(127,490	)
Tangible assets		4,113,812			3,916,124			4,742,032
Tangible common equity / Tangible assets		10.63	%		(2.20	) %		1.68	%

Trust Preferred Securities

We have five statutory trusts, CPB Capital Trust I, CPB Capital Trust II, CPB Statutory Trust III, CPB Capital Trust IV and CPB Statutory Trust V, which issued a total of $105.0 million in trust preferred securities. Our obligations with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the each trust’s obligations with respect to its trust preferred securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, we may elect from time to time to defer subordinated debenture interest payments, which would result in a deferral of dividend payments on the related trust preferred securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. We began deferring interest and dividend payments on the subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities in the third quarter of 2009. During the deferral period, which currently stands at ten consecutive quarters, the respective trusts will likewise suspend the declaration and payment of dividends on the trust preferred securities. Also during the deferral period, we may not, among other things and with limited exceptions, pay cash dividends on or repurchase our common stock or preferred stock or make any payment on outstanding debt obligations that rank equally with or junior to the junior subordinated debentures. During the deferral period, we will continue to accrue, and reflect in our consolidated financial statements, the deferred interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures. At December 31, 2011, accrued interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities was $8.5 million.

The FRB has determined that certain cumulative preferred securities having the characteristics of the trust preferred securities qualify as non-controlling interest, and are included in CPF’s Tier 1 capital.

Recovery Plan

As previously discussed, we adopted and implemented a recovery plan in March 2010 in an effort to improve our overall financial health and meet the conditions of the Consent Order and Written Agreement. As part of our recovery plan, we aggressively pursued all available alternatives to improve our capital ratios, including raising a substantial amount of new capital and reducing classified assets. In February 2011, we successfully completed a $325 million capital raise and concurrently exchanged our TARP preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for common stock. Further details about our recovery plan and the progress we have made to date can be found in Note 3 of accompanying consolidated financial statements under the caption “Recovery Plan Progress.”

Capital Requirements

In order to ensure adequate levels of capital, we conduct an ongoing assessment of projected sources and uses of capital in conjunction with an analysis of the size and quality of our assets and the level of risk. As part of this ongoing assessment, the Board of Directors reviews the various components of capital, the costs, benefits and impact of raising additional capital and the availability of alternative sources of capital. Based on the Board of Directors analysis of our capital needs (including any capital needs arising out of our financial condition and results of operations) and the input of our regulators, we could decide or, our regulators could require us, to raise additional capital.

62

The Bank MOU requires, among other things, that the bank maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio of at least 8% and does not mandate a total risk-based capital ratio. As of December 31, 2011, the bank was in compliance with the minimum ratio required by the Bank MOU and maintained capital ratios which exceed the minimum levels required to be considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

Holding Company Capital Resources

CPF is required to act as a source of strength to the bank under the Dodd-Frank Act. All of the funds CPF received from the sale of the TARP preferred stock were contributed by CPF to the bank as capital. CPF is obligated to pay its expenses and payments on its junior subordinated debentures which fund payments on the outstanding trust preferred securities. As described above, CPF deferred the payment of dividends on our TARP preferred stock and trust preferred securities (along with interest on the related junior subordinated debentures) beginning in the third quarter of 2009. CPF has not received dividends from the bank since September 2008 and does not anticipate receiving dividends from the bank in the foreseeable future. For further information, see “Dividends – Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”

As of December 31, 2011, on a stand alone basis, CPF had an available cash balance of approximately $45.6 million in order to meet its ongoing obligations.

Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk

Our earnings and capital are sensitive to risk of interest rate fluctuations. Interest rate risk arises when rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities mature or reprice during different periods or in differing amounts. In the normal course of business, we are subjected to interest rate risk through the activities of making loans and taking deposits, as well as from our investment securities portfolio and other interest-bearing funding sources. Asset/liability management attempts to coordinate our rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities to meet our financial objectives.

Our Asset/Liability Management Policy seeks to maximize the risk-adjusted return to shareholders while maintaining consistently acceptable levels of liquidity, interest rate risk and capitalization. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee, or ALCO, monitors interest rate risk through the use of interest rate sensitivity gap, net interest income and market value of portfolio equity simulation and rate shock analyses. This process is designed to measure the impact of future changes in interest rates on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity. Adverse interest rate risk exposures are managed through the shortening or lengthening of the duration of assets and liabilities.

Interest rate risk can be analyzed by monitoring an institution’s interest rate sensitivity gap and changes in the gap over time. An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a specified time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, the earnings of an institution with a positive gap theoretically may be positively affected due to its interest-earning assets repricing to a greater extent than its interest-bearing liabilities. An adverse impact would be expected for an institution with a negative gap.

63

The following table sets forth information regarding our interest rate sensitivity gap at December 31, 2011. The assumptions used in determining interest rate sensitivity of various asset and liability products had a significant impact on the resulting table. For purposes of this presentation, assets and liabilities are classified by the earliest repricing date or maturity. All interest-bearing demand and savings balances are included in the three-months-or-less category, even though repricing of these accounts is not contractually required and may not actually occur during that period. Since all interest rates and yields do not adjust at the same velocity or magnitude, and since volatility is subject to change, the interest rate sensitivity gap is only a general indicator of interest rate risk.

Table 22. Rate Sensitivity of Assets, Liabilities and Equity

				Over			Over Six			Over One
	Three			Three			Through			Through			Over
	Months			Through			Twelve			Three			Three		Nonrate
	or Less			Six Months			Months			Years			Years		Sensitive			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	$	180,839		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-	$	-		$	180,839
Investment securities		60,381			81,186			206,662			666,305			455,380		24,011			1,493,925
Loans held for sale		37,876			-			-			-			-		12,414			50,290
Loans and leases		557,105			180,267			315,170			523,774			368,562		119,569			2,064,447
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		-			-			-			-			-		48,797			48,797
Other assets		-			-			-			-			-		294,567			294,567
Total assets	$	836,201		$	261,453		$	521,832		$	1,190,079		$	823,942	$	499,358		$	4,132,865
Liabilities and Equity
Noninterest-bearing deposits	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-	$	729,149		$	729,149
Interest-bearing deposits		2,068,462			295,570			215,152			116,263			18,932		-			2,714,379
Short-term borrowings		34			-			-			-			-		-			34
Long-term debt		158,253			5			9			31			-		-			158,298
Other liabilities		-			-			-			-			-		64,585			64,585
Equity		-			-			-			-			-		466,420			466,420
Total liabilities and equity	$	2,226,749		$	295,575		$	215,161		$	116,294		$	18,932	$	1,260,154		$	4,132,865
Interest rate sensitivity gap	$	(1,390,548	)	$	(34,122	)	$	306,671		$	1,073,785		$	805,010	$	(760,796	)	$	-
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap	$	(1,390,548	)	$	(1,424,670	)	$	(1,117,999	)	$	(44,214	)	$	760,796	$	-		$	-

ALCO also utilizes a detailed and dynamic simulation model to measure and manage interest rate risk exposures. The monthly simulation process is designed to measure the impact of future changes in interest rates on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity and to allow ALCO to model alternative balance sheet strategies. The following reflects our net interest income sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2011, over a one-year horizon, assuming no balance sheet growth and given both a 200 bp upward and 100 bp downward parallel shift in interest rates.
 

Rate Change		Estimated Net Interest Income Sensitivity
+200	bp	0.20	%
−100	bp	(5.14)	%

64

Table 23. Interest Rate Sensitivity

	Expected Maturity Within																					Total
	One Year			Two Years			Three Years			Four Years			Five Years			Thereafter			Book Value			Fair Value
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-sensitive assets
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	$	180,839		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	180,839		$	180,839
Weighted average interest rates		0.25	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.25	%
Fixed rate investments	$	344,184		$	424,645		$	241,659		$	131,503		$	143,881		$	179,011		$	1,464,883		$	1,488,818
Weighted average interest rates		2.07	%		1.88	%		2.26	%		2.55	%		2.27	%		2.67	%		2.18	%
Variable rate investments	$	612		$	559		$	476		$	405		$	344		$	1,650		$	4,046		$	4,181
Weighted average interest rates		2.20	%		2.25	%		2.25	%		2.25	%		2.25	%		2.25	%		2.24	%
Equity investments	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	985		$	985		$	971
Weighted average interest rates		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%
Fixed rate loans	$	342,014		$	200,125		$	151,966		$	86,637		$	59,122		$	141,077		$	980,941		$	888,055
Weighted average interest rates		5.47	%		5.27	%		5.00	%		4.89	%		4.86	%		4.51	%		5.13	%
Variable rate loans	$	427,874		$	189,963		$	104,477		$	71,810		$	54,773		$	152,916		$	1,001,813		$	886,697
Weighted average interest rates		4.88	%		4.69	%		4.55	%		4.46	%		4.45	%		4.43	%		4.69	%
Total - December 31, 2011	$	1,295,523		$	815,292		$	498,578		$	290,355		$	258,120		$	475,639		$	3,633,507		$	3,449,561
Total - December 31, 2010	$	1,904,666		$	490,273		$	303,825		$	196,809		$	135,633		$	446,498		$	3,477,704		$	3,224,197
Interest-sensitive liabilities
Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits	$	1,705,551		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	1,705,551		$	1,705,551
Weighted average interest rates		0.09	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.09	%
Time deposits	$	872,877		$	91,976		$	25,000		$	13,793		$	5,136		$	46		$	1,008,828		$	1,012,121
Weighted average interest rates		0.36	%		0.87	%		1.70	%		2.63	%		1.27	%		0.40	%		0.48	%
Short-term borrowings	$	34		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	34		$	34
Weighted average interest rates		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.00	%
Long-term debt	$	50,018		$	20		$	11		$	-		$	-		$	108,249		$	158,298		$	89,646
Weighted average interest rates		0.64	%		8.22	%		8.22	%		0.00	%		0.00	%		3.18	%		2.38	%
Total - December 31, 2011	$	2,628,480		$	91,996		$	25,011		$	13,793		$	5,136		$	108,295		$	2,872,711		$	2,807,352
Total - December 31, 2010	$	2,777,545		$	230,116		$	35,280		$	12,103		$	14,509		$	113,933		$	3,183,486		$	3,132,220

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent our forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including: the magnitude and timing of interest rate changes, prepayments on loans and investment securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment of asset and liability cashflows and others.

The table above presents information on financial instruments held that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For purposes of this presentation, expected maturities of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities are contractual maturities. Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, which have indeterminate maturities, are included in the earliest maturity category. The resulting table is based on numerous assumptions including prepayment rates on mortgage-related assets and forecasted market interest rates. See Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of the calculation of fair values.

Maturities and fair values of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities may vary from expectation if actual experience differs from the assumptions used.

65

Liquidity

Our objective in managing liquidity is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds in order to economically meet the cash requirements of customers for loans and deposit withdrawals and participate in lending and investment opportunities as they arise. We monitor our liquidity position in relation to changes in loan and deposit balances on a daily basis to assure maximum utilization, maintenance of an adequate level of readily marketable assets and access to short-term funding sources. We have employed, and continue to employ, a number of measures to improve our liquidity position, which includes reducing our reliance on non-core funding sources and decreasing our loan-to-deposit ratio from 69.2% at December 31, 2010 to 60.0% at December 31, 2011. Our liquidity may be negatively impacted by unforeseen demands on cash or if our deposit customers withdraw funds due to uncertainties surrounding our financial condition or prospects.

The consolidated statements of cash flows identify the three major categories of sources and uses of cash as operating, investing and financing activities. As presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash provided by operating activities has provided a significant source of funds during the past three years. Cash provided by operating activities totaled $23.1 million in 2011, $221.4 million in 2010 and $131.1 million in 2009. The primary source of cash provided by operating activities continues to be our net operating income, exclusive of non-cash items such as the Provision and asset impairments.

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $687.2 million in 2011, compared to $755.6 million and $486.0 million provided by investing activities in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Investment securities and lending activities generally comprise the largest components of investing activities, although the level of investment securities activities are impacted by the relationship of loan and deposit growth during the period. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, net loan principal repayments accounted for $19.4 million, $347.3 million and $328.4 million, respectively, of cash provided by investing activities. Net purchases of investment securities totaled $775.7 million and $123.9 million in 2011 and 2009, respectively, compared to net proceeds received from sales and maturities of investment securities totaling $164.2 million in 2010. Investing activities included proceeds from sales of loans originated for investment of $26.7 million in 2011, $193.4 million in 2010 and $278.6 million in 2009 and other real estate of $42.4 million in 2011, $30.4 million in 2010 and $4.7 million in 2009. Investing activities in 2010 and 2009 also included proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment of $19.7 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

Cash provided by financing activities totaled $130.5 million in 2011, compared to cash used in financing activities totaling $674.7 million in 2010 and $236.5 million in 2009. Deposit activities, borrowings and capital transactions represent the major components of financing activities. In 2011, we increased net deposits by $310.6 million. Net deposit contraction in 2010 and 2009 resulted in cash outflows of $436.0 million and $342.7 million, respectively. Net cash outflows from short-term debt totaled $202.4 million in 2011, $40.0 million in 2010 and $37.0 million in 2009. Net cash outflows from long-term debt totaled $301.2 million in 2011 and $197.9 million in 2010, compared to $8.9 million of cash inflows in 2009. As with investment securities, the level of net borrowings is impacted by the levels of loan and deposit growth/contraction during the period. Capital transactions, primarily the issuance of preferred and common stock, dividends and stock repurchases totaled $323.5 million in cash flows in 2011, resulting mainly from the Private Placement and Rights Offering, and $134.3 million in cash inflows in 2009, resulting mainly from our participation in the TARP CPP, compared to $0.9 million in cash outflows in 2010.

For the holding company on a stand-alone basis, the primary source of funds in 2011 was the $302.8 million of net proceeds from the Private Placement, of which we subsequently advanced $283.0 million to the bank, and the $18.9 million of net proceeds from the Rights Offering. The primary source of funds in 2009 was the $134.4 million of proceeds received from the issuance of the TARP preferred stock under the TARP CPP, all of which was subsequently advanced to the bank.

Core deposits have historically provided us with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low cost funds but are subject to competitive pressure in our market. In addition to core deposit funding, we also have access to a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include proceeds from maturities of our investment securities, as well as secondary funding sources such as the FHLB, secured repurchase agreements and the Federal Reserve discount window, available to meet our liquidity needs. While we historically have had access to these other funding sources, continued access to these sources may not be guaranteed due to the current volatile market conditions and the Company’s and bank’s financial positions.

The bank is a member of and maintained a $753.3 million line of credit with the FHLB as of December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, long-term borrowings under this arrangement totaled $50.0 million, compared to $351.3 million in long-term borrowings at December 31, 2010. We did not have any short-term borrowings under this arrangement at December 31, 2011, compared to $200.0 million at December 31, 2010. FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2011 were secured by unencumbered investment securities with a fair value of $210.0 million and certain real estate loans totaling $887.0 million in accordance with the collateral provisions of the Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2011, approximately $703.3 million was undrawn under this arrangement.

66

As previously mentioned, during the third quarter of 2011 and the fourth quarter of 2010, the bank paid down long-term borrowings at the FHLB totaling $120.5 million and $106.7 million, respectively, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.36% and 4.78%, respectively. Prepaying these long-term borrowings resulted in the recognition of charges on the early extinguishment of debt totaling $6.2 million and $5.7 million in the third quarter of 2011 and the fourth quarter of 2010, respectively. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information regarding our long-term borrowings.

In February 2009, the bank’s collateral arrangement with the FHLB converted from a blanket pledge arrangement to a physical possession arrangement whereby the bank was required to deliver certain original loan documents to the FHLB for the collateral securing advances. In December 2010, the FHLB expanded the physical possession collateral arrangement to require copies of all loan documents for the collateral securing advances. In September 2011, the FHLB upgraded the bank from a physical possession collateral arrangement to a listing arrangement whereby the bank maintains custody of the loan collateral documentation and is required to submit a monthly file listing loans pledged with certain data fields.

The bank also maintained a $31.0 million line of credit with the Federal Reserve discount window as of December 31, 2011. There were no borrowings under this arrangement at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Advances under this arrangement would have been secured by certain commercial and commercial real estate loans with a carrying value totaling $52.4 million. The Federal Reserve does not have the right to sell or repledge these loans. In September 2011, the bank was upgraded from the Federal Reserve’s secondary credit facility to the primary credit facility, and regained its eligibility for the Borrower-in-Custody program. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information regarding our short-term borrowings.

Our ability to maintain adequate levels of liquidity is dependent on the successful execution of our recovery plan, and more specifically, our ability to continue to improve our risk profile, maintain our capital base, and comply with the provisions of our agreements with the regulators. Beyond the challenges specific to our situation, our liquidity may also be negatively impacted by weakness in the financial markets and industry-wide reductions in liquidity.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into off-balance sheet arrangements to meet the financing needs of our banking customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written, forward foreign exchange contracts, forward interest rate contracts and interest rate swaps and options. These instruments and the related off-balance sheet exposures are discussed in detail in Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” In the unlikely event that we must satisfy a significant amount of outstanding commitments to extend credit, liquidity will be adversely impacted, as will credit risk. The remaining components of off-balance sheet arrangements, primarily interest rate options and forward interest rate contracts related to our mortgage banking activities, are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-03, “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” The amendments in this ASU remove from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. The amendments in this ASU also eliminate the requirement to demonstrate that the transferor possesses adequate collateral to fund substantially all the cost of purchasing replacement financial assets. This ASU is effective prospectively for transactions, or modifications of existing transactions, that occur on or after January 1, 2012. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” The amendments in this ASU generally represent clarifications of Topic 820, but also include some instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed. This ASU results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). This ASU is effective for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2012. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

67

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Amendments to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income.” Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. This ASU eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments in this ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. This ASU is effective for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2012, with retrospective application required. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income: Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU 2011-05.” The amendments in this ASU supersede certain pending paragraphs in ASU 2011-05 to effectively defer only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments will be temporary to allow FASB time to redeliberate the presentation requirements for reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for annual and interim financial statements. This ASU is effective for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2012. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is set forth under “Part II, Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk” and in Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

68

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Central Pacific Financial Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Central Pacific Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii

February 28, 2012

69

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Central Pacific Financial Corp.:

We have audited Central Pacific Financial Corp.’s (the Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii

February 28, 2012

70

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	76,233		$	61,725
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		180,839			729,014
Investment securities:
Available for sale, at fair value		1,492,994			702,517
Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $976 at
December 31, 2011 and $2,913 at December 31, 2010)		931			2,828
Total investment securities		1,493,925			705,345
Loans held for sale		50,290			69,748
Loans and leases		2,064,447			2,169,444
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(122,093	)		(192,854	)
Net loans and leases		1,942,354			1,976,590
Premises and equipment, net		51,414			57,390
Accrued interest receivable		11,674			11,279
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries		12,697			14,856
Other real estate		61,681			57,507
Other intangible assets		41,986			44,639
Bank-owned life insurance		144,474			142,296
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		48,797			48,797
Income tax receivable		2,395			2,223
Other assets		14,106			16,642
Total assets	$	4,132,865		$	3,938,051
Liabilities and Equity
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	729,149		$	611,744
Interest-bearing demand		569,371			639,548
Savings and money market		1,136,180			1,089,813
Time		1,008,828			791,842
Total deposits		3,443,528			3,132,947
Short-term borrowings		34			202,480
Long-term debt		158,298			459,803
Other liabilities		64,585			66,766
Total liabilities		3,666,445			3,861,996
Equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding
none and 135,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively		-			130,458
Common stock, no par value, authorized 185,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding
41,749,116 and 1,527,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively		784,539			404,167
Surplus		66,585			63,308
Accumulated deficit		(396,848	)		(517,316	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		2,164			(14,565	)
Total shareholders' equity		456,440			66,052
Non-controlling interest		9,980			10,003
Total equity		466,420			76,055
Total liabilities and equity	$	4,132,865		$	3,938,051

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

71

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income:
Interest and fees on loans and leases	$	107,089		$	138,114		$	201,573
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
Taxable interest		27,559			19,699			36,392
Tax-exempt interest		738			1,068			4,020
Dividends		12			11			10
Interest on deposits in other banks		1,052			1,862			233
Interest on Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell		-			-			9
Total interest income		136,450			160,754			242,237
Interest expense:
Interest on deposits:
Demand		500			885			1,351
Savings and money market		2,044			5,514			11,928
Time		7,066			14,390			29,267
Interest on short-term borrowings		204			1,177			548
Interest on long-term debt		8,815			20,135			24,621
Total interest expense		18,629			42,101			67,715
Net interest income		117,821			118,653			174,522
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses		(40,690	)		159,548			348,801
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses		158,511			(40,895	)		(174,279	)
Other operating income:
Other service charges and fees		17,239			15,418			14,187
Service charges on deposit accounts		10,024			11,831			15,458
Net gain on sales of residential loans		8,050			8,468			13,582
Income from bank-owned life insurance		4,139			4,809			5,249
Income from fiduciary activities		2,794			3,204			3,759
Investment securities gains (losses)		1,306			831			(74	)
Fees on foreign exchange		664			659			584
Loan placement fees		541			391			982
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries		458			468			759
Gain on sale of premises and equipment		-			7,698			3,612
Other than temporary impairment on securities (net of $5,158 recognized in other comprehensive loss for 2009)		-			-			(2,565	)
Other		4,966			3,259			1,880
Total other operating income		50,181			57,036			57,413
Other operating expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		63,675			56,613			66,346
Net occupancy		13,793			13,650			13,415
Legal and professional services		13,506			17,840			13,989
Amortization of other intangible assets		7,033			7,061			6,123
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		6,234			5,685			-
Equipment		4,702			5,337			6,081
Write down of assets		4,624			1,460			4,963
Foreclosed asset expense		4,557			8,982			8,651
Computer software expense		3,629			3,625			3,428
Communication expense		3,517			3,985			4,317
Advertising expense		2,961			2,531			3,266
Goodwill impairment		-			102,689			50,000
Other		43,890			37,636			36,297
Total other operating expense		172,121			267,094			216,876
Income (loss) before income taxes		36,571			(250,953	)		(333,742	)
Income tax benefit		-			-			(19,995	)
Net income (loss)		36,571			(250,953	)		(313,747	)
Preferred stock dividends, accretion of discount and conversion of preferred stock to common stock		(83,897	)		8,432			7,946
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	120,468		$	(259,385	)	$	(321,693	)
Per common share data:
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	3.36		$	(171.13	)	$	(220.56	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share		3.31			(171.13	)		(220.56	)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

72

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 & 2009

									Retained			Accumulated
									Earnings/			Other			Non
	Preferred			Common					(Accumulated			Comprehensive			Controlling
	Stock			Stock			Surplus		Deficit)			Income (Loss)			Interests			Total
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	-		$	403,176		$	55,963	$	63,762		$	3,390		$	10,049		$	536,340
Components of comprehensive loss:
Net loss		-			-			-		(313,747	)		-			-			(313,747	)
Net change in unrealized gain on investment
securities		-			-			-		-			4,808			-			4,808
Net change in unrealized gain on derivatives		-			-			-		-			(14,811	)		-			(14,811	)
Minimum pension liability adjustment		-			-			-		-			3,102			-			3,102
Comprehensive loss																			(320,648	)
Issuance of 135,000 shares of preferred stock and
related warrants, net of costs		127,653			-			6,750		-			-			-			134,403
Preferred stock dividends and accretion		1,322			-			-		(7,946	)		-			-			(6,624	)
77,475 shares of common stock issued under
common stock offerings and stock plans,
net of costs		-			2,255			-		-			-			-			2,255
1,304 shares of common stock purchased by
directors' deferred compensation plan		-			(76	)		-		-			-			-			(76	)
Share-based compensation		-			-			362		-			-			-			362
Non-controlling interests		-			-			-		-			-			(23	)		(23	)
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	128,975		$	405,355		$	63,075	$	(257,931	)	$	(3,511	)	$	10,026		$	345,989
Components of comprehensive loss:
Net loss		-			-			-		(250,953	)		-			-			(250,953	)
Net change in unrealized gain on investment
securities		-			-			-		-			(2,966	)		-			(2,966	)
Net change in unrealized gain on derivatives		-			-			-		-			(7,377	)		-			(7,377	)
Minimum pension liability adjustment		-			-			-		-			(711	)		-			(711	)
Comprehensive loss																			(262,007	)
Preferred stock dividends and accretion		1,483			-			-		(8,432	)		-			-			(6,949	)
Common stock offerings and stock plan costs		-			(1,182	)		-		-			-			-			(1,182	)
201 shares of common stock purchased by directors'
deferred compensation plan		-			(6	)		-		-			-			-			(6	)
Share-based compensation		-			-			233		-			-			-			233
Non-controlling interests		-			-			-		-			-			(23	)		(23	)
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	130,458		$	404,167		$	63,308	$	(517,316	)	$	(14,565	)	$	10,003		$	76,055
Components of comprehensive income:
Net income		-			-			-		36,571			-			-			36,571
Net change in unrealized gain on investment
securities		-			-			-		-			21,026			-			21,026
Net change in unrealized gain on derivatives		-			-			-		-			(3,235	)		-			(3,235	)
Minimum pension liability adjustment		-			-			-		-			(1,062	)		-			(1,062	)
Comprehensive income																			53,300
Preferred stock dividends and accretion		204			-			-		(1,173	)		-			-			(969	)
5,620,117 shares of common stock issued in exchange
for preferred stock and accrued unpaid dividends		(130,662	)		56,201			-		85,070			-			-			10,609
34,599,585 shares of common stock issued under
common stock offerings and stock plans, net of costs		-			324,155			-		-			-			-			324,155
193 net shares of common stock sold by directors'
deferred compensation plan		-			16			-		-			-			-			16
Share-based compensation		-			-			3,277		-			-			-			3,277
Non-controlling interests		-			-			-		-			-			(23	)		(23	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	-		$	784,539		$	66,585	$	(396,848	)	$	2,164		$	9,980		$	466,420

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

73

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	36,571		$	(250,953	)	$	(313,747	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses		(40,690	)		159,548			348,801
Goodwill impairment		-			102,689			50,000
Depreciation and amortization		6,724			7,737			8,410
Gain on sale of premises and equipment		-			(7,698	)		(3,612	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		7,033			7,061			6,123
Write down of assets		4,624			1,460			4,963
Write down of other real estate, net of gain on sale		528			6,317			8,651
Net amortization of investment securities		9,447			2,802			3,146
Deferred income tax expense		-			-			21,900
Share-based compensation		3,277			233			362
Net loss (gain) on investment securities		(1,306	)		(831	)		74
Net change in trading securities		-			49,126			-
Other than temporary impairment on securities		-			-			2,565
Net gain on sales of residential loans		(8,050	)		(8,468	)		(13,582	)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		667,052			1,069,104			1,713,391
Originations of loans held for sale		(662,429	)		(955,291	)		(1,709,681	)
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries		(458	)		(468	)		(759	)
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance		(2,337	)		(4,554	)		(5,234	)
Ineffective portion of derivative		-			-			(3,365	)
Decrease (increase) in income tax receivable		(172	)		37,616			2,561
Net change in other assets and liabilities		3,309			6,003			10,099
Net cash provided by operating activities		23,123			221,433			131,066
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from maturities of and calls on investment securities available for sale		401,556			333,005			312,021
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale		137,980			439,403			86,205
Purchases of investment securities available for sale		(1,317,112	)		(610,081	)		(526,043	)
Proceeds from maturities of and calls on investment securities held to maturity		1,881			1,843			3,939
Net loan principal repayments		19,435			347,252			328,353
Proceeds from sales of loans originated for investment		26,721			193,390			278,580
Proceeds from sales of other real estate		42,362			30,394			4,749
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance		158			2,069			794
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment		-			19,715			7,207
Purchases of premises and equipment		(747	)		(1,954	)		(6,135	)
Distributions from unconsolidated subsidiaries		522			726			582
Contributions to unconsolidated subsidiaries		-			(136	)		(4,228	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(687,244	)		755,626			486,024
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits		310,581			(435,969	)		(342,650	)
Proceeds from long-term debt		-			50,000			100,000
Repayments of long-term debt		(301,219	)		(247,893	)		(91,093	)
Net decrease in short-term borrowings		(202,446	)		(39,949	)		(37,021	)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock		-			-			(2,362	)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option exercises		323,538			(1,023	)		2,255
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants		-			-			134,403
Other, net		-			147			-
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		130,454			(674,687	)		(236,468	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(533,667	)		302,372			380,622
Cash and cash equivalents:
At beginning of year		790,739			488,367			107,745
At end of year	$	257,072		$	790,739		$	488,367
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	18,138		$	41,553		$	71,596
Income taxes		86			-			1,532
Cash received during the year for:
Income taxes		55			37,993			48,305
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Net change in common stock held by directors' deferred compensation plan	$	16		$	6		$	76
Net reclassification of loans to other real estate		47,064			67,264			27,725
Net transfer of loans to loans held for sale		13,639			74,894			33,850
Net transfer of investment securities available for sale to trading		-			49,126			-
Securitization of residential mortgage loans into available for sale mortgage backed securities		-			-			50,146
Dividends accrued on preferred stock		969			7,096			4,262
Accretion of preferred stock discount		204			1,336			1,322
Preferred stock and accrued unpaid dividends converted to common stock		142,988			-			-
Common stock issued in exchange for preferred stock and accrued unpaid dividends		56,201			-			-

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

74

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

Central Pacific Financial Corp. is a bank holding company. Our principal operating subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, is a full-service commercial bank with 34 branches and 120 ATMs located throughout the state of Hawaii. The bank engages in a broad range of lending activities including originating commercial loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans and consumer loans. The bank also offers a variety of deposit products and services. These include personal and business checking and savings accounts, money market accounts and time certificates of deposit. Other products and services include debit cards, internet banking, cash management services, traveler’s checks, safe deposit boxes, international banking services, night depository facilities and wire transfers. Wealth management products and services include non-deposit investment products, annuities, insurance, investment management, asset custody and general consultation and planning services.

When we refer to “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our,” we mean Central Pacific Financial Corp. & Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to “Central Pacific Financial Corp.” or to the holding company, we are referring to the parent company on a standalone basis. When we refer to “our bank” or “the bank,” we mean “Central Pacific Bank.”

The banking business depends on rate differentials, the difference between the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings and the interest rates received on loans extended to customers and investment securities held in our portfolio. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Accordingly, the earnings and growth of the Company are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.

We have the following four reportable segments: (1) Commercial Real Estate, (2) Hawaii Market, (3) Treasury, and (4) Other. The Commercial Real Estate segment includes construction and real estate development lending in the markets we serve. The Hawaii Market segment includes retail branch offices, commercial lending, residential mortgage lending and servicing, indirect auto lending, trust services and retail brokerage services, and provides for a full range of deposit and loan products, as well as various other banking services. The Treasury segment is responsible for managing the Company’s investment securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities. The All Others category includes activities such as electronic banking, data processing and management of bank owned properties. For further information, see Note 26.

In an effort to improve our overall financial position, we adopted and implemented a recovery plan in March 2010 to improve our financial health by completing a significant recapitalization, reducing our credit risk exposure and returning to profitability by focusing on our core businesses and traditional markets in Hawaii. Further details about our recovery plan and the progress we have made to date can be found in Note 3.

With respect to our capital raising efforts, we completed a number of key milestones during 2011. We completed our previously announced capital raise of $325 million through a private placement offering (the “Private Placement”) in February 2011.

Concurrently with the Private Placement, in February 2011, the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”) agreed to exchange our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “TARP Preferred Stock”) purchased by the Treasury under the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for approximately $56.2 million in our common stock (the “TARP Exchange”). The Company and Treasury also agreed to amend the ten-year warrant to purchase shares of common stock (the “TARP Warrant”) issued to the Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s investment in the TARP Preferred Stock to, among other things, reduce the exercise price to the same per share purchase price in the Private Placement.

In anticipation of the completion of the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange, we effected a 1-for-20 reverse split on February 2, 2011. The reverse stock split was previously approved by our shareholders at the shareholder meeting on May 24, 2010. No fractional shares of common stock were issued as a result of the reverse stock split. For each holder of common stock, the number of shares held prior to the effectiveness of the reverse stock split were divided by twenty and, if the resulting number was not a whole number, then such number was rounded up to the next nearest whole number.

As part of the recapitalization, we also completed a rights offering ( the “Rights Offering”) whereby shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 17, 2011 received transferable rights to purchase newly issued shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $10 per share. The rights provided for the purchase of up to $20.0 million of the Company’s common stock by holders of such rights. The Rights Offering was fully subscribed and completed in May 2011.

75

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. We acquired Hawaii HomeLoans (“HHL”), which is now known as Central Pacific HomeLoans (“CPHL”), on August 17, 2005 and we acquired Pacific Islands Financial Management LLC (“PIFM”) on July 1, 2008. The results of operations of CPHL and PIFM are included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition dates.

Our former subsidiary CPHL was merged into the bank in February 2012.

We have a 50% ownership interest in the following mortgage brokerage companies: Pacific Access Mortgage, LLC and Gentry HomeLoans, LLC. These investments are accounted for using the equity method and are included in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries. We also have non-controlling equity investments in affiliates that are accounted for under the cost method and are included in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries.

Our investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries accounted for under the equity and cost methods were $0.6 million and $12.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $0.7 million and $14.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Our policy for determining impairment of these investments includes an evaluation of whether a loss in value of an investment is other than temporary. Evidence of a loss in value includes absence of an ability to recover the carrying amount of the investment or the inability of the investee to sustain an earnings capacity which would justify the carrying amount of the investment. We perform impairment tests whenever indicators of impairment are present. If the value of an investment declines and it is considered other than temporary, the investment is written down to its respective fair value in the period in which this determination is made.

The Company sponsors the Central Pacific Bank Foundation which is not consolidated in the Company's financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that reflect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance and provision for loan and lease losses, reserves for unfunded commitments, residential mortgage repurchase reserves and deferred income tax assets and income tax expense, as well as the valuation of investment securities, other intangible assets and the related amortization thereon, pension liability and the fair value of certain financial instruments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, we consider cash and cash equivalents to include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold and all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Investment Securities

Investments in debt securities and marketable equity securities are designated as trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Securities are designated as held to maturity only if we have the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity. Held to maturity debt securities are reported at amortized cost. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in earnings. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).

We use current quotations, where available, to estimate the fair value of investment securities. Where current quotations are not available, we estimate fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows. We consider the facts of each security including the nature of the security, the amount and duration of the loss, credit quality of the issuer, the expectations for that security’s performance and our intent and ability to hold the security until recovery. Declines in the value of debt securities and marketable equity securities that are considered other than temporary are recorded in other operating income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are recorded in other operating income using the specific identification method.

We amortize premiums and accrete discounts associated with investment securities using the interest method over the life of the respective security instrument.

76

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”), the bank is required to obtain and hold a specific number of shares of capital stock of the FHLB based on the amount of outstanding FHLB advances. The securities are reported at cost and are presented separately in the consolidated balance sheets.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consists of Hawaii residential mortgage loans, as well as residential and commercial construction loans. Hawaii residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis, while mainland residential and commercial construction loans are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis. Net fees and costs associated with originating and acquiring residential mortgage loans held for sale are deferred and included in the basis for determining the gain or loss on sales of loans held for sale.

Loans originated with the intent to be held in our portfolio are subsequently transferred to held for sale when our intent to hold for the foreseeable future has changed. At the time of a loan’s transfer to the held for sale account, the loan is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Any reduction in the loan’s value is reflected as a write-down of the recorded investment resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

In subsequent periods, if the fair value of a loan classified as held for sale is less than its cost basis, a valuation adjustment is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense and the carrying value of the loan is adjusted accordingly. The valuation adjustment may be recovered in the event that the fair value increases, which is also recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense.

The fair value of loans classified as held for sale are generally based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, acceptance of firm offer letters with agreed upon purchase prices, discounted cash flow models that take into account market observable assumptions, or independent appraisals of the underlying collateral securing the loans. Collateral values are determined based on appraisals received from qualified valuation professionals and are obtained periodically or when indicators that property values may be impaired are present.

We sell residential mortgage loans under industry standard contractual provisions that include various representations and warranties, which typically cover ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan, and other similar matters. We may be required to repurchase certain loans sold with identified defects, indemnify the investor, or reimburse the investor for any credit losses incurred. Our repurchase risk generally relates to early payment defaults and borrower fraud. We establish residential mortgage repurchase reserves to reflect this risk based on our estimate of losses after considering a combination of factors, including our estimate of future repurchase activity and our projection of expected credit losses resulting from repurchased loans. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, this reserve totaled $6.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

Loans

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Unearned income represents net deferred loan fees that are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield. Net deferred loan fees are amortized using the interest method over the contractual term of the loan, adjusted for actual prepayments. Unamortized fees on loans paid in full are recognized as a component of interest income.

Interest income on loans is recognized on an accrual basis. For all loan types, the Company determines delinquency status by considering the number of days full payments required by the contractual terms of the loan are past due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when interest payments are 90 days past due, or earlier should management determine that the borrowers will be unable to meet contractual principal and/or interest obligations, unless the loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income should management determine that the collectibility of such accrued interest is doubtful. All subsequent receipts are applied to principal outstanding and no interest income is recognized unless the financial condition and payment record of the borrowers warrant such recognition. A nonaccrual loan may be restored to an accrual basis when principal and interest payments are current and full payment of principal and interest is expected.

Leases

We provide equipment financing to our customers through a variety of lease arrangements. Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Unearned income on direct financing leases is amortized over the lease terms by methods that approximate the interest method.

77

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) is established through provisions for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) charged against income. Our policy is to charge a loan off in the period in which the loan is deemed to be uncollectible and all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. We consider a loan to be uncollectible when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the Company can make a reasonable estimate of the loss. In these instances, the likelihood of and/or timeframe for recovery of the amount due is uncertain, weak, or protracted. Subsequent receipts, if any, are credited first to the remaining principal, then to the Allowance as recoveries, and finally to unaccrued interest.

The Allowance is maintained at a level that management deems sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our methodology for determining the adequacy of the Allowance takes into account many factors, including the level and trend of nonperforming and potential problem loans, net charge-off experience, current repayment by borrowers, fair value of collateral securing specific loans, changes in lending and underwriting standards and general economic factors, nationally and in the markets in which we operate. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our Allowance. Such agencies may require that we recognize additions to the Allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

We consider current information and events regarding our borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations and treat a loan as impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, if the loan is considered to be collateral dependent, based on the fair value of the collateral. Impairment losses are included in the Allowance through a charge to the Provision.

For smaller-balance homogeneous loans (primarily residential real estate and consumer loans), the Allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the quality, character and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, current and projected economic conditions, and past loan loss experience.

Delinquent consumer loans and residential mortgage loans are charged off or written down within 120 days, unless determined to be adequately collateralized or in imminent process of collection. Delinquent commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans are charged off or written down when management determines that collectibility is doubtful and the principal amount of the loans cannot be repaid from proceeds of collateral liquidation.

Our process for determining the reserve for unfunded commitments is consistent with our process for determining the Allowance and is adjusted for estimated loan funding probabilities. Reserves for unfunded commitments are recorded separately through a valuation allowance included in other liabilities. Credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are deducted from the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures in the period in which the liability is settled. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit losses is established by a charge to other operating expense.  The reserve for unfunded commitments totaled $7.3 million and $5.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are included in other operating expense and are computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the applicable leases. Useful lives range from five to thirty-nine years for premises and improvements, and one to seven years for equipment. Major improvements and betterments are capitalized, while recurring maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense. Net gains or losses on dispositions of premises and equipment are included in other operating expense.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

During the first quarter of 2010, we determined that an impairment test on our remaining goodwill was required because of the uncertainty regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at that time combined with the fact that our market capitalization remained depressed. As a result of that impairment test, we determined that the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit was impaired and we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $102.7 million. Since that time, we had no goodwill remaining on our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 10 for further information regarding the impairment charge.

78

Prior to the first quarter of 2010, we reviewed the carrying amount of goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and performed additional assessments on a quarterly basis whenever indicators of impairment were evident. Goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing their respective fair values to their carrying values. When determining fair value, we utilized a discounted cash flow methodology for our Commercial Real Estate reporting unit and versions of the guideline company, guideline transaction and discounted cash flow methodologies for our Hawaii Market reporting unit. Absent any impairment indicators, we performed our annual goodwill impairment tests during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

Similar to our process for evaluating our goodwill for impairment, we also perform an impairment assessment of our other intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of those assets may not be recoverable.

Our impairment assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets involve, among other valuation methods, the estimation of future cash flows and other methods of determining fair value. Estimating future cash flows and determining fair values is subject to judgments and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions about the future growth and potential volatility in revenues and costs, capital expenditures, industry economic factors and future business strategy. The variability of the factors we use to perform the goodwill impairment test depends on a number of conditions, including uncertainty about future events and cash flows. All such factors are interdependent and, therefore, do not change in isolation. Accordingly, our accounting estimates may materially change from period to period due to changing market factors. If we had used other assumptions and estimates or if different conditions occur in future periods, including, but not limited to, changes in other reporting units or operating segments, future operating results could be materially impacted.

Other intangible assets include core deposit premiums, mortgage servicing rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements, which are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Other intangible assets are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Core deposit premiums are amortized on an accelerated basis over a 14-year period. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold with servicing rights retained, thereby creating a right to receive loan servicing fees. These rights are assessed for impairment on a quarterly basis. Any such indicated impairment is recognized in income during the period in which it occurs. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized over the period of estimated net servicing income. Customer relationships and non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of ten and five years, respectively.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate is composed of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings and is initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property, thereby establishing the new cost basis of other real estate. Losses arising at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the Allowance. Subsequent to acquisition, such properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling expenses, determined on an individual asset basis. Any deficiency resulting from the excess of cost over fair value less estimated selling expenses is recognized as a valuation allowance. Any subsequent increase in fair value up to its cost basis is recorded as a reduction of the valuation allowance. Increases or decreases in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expense. Net gains or losses recognized on the sale of these properties are included in other operating income.

Non-Controlling Interest

Non-controlling interest is comprised of preferred stock issued to third parties by the Company’s subsidiaries, CPB Real Estate, Inc. and Citibank Properties, Inc.

Share Based Compensation

On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions within Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Under this guidance, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair-value of stock-based awards and we recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards on a straight-line basis over their respective vesting period. See Note 16 for further discussion of our stock-based compensation.

79

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. A valuation allowance may be required if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years, to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future taxable income and tax planning strategies that could be implemented to accelerate taxable income, if necessary. If our estimates of future taxable income were materially overstated or if our assumptions regarding the tax consequences of tax planning strategies were inaccurate, some or all of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, which would result in a charge to earnings. Our continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in interest expense and other expense, respectively.

We establish income tax contingency reserves for potential tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Tax benefits are recognized when we determine that it is more likely than not that such benefits will be realized. Where uncertainty exists due to the complexity of income tax statutes, and where the potential tax amounts are significant, we generally seek independent tax opinions to support our positions. If our evaluation of the likelihood of the realization of benefits is inaccurate, we could incur additional income tax and interest expense that would adversely impact earnings, or we could receive tax benefits greater than anticipated which would positively impact earnings.

Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding unvested restricted stock. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, increased by the dilutive effect of stock options and stock awards, less shares held in a Rabbi trust pursuant to a deferred compensation plan for directors.

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts

We are periodically a party to a limited amount of forward foreign exchange contracts to satisfy customer requirements for foreign currencies. These contracts are not utilized for trading purposes and are carried at market value, with realized gains and losses included in fees on foreign exchange.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

We recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. On the date that we enter into a derivative contract, we designate the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of an identified asset or liability (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to an identified asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”) or (3) a transaction not qualifying for hedge accounting (“free standing derivative”). For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative and, to the extent that it is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability, attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period net income in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative, to the extent that it is effective, is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”). These changes in fair value are subsequently reclassified to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction affects net income in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For free standing derivatives, changes in fair values are reported in current period other operating income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310), Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. This ASU requires a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of loan and leases and the allowance for loan and lease losses. This ASU also requires additional disclosures related to past due information, credit quality indicators and information related to loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). We adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2011.

80

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. This ASU provides additional guidance related to determining whether a creditor has granted a concession, includes factors and examples for creditors to consider in evaluating whether a restructuring results in a delay in payment that is insignificant, prohibits creditors from using the borrower's effective rate test to evaluate whether a concession has been granted to the borrower, and adds factors for creditors to use in determining whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. We adopted this ASU in the Company's reporting period ended September 30, 2011.

The adoption of the pronouncements described above did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

2. REGULATORY MATTERS

In May 2011, the regulatory Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) that the bank entered into with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the State of Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) on December 9, 2009 was lifted. In place of the Consent Order, the Board of Directors of the bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “Bank MOU”) with the FDIC and DFI effective May 5, 2011. The Bank MOU continues a number of the same requirements previously required by the Consent Order, including the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, improvement of our asset quality, limitations on credit extensions, maintenance of qualified management and the prohibition on cash dividends to Central Pacific Financial Corp. (“CPF”), among other matters. In addition, the Bank MOU requires the bank to further reduce classified assets below the level previously required by the Consent Order. The Bank MOU lowers the minimum leverage capital ratio that the bank is required to maintain from 10% in the Consent Order to 8% and does not mandate a minimum total risk-based capital ratio.

In addition to the lifting of the Consent Order, in November 2011, the separate Memorandum of Understanding (the “BSA MOU”) relating to compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”) that the bank entered into with the FDIC and DFI on February 9, 2011 was terminated.

In addition to the Bank MOU, the Company continues to be subject to the Written Agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) and DFI dated July 2, 2010, which superseded in its entirety the Memorandum of Understanding that the Company entered into on April 1, 2009 with the FRBSF and DFI. Among other matters, the Written Agreement provides that unless we receive the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we cannot: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from Central Pacific Bank; (iii) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of our stock. The Written Agreement also requires that our Board of Directors fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with the Bank MOU and any other supervisory action taken by the bank’s regulators. We were also required to submit to the FRBSF an acceptable capital plan to maintain the capital requirements of the Bank MOU and cash flow projection.

Even though the Consent Order has been replaced by the Bank MOU, the bank remains subject to a number of requirements as described above. We cannot assure you whether or when the Company and the bank will be in full compliance with the agreements with the regulators or whether or when the Bank MOU or the Written Agreement will be terminated. Even if terminated, we may still be subject to other agreements with regulators that restrict our activities and may also continue to impose capital ratio requirements. The requirements and restrictions of the Bank MOU and the Written Agreement are judicially enforceable and the Company or the bank's failure to comply with such requirements and restrictions may subject the Company and the bank to additional regulatory restrictions including: the imposition of a new consent order, the imposition of civil monetary penalties; the termination of insurance of deposits; the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties; the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; the issuance of directives to increase capital or enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, if we again fall below the capital ratio requirement; and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders.

3.           RECOVERY PLAN PROGRESS

As previously discussed, we adopted and implemented a recovery plan in March 2010 to improve our financial health by completing a significant recapitalization, aggressively reducing our credit risk exposure and focusing on our core businesses and traditional markets in Hawaii.

In addition to recapitalizing our Company, key elements of the recovery plan included, but were not limited to:

·   Aggressively managing the bank’s existing loan portfolios to minimize further credit losses and to maximize recoveries;

81

·   Shrinking the bank’s balance sheet, including the sale of pledged securities and reducing public deposits and repurchase positions;

·   Reducing the bank’s loan portfolio through paydowns and restructurings; and

·   Lowering operating costs to align with the restructured business model.

Throughout 2010 and 2011, we accomplished several key milestones in our recovery plan, including:

·   On February 18, 2011, we successfully completed the Private Placement and TARP Exchange.

·   On May 6, 2011, we successfully completed a $20 million Rights Offering.

·   In May 2011, the Consent Order was lifted and replaced with the Bank MOU.

·   We significantly improved our tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital, and leverage capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 to 22.94%, 24.24%, and 13.78%, respectively, from 7.64%, 8.98%, and 4.42%, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. Our capital ratios currently exceed the minimum level required by the Bank MOU and are above the levels required for a “well-capitalized” regulatory designation.

·   We reported four consecutive profitable quarters with net income of $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

·   We reduced our nonperforming assets by $107.2 million to $195.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $302.8 million at December 31, 2010.

·   We reduced our construction and development loan portfolio (excluding owner-occupied loans) as of December 31, 2011 to $148.4 million, or 7.2% of our total loan portfolio. At December 31, 2010, this portfolio totaled $299.9 million, or 13.8% of our total loan portfolio.

·   We maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases of 5.91% at December 31, 2011, compared to 8.89% at December 31, 2010. In addition, we maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming assets of 62.42% at December 31, 2011, compared to 63.69% at December 31, 2010.

·   We reduced total outstanding borrowings with the FHLB to $50.0 million at December 31, 2011 from $551.3 million at December 31, 2010.

In addition to the above, see Notes 14 and 15 for further capital preservation initiatives undertaken by management related to the suspension of dividends on common shares, as well as the deferral of interest and dividend payments on the Company’s subordinated debentures and trust preferred securities.

The actions described above are designed to improve the overall financial position of our bank. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement the remaining aspects of our recovery plan.

4. RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

The bank is required by the FRBSF to maintain reserves based on the amount of deposits held. The amount held as a reserve by our bank at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $66.3 million and $54.4 million, respectively.

82

5. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

A summary of our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		unrealized		unrealized			Estimated
	cost		gains		losses			fair value
	(Dollars in thousands)
2011
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities	$	931	$	45	$	-		$	976
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities	$	370,184	$	2,993	$	-		$	373,177
States and political subdivisions		12,265		729		-			12,994
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		1,077,146		20,981		(825	)		1,097,302
Corporate securities		8,403		148		-			8,551
Other		985		-		(15	)		970
Total	$	1,468,983	$	24,851	$	(840	)	$	1,492,994
2010
Held to Maturity:
States and political subdivisions	$	500	$	4	$	-		$	504
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		2,328		81		-			2,409
Total	$	2,828	$	85	$	-		$	2,913
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities	$	202,192	$	306	$	(643	)	$	201,855
States and political subdivisions		12,619		-		-			12,619
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		483,647		6,653		(3,336	)		486,964
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		17		-		-			17
Other		1,057		5		-			1,062
Total	$	699,532	$	6,964	$	(3,979	)	$	702,517

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment securities at December 31, 2011 by contractual maturity are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	December 31, 2011
	Amortized		Estimated
	cost		fair value
	(Dollars in thousands)
Held to Maturity
Mortgage-backed securities	$	931	$	976
Available for Sale
Due in one year or less	$	75,087	$	75,319
Due after one year through five years		297,116		300,376
Due after five years through ten years		13,443		13,740
Due after ten years		5,206		5,287
Mortgage-backed securities		1,077,146		1,097,302
Other		985		970
Total	$	1,468,983	$	1,492,994

83

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale were $138.0 million, $439.4 million and $86.2 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, resulting in gross realized gains of $1.4 million, $9.6 million and $0.6 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and gross realized losses of $0.1 million, $8.8 million, and $0.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The specific identification method was used as the basis for determining the cost of all securities sold.

Investment securities of $938.0 million and $613.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds on deposit, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other long-term and short-term borrowings.

In the first quarter of 2010, we transferred certain securities formerly classified as available for sale to trading securities as we intended to sell these securities in the near-term as part of our recovery plan. In the second quarter of 2010, we sold $23.2 million of these trading securities and in the fourth quarter of 2010, we sold the remaining $21.6 million of securities classified as trading. Gross realized gains and losses on the sale of these securities were $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The transfer of these securities to the trading category was accounted for at fair value.

There were a total of 9 and 18 securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Provided below is a summary of investment securities which were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Less than 12 months					12 months or longer				Total
	Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized
Description of Securities	Value		Losses			Value		Losses		Value		Losses
	(Dollars in thousands)
At December 31, 2011:
U.S. Government sponsored entities
mortgage-backed securities	$	144,520	$	(825	)	$	-	$	-	$	144,520	$	(825	)
Other		970		(15	)		-		-		970		(15	)
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	145,490	$	(840	)	$	-	$	-	$	145,490	$	(840	)
At December 31, 2010:
U.S. Government sponsored entities
debt securities	$	83,973	$	(643	)	$	-	$	-	$	83,973	$	(643	)
U.S. Government sponsored entities
mortgage-backed securities		194,756		(3,336	)		-		-		194,756		(3,336	)
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		17		-			-		-		17		-
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	278,746	$	(3,979	)	$	-	$	-	$	278,746	$	(3,979	)

The declines in market value were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality.

U.S. Government Sponsored Entities Debt Securities

The unrealized losses on our investment in debt securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored entities were primarily driven by changes in interest rates. All debt securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored entities are rated AA+ according to Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) and AAA by Moody’s. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the current par value.

U.S. Government Sponsored Entities Mortgage-Backed Securities

The unrealized losses on our investment in U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to credit losses given the explicit or implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. Government.

Non-Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

At December 31, 2010, there was one non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation that was securitized in 1991 with an unpaid principal balance, amortized cost and estimated fair value of $17 thousand, and an unrealized loss of $300. This security was subsequently paid off at par value in 2011.

84

Other

Unrealized losses relate primarily to equity securities held under our Director’s Deferred Compensation Plan which have declined in value during the year.

Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

Unrealized losses for all investment securities are reviewed to determine whether the losses are “other-than-temporary.” Investment securities are evaluated for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value below amortized cost is other-than-temporary. In conducting this assessment, we evaluate a number of factors including, but not limited to:

·   The length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

·   Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area;

·   The historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

·   The payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

·   Failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

·   Any rating changes by a rating agency; and

·   Recoveries or additional decline in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a general lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized for anticipated credit losses.

The declines in market value were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and disruptions in the credit and financial markets. Because we have no intent to sell securities in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell such securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis, we do not consider our investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

During 2009, we identified three available for sale non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations that were considered other-than-temporarily impaired. The total OTTI on these securities as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $7.7 million, of which $2.6 million was determined to be credit related and recognized through earnings in 2009. The remaining $5.2 million was recognized as a component of AOCI.

6.           LOANS AND LEASES

Loans and leases, excluding loans held for sale, consisted of the following:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	180,571		$	207,900
Real estate:
Construction		161,126			314,530
Mortgage - residential		896,566			747,870
Mortgage - commercial		701,399			761,710
Consumer		108,810			112,950
Leases		17,702			28,163
		2,066,174			2,173,123
Unearned income		(1,727	)		(3,679	)
Total loans and leases	$	2,064,447		$	2,169,444

85

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we transferred five loans, which were non-performing, with a carrying value of $13.6 million, to the held-for-sale category. In addition, we transferred loans with a carrying value of $47.1 million to other real estate. No portfolio loans were sold or purchased during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we transferred 18 loans with a carrying value of $74.9 million, to the held-for-sale category and sold portfolio loans with a carrying value of $173.3 million. In addition, we transferred loans with a carrying value of $67.3 million to other real estate. No loans were purchased during the year ended December 31, 2010.

In the normal course of business, our bank makes loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates under terms that management believes are consistent with its general lending policies. An analysis of the activity of such loans follows:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year	$	5,974		$	13,007
Additions		1,382			3,543
Repayments		(2,585	)		(10,108	)
Other		(192	)		(468	)
Balance, end of year	$	4,579		$	5,974

86

Impaired Loans

The following table presents by class, the balance in the Allowance and the recorded investment in loans and leases based on the Company’s impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Commercial,		Real estate
	financial & agricultural		Construction			Mortgage - residential			Mortgage- commercial			Consumer			Leases		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
Ending balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	-	$	401		$	-		$	371		$	-		$	-	$	772
Collectively evaluated for impairment		6,110		28,229			32,736			47,358			2,335			553		117,321
		6,110		28,630			32,736			47,729			2,335			553		118,093
Unallocated																		4,000
Total ending balance	$	6,110	$	28,630		$	32,736		$	47,729		$	2,335		$	553	$	122,093
Loans and leases:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,367	$	62,569		$	50,221		$	18,451		$	-		$	-	$	132,608
Collectively evaluated for impairment		179,204		98,557			846,345			682,948			108,810			17,702		1,933,566
		180,571		161,126			896,566			701,399			108,810			17,702		2,066,174
Unearned income		133		(63	)		(467	)		(1,330	)		-			-		(1,727	)
Total ending balance	$	180,704	$	161,063		$	896,099		$	700,069		$	108,810		$	17,702	$	2,064,447
December 31, 2010
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
Ending balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	81	$	18,197		$	89		$	1,158		$	-		$	-	$	19,525
Collectively evaluated for impairment		13,345		58,359			31,741			63,150			3,155			1,579		171,329
		13,426		76,556			31,830			64,308			3,155			1,579		190,854
Unallocated																		2,000
Total ending balance	$	13,426	$	76,556		$	31,830		$	64,308		$	3,155		$	1,579	$	192,854
Loans and leases:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	485	$	144,956		$	61,589		$	18,004		$	-		$	-	$	225,034
Collectively evaluated for impairment		207,415		169,574			686,281			743,706			112,950			28,163		1,948,089
		207,900		314,530			747,870			761,710			112,950			28,163		2,173,123
Unearned income		80		(745	)		(1,609	)		(1,404	)		(1	)		-		(3,679	)
Total ending balance	$	207,980	$	313,785		$	746,261		$	760,306		$	112,949		$	28,163	$	2,169,444

87

The following table presents by class, impaired loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance Allocated
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	2,107	$	1,367	$	-
Real estate:
Construction		80,283		47,877		-
Mortgage - residential		57,195		50,221		-
Mortgage - commercial		14,084		13,756		-
Total impaired loans with no related allowance recorded		153,669		113,221		-
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:
Real estate:
Construction		24,262		14,692		401
Mortgage - commercial		6,188		4,695		371
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded		30,450		19,387		772
Total	$	184,119	$	132,608	$	772
December 31, 2010
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:
Real estate:
Construction	$	112,675	$	85,571	$	-
Mortgage - residential		66,203		58,333		-
Mortgage - commercial		10,917		10,917		-
Total impaired loans with no related allowance recorded		189,795		154,821		-
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:
Commercial, financial & agricultural		1,184		485		81
Real estate:
Construction		104,429		59,384		18,197
Mortgage - residential		3,681		3,256		89
Mortgage - commercial		7,746		7,088		1,158
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded		117,040		70,213		19,525
Total	$	306,835	$	225,034	$	19,525

88

The following table presents by class, the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	549	$	-
Real estate:
Construction		115,612		772
Mortgage - residential		58,262		616
Mortgage - commercial		19,116		469
Total	$	193,539	$	1,857
December 31, 2010
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	15,517	$	-
Real estate:
Construction		242,069		2,082
Mortgage - residential		59,826		-
Mortgage - commercial		51,441		70
Leases		262		-
Total	$	369,115	$	2,152
December 31, 2009
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	7,535	$	112
Real estate:
Construction		186,165		1,690
Mortgage - residential		14,250		-
Mortgage - commercial		18,437		306
Leases		972		-
Total	$	227,359	$	2,108

89

Aging Analysis of Accruing and Non-Accruing Loans and Leases

For all loan types, the Company determines delinquency status by considering the number of days full payments required by the contractual terms of the loan are past due. The following table presents by class, the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	30 - 59 Days Past Due		60 - 89 Days Past Due		Accruing Loans Greater than 90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual Loans		Total Past Due		Loans and Leases Not Past Due		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	180	$	80	$	-	$	1,367	$	1,627	$	179,077	$	180,704
Real estate:
Construction		-		442		-		69,765		70,207		90,856		161,063
Mortgage - residential		2,972		631		-		47,128		50,731		845,368		896,099
Mortgage - commercial		602		-		-		15,653		16,255		683,814		700,069
Consumer		390		79		28		-		497		108,313		108,810
Leases		28		-		-		-		28		17,674		17,702
Total	$	4,172	$	1,232	$	28	$	133,913	$	139,345	$	1,925,102	$	2,064,447
December 31, 2010
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	495	$	252	$	-	$	982	$	1,729	$	206,251	$	207,980
Real estate:
Construction		12,551		118		6,550		182,073		201,292		112,493		313,785
Mortgage - residential		4,183		7,494		1,800		47,560		61,037		685,224		746,261
Mortgage - commercial		273		3,169		-		14,464		17,906		742,400		760,306
Consumer		620		444		181		225		1,470		111,479		112,949
Leases		100		-		-		-		100		28,063		28,163
Total	$	18,222	$	11,477	$	8,531	$	245,304	$	283,534	$	1,885,910	$	2,169,444

Interest income totaling $0.8 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million was recognized on nonaccrual loans, including loans held for sale, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additional interest income of $14.2 million, $18.6 million and $18.4 million would have been recognized in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, had these loans been accruing interest throughout those periods. Additionally, interest income of $0.7 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million was collected and recognized on charged-off loans in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Modifications

TDRs included in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 consisted of 96 Hawaii residential mortgage loans with a combined principal balance of $38.9 million, five Hawaii construction and development loans with a combined principal balance of $17.1 million, two Mainland construction and development loans with a combined principal balance of $19.8 million, and one Hawaii commercial loan with a principal balance of $0.3 million. Concessions made to the original contractual terms of these loans consisted primarily of the deferral of interest and/or principal payments due to deterioration in the borrowers’ financial condition. The principal balances on these TDRs had matured and/or were in default at the time of restructure and we have no commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers. There were $8.3 million of TDRs still accruing interest at December 31, 2011, none of which were more than 90 days delinquent. At December 31, 2010, there were $14.2 million of TDRs still accruing interest, including two residential mortgage loans totaling $0.8 million that were more than 90 days delinquent.

The majority of loans modified in a TDR are typically on nonaccrual status. Thus, these loans have already been identified as impaired and have already been evaluated under the Company’s Allowance methodology. As a result, the loans modified in a TDR did not have a material affect to our Provision and Allowance during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

90

The following table presents by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Number of Contracts	Recorded Investment (as of period end)		Additional Partial Charge-offs
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2011
Real estate:
Construction	4	$	25,457	$	6,310
Mortgage - residential	25		8,828		447
Total	29	$	34,285	$	6,757
Year ended December 31, 2010
Real estate:
Construction	5	$	15,966	$	7,187
Mortgage - residential	79		35,072		3,422
Total	84	$	51,038	$	10,609

The following table presents by class, loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
	Number of Contracts	Recorded Investment (as of period end)		Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment (as of period end)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate:
Construction	3	$	20,287		3	$	6,267
Mortgage - residential	18		7,175		43		17,760
Total	21	$	27,462		46	$	24,027

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes loans and leases with an outstanding balance greater than $0.5 million or $1.0 million, depending on loan type, and non-homogeneous loans and leases, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention. Loans and leases classified as special mention, while still adequately protected by the borrower’s capital adequacy and payment capability, exhibit distinct weakening trends and/or elevated levels of exposure to external conditions. If left unchecked or uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deteriorated prospects of repayment. These exposures require management’s close attention so as to avoid becoming undue or unwarranted credit exposures.

Substandard. Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the borrower’s current financial condition and payment capability or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly repayment of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

91

Doubtful. Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or orderly repayment in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the exposure, its classification as an estimate loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.

Loss. Loans and leases classified as loss are considered to be non-collectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This does not mean the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but rather it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off the loan, even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future. Losses are taken in the period in which they surface as uncollectible.

Loans and leases not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the process described above are considered to be pass rated loans and leases. Loans and leases listed as not rated are either less than $0.5 million or are included in groups of homogeneous loan pools. The following table presents by class and credit indicator, the recorded investment in the Company’s loans and leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Not Rated		Less: Unearned Income			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Commercial, financial
& agricultural	$	107,419	$	6,087	$	15,389	$	-	$	-	$	51,676	$	(133	)	$	180,704
Real estate:
Construction		52,882		18,808		84,716		-		-		4,720		63			161,063
Mortgage - residential		62,314		3,823		55,017		-		-		775,412		467			896,099
Mortgage - commercial		557,494		54,170		58,599		-		-		31,136		1,330			700,069
Consumer		4,659		-		79		-		-		104,072		-			108,810
Leases		16,111		327		1,264		-		-		-		-			17,702
Total	$	800,879	$	83,215	$	215,064	$	-	$	-	$	967,016	$	1,727		$	2,064,447
December 31, 2010
Commercial, financial
& agricultural	$	109,619	$	22,529	$	19,370	$	-	$	-	$	56,382	$	(80	)	$	207,980
Real estate:
Construction		44,488		41,330		215,187		5,789		-		7,736		745			313,785
Mortgage - residential		70,747		17,475		55,533		-		-		604,115		1,609			746,261
Mortgage - commercial		557,511		67,639		97,871		2,883		-		35,806		1,404			760,306
Consumer		5,778		307		769		-		14		106,082		1			112,949
Leases		21,761		4,039		2,363		-		-		-		-			28,163
Total	$	809,904	$	153,319	$	391,093	$	8,672	$	14	$	810,121	$	3,679		$	2,169,444

In accordance with applicable Interagency Guidance issued by our primary bank regulators, we define subprime borrowers as typically having weakened credit histories that include payment delinquencies and possibly more severe problems such as charge-offs, judgments, and bankruptcies. They may also display reduced repayment capacity as measured by credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, or other criteria that may encompass borrowers with incomplete credit histories. Subprime loans are loans to borrowers displaying one or more of these characteristics at the time of origination or purchase. Such loans have a higher risk of default than loans to prime borrowers. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we did not have any loans that we considered to be subprime.

92

7. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

Changes in the Allowance were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year	$	192,854		$	205,279		$	119,878
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses		(40,690	)		159,548			348,801
		152,164			364,827			468,679
Charge-offs		(41,543	)		(199,962	)		(265,708	)
Recoveries		11,472			27,989			2,308
Net charge-offs		(30,071	)		(171,973	)		(263,400	)
Balance, end of year	$	122,093		$	192,854		$	205,279

In accordance with GAAP, loans held for sale and other real estate assets are not included in our assessment of the Allowance.

The following table presents by class, the activity in the Allowance for the periods indicated:

	Commercial,			Real estate
	financial &						Mortgage -			Mortgage -
	agricultural			Construction			residential			commercial			Consumer			Leases			Unallocated			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Beginning balance	$	13,426		$	76,556		$	31,830		$	64,308		$	3,155		$	1,579		$	2,000		$	192,854
Provision (credit) for loan
and lease losses		(6,720	)		(23,073	)		3,569			(15,664	)		214			(1,016	)		2,000			(40,690	)
		6,706			53,483			35,399			48,644			3,369			563			4,000			152,164
Charge-offs		(2,401	)		(31,371	)		(4,347	)		(1,298	)		(2,116	)		(10	)		-			(41,543	)
Recoveries		1,805			6,518			1,684			383			1,082			-			-			11,472
Net charge-offs		(596	)		(24,853	)		(2,663	)		(915	)		(1,034	)		(10	)		-			(30,071	)
Ending balance	$	6,110		$	28,630		$	32,736		$	47,729		$	2,335		$	553		$	4,000		$	122,093
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Beginning balance	$	11,026		$	114,256		$	23,930		$	44,308		$	4,555		$	1,079		$	6,125		$	205,279
Provision (credit) for loan
and lease losses		7,529			75,227			27,926			51,977			583			431			(4,125	)		159,548
		18,555			189,483			51,856			96,285			5,138			1,510			2,000			364,827
Charge-offs		(7,550	)		(126,829	)		(21,042	)		(41,280	)		(3,242	)		(19	)		-			(199,962	)
Recoveries		2,421			13,902			1,016			9,303			1,259			88			-			27,989
Net charge-offs		(5,129	)		(112,927	)		(20,026	)		(31,977	)		(1,983	)		69			-			(171,973	)
Ending balance	$	13,426		$	76,556		$	31,830		$	64,308		$	3,155		$	1,579		$	2,000		$	192,854

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired loans (included in the above amounts) were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year	$	19,525		$	38,353		$	19,185
Provision for loan and lease losses		333			18,249			32,633
Other changes		(19,086	)		(37,077	)		(13,465	)
Balance, end of year	$	772		$	19,525		$	38,353

93

The amounts included in other changes above represent net charge-offs and net transfers of allocated allowances for loans and leases that were not classified as impaired for the entire year. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, all impaired loans were measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans or at the loan’s observable market price.

In determining the amount of our Allowance, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions, as well as the requirements of the Bank MOU and other regulatory input. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current Allowance may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses and we may experience significant increases to our Provision.

8. SECURITIZATIONS

In prior years, we securitized certain residential mortgage loans with a U.S. Government sponsored entity and continue to service the residential mortgage loans. The servicing assets were recorded at their respective fair values at the time of securitization. The fair value of the servicing assets was determined using a discounted cash flow model based on market value assumptions at the time of securitization and is amortized in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income.

All unsold mortgage-backed securities were categorized as available for sale securities and were therefore recorded at their fair value of $9.9 million and $10.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The fair values of these mortgage-backed securities were based on quoted prices of similar instruments in active markets. Unrealized gains of $0.5 million and $34 thousand on unsold mortgage-backed securities were recorded in AOCI at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

9. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	9,006		$	9,006
Office buildings and improvements		89,846			89,537
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		33,730			33,323
		132,582			131,866
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(81,168	)		(74,476	)
Net premises and equipment	$	51,414		$	57,390

In 2010, we recognized a gain of $7.7 million upon completion of the sale of an office building in Honolulu, Hawaii.

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment were charged to the following operating expenses:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net occupancy	$	3,641	$	3,988	$	4,148
Equipment		3,083		3,749		4,262
Total	$	6,724	$	7,737	$	8,410

10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

During the first quarter of 2010, we determined that an impairment test on our remaining goodwill was required because of the uncertainty regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at that time combined with the fact that our market capitalization remained depressed. As a result of that impairment test, we determined that the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit was impaired and we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $102.7 million. Since that time, we had no goodwill remaining on our consolidated balance sheet.

94

Other intangible assets include a core deposit premium, mortgage servicing rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. The following table presents changes in other intangible assets for the periods presented:

	Core			Mortgage
	Deposit			Servicing			Customer			Non-compete
	Premium			Rights			Relationships			Agreements			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2009	$	23,401		$	20,589		$	1,190		$	210		$	45,390
Additions		-			6,310			-			-			6,310
Amortization		(2,674	)		(4,187	)		(140	)		(60	)		(7,061	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	20,727		$	22,712		$	1,050		$	150		$	44,639
Additions		-			4,380			-			-			4,380
Amortization		(2,674	)		(4,159	)		(140	)		(60	)		(7,033	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	18,053		$	22,933		$	910		$	90		$	41,986

The gross carrying value, accumulated amortization and net carrying value related to our other intangible assets are presented below:

	December 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Gross					Net		Gross					Net
	Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying
	Value		Amortization			Value		Value		Amortization			Value
	(Dollars in thousands)
Core deposit premium	$	44,642	$	(26,589	)	$	18,053	$	44,642	$	(23,915	)	$	20,727
Mortgage servicing rights		46,047		(23,114	)		22,933		41,667		(18,955	)		22,712
Customer relationships		1,400		(490	)		910		1,400		(350	)		1,050
Non-compete agreements		300		(210	)		90		300		(150	)		150
Total	$	92,389	$	(50,403	)	$	41,986	$	88,009	$	(43,370	)	$	44,639

Based on our other intangible assets held as of December 31, 2011, estimated amortization expense for the next five succeeding fiscal years and all years thereafter are as follows:

	Estimated Amortization Expense
			Mortgage
	Core Deposit		Servicing		Customer		Non-compete
	Premium		Rights		Relationships		Agreements		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2012	$	2,674	$	3,539	$	140	$	60	$	6,413
2013		2,674		2,932		140		30		5,776
2014		2,674		2,568		140		-		5,382
2015		2,674		2,203		140		-		5,017
2016		2,674		1,859		140		-		4,673
Thereafter		4,683		9,832		210		-		14,725
Total	$	18,053	$	22,933	$	910	$	90	$	41,986

At December 31, 2011, there were no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate that the assets assigned to our Hawaii Market reporting unit, which includes the entire core deposit premium, were not recoverable.

95

We have elected to use the amortization method to measure our mortgage servicing rights. Under the amortization method, we amortize our mortgage servicing rights in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income. Income generated as the result of new mortgage servicing rights is reported as gains on sales of loans and totaled $4.4 million, $6.3 million and $11.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of the servicing rights is reported as amortization of other intangible assets in our consolidated statements of operations. Ancillary income is recorded in other income. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold to third-parties with servicing of those loans retained and we classify our entire mortgage servicing rights into one class.

Initial fair value of the servicing right is calculated by a discounted cash flow model prepared by a third party service provider based on market value assumptions at the time of origination and we assess the servicing right for impairment using current market value assumptions at each reporting period. Critical assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates, costs to service and ancillary income. Variations in our assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair values. Changes to our assumptions are made when current trends and market data indicate that new trends have developed. Current market value assumptions based on loan product types (fixed rate, adjustable rate and balloon loans) include average discount rates and national prepayment speeds. Many of these assumptions are subjective and require a high level of management judgment. Our mortgage servicing rights portfolio and valuation assumptions are periodically reviewed by management.

Prepayment speeds may be affected by economic factors such as home price appreciation, market interest rates, the availability of other credit products to our borrowers and customer payment patterns. Prepayment speeds include the impact of all borrower prepayments, including full payoffs, additional principal payments and the impact of loans paid off due to foreclosure liquidations. As market interest rates decline, prepayment speeds will generally increase as customers refinance existing mortgages under more favorable interest rate terms. As prepayment speeds increase, anticipated cash flows will generally decline resulting in a potential reduction, or impairment, to the fair value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights. Alternatively, an increase in market interest rates may cause a decrease in prepayment speeds and therefore an increase in fair value of mortgage servicing rights.

The following table presents the fair market value and key assumptions used in determining the fair market value of our mortgage servicing rights:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Fair market value, beginning of period	$	23,709		$	23,019
Fair market value, end of period		23,149			23,709
Weighted average discount rate		8.5	%		8.5	%
Weighted average prepayment speed assumption		14.7			13.8

Fair values at December 31, 2011 and 2010 reflected approximately $2.7 billion in loans serviced for others.

11. DERIVATIVES

We utilize various designated and undesignated derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to movements in interest rates including interest rate swaps, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale commitments. We measure all derivatives at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet. At each reporting period, we record the derivative instruments in other assets or other liabilities depending on whether the derivatives are in an asset or liability position. For derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments, we record the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of the derivative in AOCI, net of tax, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction. We immediately recognize the portion of the gain or loss in the fair value of the derivative that represents hedge ineffectiveness in current period earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivative are included in current period earnings.

Interest Rate Swap

In January 2008, we entered into a derivative transaction to hedge future cash flows from a portion of our then existing variable rate loan portfolio. Under the terms of the arrangement, we would receive payments equal to a fixed interest rate of 6.25% from January 2008 through January 2013 from the counterparty on a notional amount of $400 million. In return, we would pay the counterparty a floating rate, namely our prime rate, on the same notional amount. The purpose of the derivative transaction was to minimize the risk of fluctuations in interest payments received on our variable rate loan portfolio. The derivative transaction was designated as a cash flow hedge.

96

On September 1, 2009, we terminated the derivative transaction with the counterparty at its then fair market value of $18.0 million. As a result of the termination, we recorded an unrealized gain related to hedge effectiveness of $12.5 million as a component of AOCI and $5.5 million of hedge ineffectiveness as other operating income. The unrealized gain will be recognized into income using the effective yield method over the original contract period, which ends in January 2013. Over the next 12 months, we expect to reclassify $0.4 million of the unrealized gain into earnings.

Interest Rate Lock and Forward Sale Commitments

We enter into interest rate lock commitments on certain mortgage loans that are intended to be sold. To manage interest rate risk on interest rate lock commitments, we also enter into forward loan sale commitments. The interest rate lock and forward loan sale commitments are accounted for as undesignated derivatives and are recorded at their respective fair values in other assets or other liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in current period earnings. These instruments serve to reduce our exposure to movements in interest rates. At December 31, 2011, we were a party to interest rate lock and forward sale commitments on $69.0 million and $33.8 million of mortgage loans, respectively. At December 31, 2010, we were a party to interest rate lock and forward sale commitments on $64.0 million and $40.7 million of mortgage loans, respectively.

The following table presents the location of all assets and liabilities associated with our derivative instruments within the consolidated balance sheet:

		Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value at December 31, 2011		Fair Value at December 31, 2010		Fair Value at December 31, 2011		Fair Value at December 31, 2010
		(Dollars in thousands)
Interest rate contracts	Other assets /
	other liabilities	$	545	$	1,035	$	443	$	523

The following tables present the impact of derivative instruments and their location within the consolidated statements of operations:

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship	Amount of Gain Reclassified from AOCI into Earnings (Effective Portion)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Interest rate contracts	$	3,236
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Interest rate contracts	$	6,720

Amounts reclassified from AOCI into income are included in interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The ineffective portion has been recognized as other operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivatives not in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship	Location of Gain Recognized in Earnings on Derivatives	Amount of Gain Recognized in Earnings on Derivatives
		(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Interest rate contracts	Other operating income	$	401
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Interest rate contracts	Other operating income	$	790

12. DEPOSITS

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $657.3 million and $336.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Interest expense on certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $3.2 million, $6.3 million and $13.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

97

Maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

Three months or less	$	284,320
Over three through six months		213,723
Over six through twelve months		105,126
2013		36,970
2014		9,946
2015		4,675
2016		2,554
Thereafter		-
Total	$	657,314

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, overdrawn deposit accounts totaling $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, have been reclassified as loans on the consolidated balance sheets.

13. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with a weighted average contractual maturity of 365 days or less are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase the identical securities sold are reflected as a liability with the dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remaining in the asset accounts. The underlying securities are held in a custodial account subject to our control. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had no securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

At December 31, 2011, other short-term borrowings consist of overdraft balances in due from bank accounts.

At December 31, 2011, our bank had additional unused borrowings available at the Federal Reserve discount window of $31.0 million. As of December 31, 2011, certain commercial real estate and commercial loans totaling $52.4 million have been pledged as collateral on our line of credit with the Federal Reserve discount window. The Federal Reserve does not have the right to sell or repledge these loans. In September 2011, the bank was upgraded from the Federal Reserve’s secondary credit facility to the primary credit facility, and regained its eligibility for the Borrower-in-Custody program.

At December 31, 2010, other short-term borrowings consisted of short-term FHLB advances of $200.0 million and the Treasury Tax and Loan balance of $2.5 million, which represents tax payments collected on behalf of the U.S. government. At December 31, 2010, the short-term FHLB advances had an adjustable interest rate of 0.58%. The rate adjusts on a quarterly basis to the three month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 0.28%. Treasury Tax and Loan balances bear market interest rates and are callable at any time. Interest expense on short-term FHLB advances were $0.2 million, $1.1 million and nil in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

A summary of our short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Amount outstanding at December 31	$	-		$	-		$	239,669
Average amount outstanding during year		-			52,214			129,802
Highest month-end balance during year		-			236,669			263,669
Weighted average interest rate on balances
outstanding at December 31		-			-			0.21	%
Weighted average interest rate during year		-			0.21	%		0.23	%
Other short-term borrowings
Amount outstanding at December 31	$	34		$	202,480		$	2,760
Average amount outstanding during year		35,809			167,608			57,918
Highest month-end balance during year		201,962			202,480			279,725
Weighted average interest rate on balances
outstanding at December 31		0.00	%		0.58	%		0.00	%
Weighted average interest rate during year		0.57	%		0.64	%		0.43	%

98

14. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt, which is based on original maturity, consisted of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
FHLB advances	$	50,049	$	351,554
Subordinated debentures		108,249		108,249
	$	158,298	$	459,803

FHLB Advances

FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010 carried weighted average interest rates of 0.65% and 2.75%, respectively. FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2011 were secured by unencumbered investment securities with a fair value of $210.0 million and certain real estate loans totaling $887.0 million in accordance with the collateral provisions of the Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2011, our bank had additional unused FHLB advances available of approximately $703.3 million. Interest expense on FHLB advances were $5.7 million, $17.0 million and $20.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, there were no putable FHLB advances outstanding.

In September 2011, the bank prepaid long-term FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.36% totaling $120.5 million and, as a result, recognized a charge of $6.2 million on the early extinguishment of this debt.

A similar balance sheet repositioning was completed in December 2010, in which the bank prepaid long-term FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.78% totaling $106.7 million and, as a result, recognized a charge of $5.7 million on the early extinguishment of this debt.

In February 2009, the bank’s collateral arrangement with the FHLB converted from a blanket pledge arrangement to a physical possession arrangement whereby the bank was required to deliver loan documents to the FHLB for the collateral securing advances. In September 2011, the FHLB upgraded the bank from a physical possession collateral arrangement to a listing arrangement. Under a listing arrangement, the bank maintains custody of the loan collateral documentation and is required to submit a monthly file listing loans pledged with certain data fields. At December 31, 2011, there was no maximum borrowing term limit and the bank has a credit line of 20% of total assets.

Subordinated Debentures

In March 2003, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Capital Trust I (“Trust I”). Trust I issued $15.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Trust I trust preferred securities bear an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.25%, and mature on April 7, 2033. The principal assets of Trust I are $15.5 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust I trust preferred securities. Trust I issued $0.5 million of common securities to the Company.

In October 2003, we created two wholly-owned statutory trusts, CPB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”) and CPB Statutory Trust III (“Trust III”). Trust II issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and maturing on October 7, 2033. The principal assets of Trust II are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust II trust preferred securities. Trust II issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

Trust III issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and maturing on December 17, 2033. The principal assets of Trust III are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust III trust preferred securities. Trust III issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

99

In September 2004, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”). Trust IV issued $30.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.45% and maturing on December 15, 2034. The principal assets of Trust IV are $30.9 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust IV trust preferred securities. Trust IV issued $0.9 million of common securities to the Company.

In December 2004, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Statutory Trust V (“Trust V”). Trust V issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.87% and maturing on December 15, 2034. The principal assets of Trust V are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust V trust preferred securities. Trust V issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

The trust preferred securities, the subordinated debentures that are the assets of Trusts I, II, III, IV and V and the common securities issued by Trusts I, II, III, IV and V are redeemable in whole or in part on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 on or after April 7, 2008 for Trust I, on or after October 7, 2008 for Trusts II and III, and on or after December 15, 2009 for Trust IV and V, or at any time in whole but not in part within 90 days following the occurrence of certain events. Our obligations with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of each trust’s obligations with respect to its trust preferred securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, we may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the subordinated debentures, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related trust preferred securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. The Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) has determined that certain cumulative preferred securities having the characteristics of the Securities qualify as minority interest, and are included in Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies.

On August 20, 2009, we began deferring regularly scheduled interest payments on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities. The terms of the junior subordinated debentures and the trust documents allow us to defer payments of interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. During the deferral period, which currently stands at ten consecutive quarters, the respective trusts will likewise suspend the declaration and payment of dividends on the trust preferred securities. Also during the deferral period, we may not, among other things and with limited exceptions, pay cash dividends on or repurchase our common stock or preferred stock or make any payment on outstanding debt obligations that rank equally with or junior to the junior subordinated debentures. During the deferral period, we will continue to accrue, and reflect in our consolidated financial statements, the deferred interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures. Accrued interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities was $8.5 million and $5.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, future principal payments on long-term debt based on final maturity are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2012	$	50,018
2013		20
2014		11
2015		-
2016		-
Thereafter		108,249
Total	$	158,298

15. EQUITY

As further discussed in Notes 1 and 3, we completed a number of significant transactions as part of our recapitalization, including:

·   On February 2, 2011, we effected a one-for-twenty reverse stock split of our common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). Except as otherwise specified, the share and per share amounts for historical periods have been restated to give the effect to the Reverse Stock Split.

·   On February 18, 2011, we completed the Private Placement with investments from (1) affiliates of each of The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) and Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (together with Carlyle, the “Lead Investors”) pursuant to investment agreements with each of the Lead Investors and (2) various other investors, including certain of our directors and officers, pursuant to subscription agreements with each of such investors.

100

·   Concurrently with the closing of the Private Placement, we completed the TARP Exchange whereby 135,000 shares of our TARP Preferred Stock, no par value per share and liquidation preference $1,000 per share, held by the Treasury, and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon were exchanged for 5,620,117 common shares. We also amended the warrant held by the Treasury (the “Amended TARP Warrant”) to, among other things, reduce the exercise price from $255.40 per share to $10 per share. The warrant grants the Treasury the right to purchase 79,288 common shares, subject to adjustment.

·   On May 6, 2011, we completed the Rights Offering which allowed shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 17, 2011 or their transferees to purchase newly issued common shares at $10 per share.

The TARP Exchange resulted in a non-cash increase in net income available to common shareholders of $85.1 million as the book value of the preferred stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends was greater than the estimated fair value of the common stock issued to the Treasury of $56.2 million and the fair value of the Amended TARP Warrant at the time of the TARP Exchange. This accounting treatment had no effect on our total shareholders’ equity or our regulatory capital position.

In addition to adjusting the exercise price of the Amended TARP Warrant, its terms were revised to include a “down-round” provision allowing for the future adjustment to the exercise price for any subsequent issuances of common stock by the Company. Subject to certain exceptions, if the Company subsequently issues common stock, or rights or shares convertible into common stock, at a per share price lower than the $10 exercise price of the warrant, the exercise price of the warrant will be reduced to the per share common stock amount received in connection with the issuance and the number of shares of common stock subject to the warrant will be increased. This provision resulted in the warrant being carried as a derivative liability as compared to a common stock equivalent for balance sheet purposes as it possesses the characteristics of a freestanding derivative financial instrument as defined by ASC 815-10-15-83, Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging, and similar to the example illustrated in ASC 815-40-55-33 and -34. As a derivative liability, the warrant is carried at fair value, with subsequent remeasurements recorded through the current period's earnings. The initial value attributed to the warrant was $1.7 million, with the fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model, with the following assumptions: 67% volatility, a risk-free rate of 3.59%, a yield of 1.45% and an estimated life of 10 years. From February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011, this instrument’s estimated fair value decreased, which resulted in the recognition of $1.0 million recorded in other noninterest income during the year ended December 31, 2011.

On June 22, 2011, the Treasury completed a public underwritten offering of 2,850,000 shares of our common stock it received in the TARP Exchange. The Company did not receive any proceeds from this offering. The Treasury continues to hold 2,770,117 shares of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 79,288 shares of our common stock.

We have generated considerable tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards and federal and state tax credits. Our use of the tax benefits in the future would be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative increase in the Company’s ownership by “5-percent shareholders” (as defined under U.S. income tax laws) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.

On November 23, 2010, our board declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights (“Rights”) in respect to our common stock which were issued pursuant to a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010 (the “Tax Benefits Preservation Plan”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as rights agent. Each Right represents the right to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions in the Plan, 1/10,000th of a share of our Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, no par value, for $6.00, subject to adjustment. The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan is designed to reduce the likelihood that the Company will experience an ownership change by discouraging any person from becoming a beneficial owner of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”). Adoption of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan was required by our agreements with the Lead Investors.

To further protect our tax benefits, on January 26, 2011, our board approved a proposed amendment to our restated articles of incorporation to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or to cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase (the “Protective Charter Amendment”). At our annual meeting of shareholders on April 27, 2011, we proposed the amendment which shareholders approved. There is no guarantee, however, that the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan or the Protective Charter Amendment will prevent the Company from experiencing an ownership change.

101

In 2009, our Board of Directors suspended the payment of all cash dividends on our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends with respect to common stock is subject to obtaining approval from the FRBSF and DFI, and is restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities are brought current. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends depends on our ability to obtain dividends from our bank. In addition to obtaining approval from the FDIC and DFI, Hawaii law only permits Central Pacific Bank to pay dividends out of retained earnings. Given that the bank had an accumulated deficit of $441.5 million at December 31, 2011, the bank is prohibited from paying any dividends until this deficit is eliminated. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that the bank will be permitted to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

In January 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to 60,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “2008 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2008 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. There were no repurchases of common stock during 2011. Although a total of 55,000 shares remained available for repurchase under the 2008 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2011, the Company is not currently permitted to make any repurchases under the terms of the junior subordinated debentures related to the trust preferred securities as a result of the deferral of interest thereon, and does not plan to do so for the foreseeable future.

16. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

In accordance with ASC 718, compensation expense is recognized only for those shares expected to vest, based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations. The following table summarizes the effects of share-based compensation to options and awards granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans for each of the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits	$	2,409	$	319	$	276
Directors stock awards		153		55		86
Legal and professional services		55		-		-
Net share-based compensation effect	$	2,617	$	374	$	362

The Company’s share-based compensation arrangements are described below:

Stock Option Plans

We have adopted stock option plans for the purpose of granting options to purchase the Company’s common stock to directors, officers and other key individuals. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant; those option awards generally vest based on three or five years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. Certain option and share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the stock option plans below). We have historically issued new shares of common stock upon exercises of stock options and purchases of restricted awards.

In February 1997, we adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) basically as a continuance of the 1986 Stock Option Plan. In April 1997, our shareholders approved the 1997 Plan, which provided 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for grants to employees as qualified incentive stock options and to directors as nonqualified stock options.

In September 2004, we adopted and our shareholders approved the 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”) making available 1,500,000 shares for grants to employees and directors. Upon adoption of the 2004 Plan, all unissued shares from the 1997 Plan were frozen and no new options will be granted under the 1997 Plan. Optionees may exercise outstanding options granted pursuant to the 1997 Plan until the expiration of the respective options in accordance with the original terms of the 1997 Plan. In May 2007, the 2004 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares available for grant by an additional 1,000,000 shares. In April 2011, the 2004 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares authorized from 1,402,589 to 4,944,831. To satisfy share issuances pursuant to the share-based compensation programs, we issue new shares from the 2004 Plan.

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, a total of 2,539,341, 57,758 and 64,554 shares, respectively, were available for future grants.

102

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant based on the following:

Valuation and amortization method—We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula and a single option award approach. We use historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination activity within the valuation model; separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.

Expected life—The expected life of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

Expected volatility—Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock.

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Expected dividend—Theexpected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy.

Stock Option Activity

The fair value of the Company’s stock options granted to employees was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Expected volatility		-	%		-	%		58.0	%
Risk free interest rate		-	%		-	%		2.8	%
Expected dividends		-	%		-	%		0.9	%
Expected life (in years)		-			-			5.9
Weighted average fair value	$	-		$	-		$	33.20

No stock options were granted during 2011 and 2010.

The following is a summary of option activity for our stock option plans for the year ended December 31, 2011:

					Weighted Average
					Remaining	Aggregate
			Weighted Average		Contractual	Intrinsic Value
	Shares		Exercise Price		Term (in years)	(in thousands)
Outstanding at January 1, 2011	41,934		$	432.17
Changes during the year:
Expired	(1,558	)		569.18
Forfeited	(210	)		182.46
Outstanding at December 31, 2011	40,166			428.16	3.2	$	-
Vested and expected to vest at
December 31, 2011	39,010			433.89	3.9		-
Exercisable at December 31, 2011	35,974			458.11	2.7		-

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying option awards and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock for the options that were in-the-money at December 31, 2011. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, no stock options were exercised.

103

As of December 31, 2011, the total compensation cost that was not yet recognized related to stock options granted to employees under our stock option plans was approximately $37 thousand, net of estimated forfeitures. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 0.2 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $17 thousand, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards and Units

Under the 1997 and 2004 Plans, we awarded restricted stock awards and units to our non-officer directors and certain senior management personnel. The awards typically vest over a three or five year period. Compensation expense is measured as the market price of the stock awards on the grant date, and is recognized over the specified vesting periods.

The table below presents the activity of restricted stock awards and units for the year ended December 31, 2011:

			Weighted Average
			Grant Date
	Shares		Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011	300		$	718.00
Changes during the year:
Granted	1,080,841			14.55
Forfeited	(12,547	)		14.71
Vested	(53,290	)		12.50
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	1,015,304			14.86
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2011	1,015,304			14.86

As of December 31, 2011, there was $12.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards and units that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.2 years.

Performance Shares and Stock Appreciation Rights

In 2008, we established a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) that covered certain executive and senior management personnel. The LTIP was comprised of two components: performance shares and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). All performance shares and SARs awarded under the LTIP were granted from the 2004 Plan.

No performance shares or SARs were granted under the LTIP during 2011.

Performance Shares

Performance shares granted under the LTIP vested based on both market and service conditions. Market conditions required attainment of specified market-based conditions tied to the market value of our common stock. The service condition required employees to be employed continuously with the Company through March 12, 2011. The fair value of the grant, which was based on the market value of the stock on the grant date, was recognized as compensation over the service period, so long as the grantee met the service condition.

The table below presents activity of performance shares for the year ended December 31, 2011:

			Weighted Average
			Grant Date
	Shares		Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011	2,442		$	377.60
Changes during the year:
Vested	(531	)		377.60
Forfeited	(1,911	)		377.60
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	-

104

Stock Appreciation Rights

SARs granted under the LTIP required the achievement of the same market and service conditions as the performance shares described above. Similar to the performance shares, the fair value of the SARs granted were recognized as compensation over the service period, so long as the grantee met the service condition.

Upon exercise of SARs, for each SAR exercised, the grantee was entitled to receive value equal to the difference between the market value of a share on the date of exercise minus the market value of a share on the date of grant. No cash was awarded upon exercise and no fractional shares were issued or delivered.

As the Company’s SARs plan is a stock-settled SAR, this plan is an equity-classified award. As such, the financial and income tax accounting for this type of award is identical to that of a nonqualified stock option plan. Therefore, the grant date fair value for all SARs issued under the SARs plan is determined at the grant date using the same method as would be used for determining the fair value of a grant of a nonqualified stock option, which has historically been the Black-Scholes formula.

The fair value of SARs granted to employees was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula.

The table below presents activity of SARs for the year ended December 31, 2011:

			Weighted Average
	Shares		Exercise Price
Outstanding at January 1, 2011	4,608		$	377.60
Changes during the year:
Forfeited	(4,608	)		377.60
Outstanding at December 31, 2011	-

17. PENSION PLANS

Defined Benefit Retirement Plan

The bank has a defined benefit retirement plan that covered substantially all of its employees who were employed during the period that the plan was in effect. The plan was initially curtailed in 1986, and accordingly, plan benefits were fixed as of that date. Effective January 1, 1991, the bank reactivated its defined benefit retirement plan. As a result of the reactivation, employees for whom benefits were fixed in 1986 began to accrue additional benefits under a new formula that became effective January 1, 1991. Employees who were not participants at curtailment, but who were subsequently eligible to join, became participants effective January 1, 1991. Under the reactivated plan, benefits are based upon the employees’ years of service and their highest average annual salaries in a 60-consecutive-month period of service, reduced by benefits provided from the bank’s terminated money purchase pension plan. The reactivation of the defined benefit retirement plan resulted in an increase of $5.9 million in the unrecognized prior service cost, which was amortized over a period of 13 years. Effective December 31, 2002, the bank curtailed its defined benefit retirement plan, and accordingly, plan benefits were fixed as of that date.

105

The following tables set forth information pertaining to the defined benefit retirement plan:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at January 1	$	33,633		$	30,878
Interest cost		1,668			1,790
Actuarial loss		1,014			3,150
Benefits paid		(2,224	)		(2,185	)
Benefit obligation at December 31		34,091			33,633
Change in plan assets
Fair value of assets at January 1		23,220			22,153
Actual return on plan assets		168			2,484
Employer contributions		1,395			768
Benefits paid		(2,224	)		(2,185	)
Fair value of assets at December 31		22,559			23,220
Funded status	$	(11,532	)	$	(10,413	)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
Accrued benefit liability	$	(11,532	)	$	(10,413	)
Components of accumulated other comprehensive income:
Unrecognized net actuarial loss		(19,111	)		(18,707	)
Net amount recognized	$	7,579		$	8,294
Benefit obligation actuarial assumptions
Weighted average discount rate		4.8	%		5.1	%

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Components of net periodic cost
Interest cost	$	1,668		$	1,790		$	1,844
Expected return on plan assets		(1,821	)		(1,710	)		(1,483	)
Recognized net loss		2,263			1,962			2,225
Net periodic cost		2,110			2,042			2,586
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized
in other comprehensive income
Net gain (loss)		(404	)		(414	)		2,491
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		(404	)		(414	)		2,491
Total recognized in net periodic cost and other comprehensive income	$	2,514		$	2,456		$	95
Net periodic cost actuarial assumptions
Weighted average discount rate		5.1	%		5.9	%		6.6	%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets		8.0	%		8.0	%		8.0	%

The unrecognized net actuarial loss included in AOCI expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during 2012 is approximately $2.3 million.

The long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the weighted-average long-term rates of return for the various categories of investments held in the plan. The expected long-term rate of return is adjusted when there are fundamental changes in expected returns on the plan investments.

106

The defined benefit retirement plan assets consist primarily of equity and debt securities. Our asset allocations by asset category were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Equity securities	62	%	49	%
Debt securities	32		44
Other	6		7
Total	100	%	100	%

Equity securities included the Company’s common stock in the amounts of $49 thousand and $50 thousand at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Our investment strategy for the defined benefit retirement plan is to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. The investment policy establishes a target allocation for each asset class that is reviewed periodically and rebalanced when considered appropriate.

The fair values of the defined benefit retirement plan as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by asset category were as follows:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Money market accounts	$	1,869	$	-	$	-	$	1,869
Mutual funds		439		-		-		439
Government obligations		-		3,264		-		3,264
Common stocks		5,376		-		-		5,376
Exchange traded funds		8,494		-		-		8,494
Preferred stocks		226		-		-		226
Corporate bonds and debentures		-		2,891		-		2,891
	$	16,404	$	6,155	$	-	$	22,559
December 31, 2010
Money market accounts	$	724	$	-	$	-	$	724
Mutual funds		7,425		-		-		7,425
Government obligations		-		3,535		-		3,535
Common stocks		5,317		-		-		5,317
Preferred stocks		554		-		-		554
Corporate bonds and debentures		-		3,482		-		3,482
Limited partnership		-		2,183		-		2,183
	$	14,020	$	9,200	$	-	$	23,220

We expect to contribute approximately $1.7 million to our defined benefit retirement plan in 2012.

Estimated future benefit payments are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2012	$	2,345
2013		2,361
2014		2,377
2015		2,364
2016		2,387
2017-2021		11,659
Total	$	23,493

107

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

In 1995, 2001, 2004 and 2006, our bank established Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERP”) that provide certain officers of the Company with supplemental retirement benefits. On December 31, 2002, the 1995 and 2001 SERP were curtailed. In conjunction with the merger with CB Bancshares, Inc. (“CBBI”), we assumed CBBI’s SERP obligation.

The following tables set forth information pertaining to the SERP:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at January 1	$	7,755		$	7,215
Service cost		-			42
Interest cost		412			435
Actuarial loss		606			278
Benefits paid		(215	)		(215	)
Benefit obligation at December 31		8,558			7,755
Change in plan assets
Fair value of assets at January 1		-			-
Employer contributions		215			215
Benefits paid		(215	)		(215	)
Fair value of assets at December 31		-			-
Funded status	$	(8,558	)	$	(7,755	)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
Accrued benefit liability	$	(8,558	)	$	(7,755	)
Components of accumulated other comprehensive income:
Unrecognized transition obligation		(198	)		(216	)
Unamortized prior service cost		(154	)		(172	)
Unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss)		(304	)		320
Net amount recognized	$	(7,902	)	$	(7,687	)
Benefit obligation actuarial assumptions
Weighted average discount rate		5.0	%		5.4	%
Weighted average rate of compensation increase		5.0	%		5.0	%

108

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Components of net periodic cost
Service cost	$	-		$	42		$	104
Interest cost		412			435			250
Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation		17			17			17
Recognized prior service cost		18			17			18
Recognized net (gain) loss		(17	)		(29	)		3
Net periodic cost		430			482			392
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized
in other comprehensive income
Net gain (loss)		(624	)		(307	)		444
Amortization of prior service cost		18			17			17
Amortization of transition obligation		18			17			18
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		(588	)		(273	)		479
Total recognized in net periodic cost and other comprehensive income	$	1,018		$	755		$	(87	)
Net periodic cost actuarial assumptions
Weighted average discount rate		5.0	%		6.1	%		5.7	%
Weighted average rate of compensation increase		5.0	%		5.0	%		5.0	%

The estimated amortization of components included in AOCI that will be recognized into net periodic cost for 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

Amortization of transition obligation	$	17
Amortization of prior service cost		18
Amortization of net actuarial gain		4

The SERP holds no plan assets other than employer contributions that are paid as benefits during the year. We expect to contribute $0.2 million to the SERP in 2012.

Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the SERP are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2012	$	215
2013		211
2014		208
2015		205
2016		220
2017-2021		1,971
Total	$	3,030

18. 401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

We maintain a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (“Retirement Savings Plan”) that covers substantially all employees of the Company. The Retirement Savings Plan allows employees to direct their own investments among a selection of investment alternatives and is funded by employee elective deferrals, employer matching contributions and employer profit sharing contributions.

We match 100% of an employee’s elective deferrals, up to 4% of the employee’s pay each pay period. Our employer matching contributions to the Retirement Savings Plan totaled $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $1.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We also have the option of making discretionary profit sharing contributions into the Retirement Savings Plan. Our Board of Directors has sole discretion in determining the annual profit sharing contribution, subject to limitations of the Internal Revenue Code. We did not make any profit sharing contributions in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

109

19. OPERATING LEASES

We lease certain properties and equipment with lease terms expiring through 2038. In most instances, the property leases provide for the renegotiation of rental terms at fixed intervals, and generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from five to 15 years.

Net rent expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Rent expense charged to net occupancy	$	10,286		$	10,195		$	10,525
Less sublease income		(74	)		(92	)		(120	)
Net rent expense charged to net occupancy		10,212			10,103			10,405
Rent expense charged to equipment expense		162			191			296
Total net rent expense	$	10,374		$	10,294		$	10,701

The following is a schedule of future minimum rental commitments for all noncancellable operating leases that had initial lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2011:

			Less
	Rental		Sublease			Net Rental
	Commitment		Rental Income			Commitment
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year ending December 31:
2012	$	7,383	$	(27	)	$	7,356
2013		6,512		-			6,512
2014		5,813		-			5,813
2015		4,691		-			4,691
2016		3,719		-			3,719
Thereafter		24,981		-			24,981
Total	$	53,099	$	(27	)	$	53,072

In addition, the Company, as lessor, leases certain properties that it owns. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental income for those noncancellable operating leases that had initial lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2012	$	7,346
2013		6,553
2014		5,529
2015		4,765
2016		3,904
Thereafter		7,299
Total	$	35,396

In instances where the lease calls for a renegotiation of rental payments, the lease rental payment in effect prior to renegotiation was used throughout the remaining lease term.

110

20. INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAXES

Components of income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	Current			Deferred		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2011:
Federal	$	-		$	-	$	-
State		-			-		-
Total	$	-		$	-	$	-
2010:
Federal	$	-		$	-	$	-
State		-			-		-
Total	$	-		$	-	$	-
2009:
Federal	$	(38,309	)	$	12,915	$	(25,394	)
State		(3,586	)		8,985		5,399
Total	$	(41,895	)	$	21,900	$	(19,995	)

Income tax benefit for the periods presented differed from the “expected” tax benefit (computed by applying the U.S. Federal corporate tax rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes) for the following reasons:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)	$	12,802		$	(87,834	)	$	(116,810	)
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
Goodwill impairment (not deductible for tax purposes)		-			35,941			17,500
Tax-exempt interest		(273	)		(420	)		(1,539	)
Other tax-exempt income		(1,441	)		(1,669	)		(1,827	)
Low-income housing and energy tax credits		(1,678	)		(8,023	)		(1,272	)
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax effect,
excluding impact of deferred tax valuation allowance		546			(8,724	)		(17,907	)
Change in the beginning-of-the-year balance of the
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
allocated to income tax expense		(9,870	)		70,506			101,836
Other		(86	)		223			24
Total	$	-		$	-		$	(19,995	)

At December 31, 2011, current Federal income taxes receivable was $46 thousand. At December 31, 2010, current Federal income taxes payable was $0.3 million. Current state income taxes receivable was $2.3 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

111

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses	$	42,589	$	67,406
Accrued expenses		5,417		5,151
Employee retirement benefits		8,439		8,015
Federal and state tax credit carryforwards		34,616		31,851
Investment write-downs and write-offs		3,021		3,429
Interest on nonaccrual loans		5,703		7,471
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards		98,409		96,777
Other		25,213		15,441
Total deferred tax assets	$	223,407	$	235,541
Deferred tax liabilities
Intangible assets	$	16,308	$	17,232
FHLB stock dividends received		12,345		12,345
Net unrealized gain on derivatives recognized through AOCI		1,959		3,249
Leases		4,494		5,528
Deferred gain on curtailed retirement plan		3,339		3,339
Liability on utilization of state tax credits		7,851		6,860
Other		14,851		8,156
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	61,147	$	56,709
Deferred tax valuation allowance	$	162,260	$	178,832
Net deferred tax assets	$	-	$	-

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $162.3 million and $178.8 million, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance was a decrease of $16.6 million and increase of $74.2 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of the total decrease in the valuation allowance in 2011, $9.9 million was recognized as income tax benefit while the remaining $6.7 million was a benefit for AOCI, compared to $70.5 million recognized as income tax expense and $3.7 million charged against AOCI in 2010.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the Company’s cumulative three year loss position and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize the benefits of these deductible differences. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could change in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period change.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of $225.6 million, which are available to offset future Federal taxable income, if any, through 2031. At December 31, 2011, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Hawaii and California state income tax purposes of $239.0 million and $41.4 million, respectively, which are available to offset future state taxable income through 2030 for Hawaii and 2031 for California. In addition, we have state tax credit carryforwards of $23.6 million that do not expire, and federal tax credit carryforwards of $11.0 million, of which $9.3 million expire in 20 years, and $1.7 million do not expire.

As further described in Note 15, to help protect the Company’s tax benefits, the Company implemented the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan on November 23, 2011 and the Protective Charter Amendment on January 26, 2011.

112

At December 31, 2011, we have no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

We are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. We have concluded all U.S. Federal and Hawaii income tax matters for years through 2005.

21. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Components of AOCI, net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale securities:
Unrealized losses due to other-than-temporary impairment related to factors other than credit	$	-		$	-		$	(5,158	)
All other unrealized gains		24,011			2,985			11,109
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives		(10,559	)		(7,324	)		53
Pension liability adjustments		(11,288	)		(10,226	)		(9,515	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	$	2,164		$	(14,565	)	$	(3,511	)

Changes in AOCI, net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale securities:
Change in unrealized gain/loss during the period	$	22,190		$	(5,357	)	$	7,858
Reclassification adjustment for gain/loss included in net income		(1,164	)		2,391			(3,050	)
Change in accumulated gain/loss on effective cash flow hedging derivatives		(3,235	)		(7,377	)		(14,811	)
Change in the net actuarial gain/loss on defined benefit post-retirement benefit plans		(1,062	)		(711	)		3,102
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income	$	16,729		$	(11,054	)	$	(6,901	)

22. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The table below presents the information used to compute basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net income (loss)	$	36,571		$	(250,953	)	$	(313,747	)
Preferred stock dividends, accretion of discount and
conversion of preferred stock to common stock		(83,897	)		8,432			7,946
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	120,468		$	(259,385	)	$	(321,693	)
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic		35,891			1,516			1,459
Dilutive effect of employee stock options and awards		415			-			-
Dilutive effect of deferred salary restricted stock units		16			-			-
Dilutive effect of Treasury warrants		20			-			-
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted		36,342			1,516			1,459
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	3.36		$	(171.13	)	$	(220.56	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	3.31		$	(171.13	)	$	(220.56	)

113

A total of 40,166, 128,677 and 145,152 potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the dilutive share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive.

23. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

In March 2011, the Company and the bank were named as defendants in a putative class action captioned as Gregory and Camila Peterson, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, Plaintiffs, v. Central Pacific Bank, Central Pacific Financial Corp. and Doe Defendants 1-50, Defendants, Case No. 11-1-0457-03 VLC, in the First Circuit Court of Hawaii in Honolulu. The complaint asserted claims for unconscionability, conversion, unjust enrichment, and violations of Hawaii’s Uniform Deceptive Trade Practice Act, relating to the bank’s overdraft practices and fees. Plaintiffs sought declaratory relief, restitution, disgorgement, damages, interest, costs and attorneys’ fees. In October 2011, through a mediation process, the Company reached a settlement with the plaintiffs. The settlement received court approval andprovides for a payment of $1.2 million into a class settlement fund, the proceeds of which will be used to refund class members and pay attorneys’ fees and administrative and other costs, in exchange for a complete release of all claims asserted against the Company and the bank. The $1.2 million settlement amount was fully accrued for by the Company as of December 31, 2011 and paid in February 2012.

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes the ultimate disposition of those matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In the normal course of business there are outstanding contingent liabilities and other commitments such as unused letters of credit, items held for collections and unsold traveler’s checks, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written, forward foreign exchange contracts, and interest rate contracts. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and foreign exchange risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement we have in particular classes of financial instruments.

Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. For forward foreign exchange contracts and interest rate contracts, the contract amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. We control the credit risk of these contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. We hold collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

Interest rate options issued on residential mortgage loans expose us to interest rate risk, which is economically hedged with forward interest rate contracts. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of other operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Forward interest rate contracts represent commitments to purchase or sell loans at a future date at a specified price. Risks arise from the possible inability of counter-parties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in market rates. Management reviews and approves the creditworthiness of the counterparties to its forward interest rate contracts.

114

Forward foreign exchange contracts represent commitments to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date at a specified price. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Management reviews and approves the creditworthiness of its forward foreign exchange counterparties.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
Commitments to extend credit	$	451,378	$	415,005
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written		13,159		11,056
Financial instruments whose contract amounts exceed the amount of credit risk:
Interest rate options		68,979		63,994
Forward interest rate contracts		33,776		40,658
Forward foreign exchange contracts		547		1,889

25. FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for our financial instruments.

Short-Term Financial Instruments

The carrying values of short-term financial instruments are deemed to approximate fair values. Such instruments are considered readily convertible to cash and include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, accrued interest receivable, the majority of short-term borrowings and accrued interest payable.

Investment Securities

The fair value of investment securities is based on market price quotations received from securities dealers. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities.

Loans

Fair values of loans are estimated based on discounted cash flows of portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics including the type of loan, interest terms and repayment history. Fair values are calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through estimated maturities using estimated market discount rates. Estimated market discount rates are reflective of credit and interest rate risks inherent in the Company’s various loan types and are derived from available market information, as well as specific borrower information.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits and interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, are equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Short-Term Borrowings and Long-Term Debt

The fair value for a portion of our short-term borrowings is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows using rates currently offered for securities of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of our long-term debt, primarily FHLB advances, is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows over the contractual borrowing period at the estimated market rate for similar borrowing arrangements.

115

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

The fair values of off-balance sheet financial instruments are estimated based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties, current settlement values or quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

For derivative financial instruments, the fair values are based upon current settlement values, if available. If there are no relevant comparables, fair values are based on pricing models using current assumptions for interest rate swaps and options.

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time our entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. For example, significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include deferred tax assets, premises and equipment and intangible assets. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in many of the estimates.

	December 31, 2011					December 31, 2010
	Carrying/					Carrying/
	notional		Estimated			notional		Estimated
	amount		fair value			amount		fair value
	(Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks	$	76,233	$	76,233		$	61,725	$	61,725
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		180,839		180,839			729,014		729,014
Investment securities		1,493,925		1,493,970			705,345		705,430
Net loans and leases, including loans held for sale		1,992,644		1,908,557			2,046,338		1,985,261
Accrued interest receivable		11,674		11,674			11,279		11,279
Financial liabilities
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing deposits		729,149		729,149			611,744		611,744
Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits		1,705,551		1,705,551			1,729,361		1,729,361
Time deposits		1,008,828		1,012,121			791,842		793,333
Total deposits		3,443,528		3,446,821			3,132,947		3,134,438
Short-term borrowings		34		34			202,480		202,351
Long-term debt		158,298		89,646			459,803		407,175
Accrued interest payable (included in other liabilities)		10,019		10,019			9,528		9,528
Off-balance sheet financial instruments
Commitments to extend credit		451,378		2,257			415,005		2,075
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written		13,159		99			11,056		83
Interest rate options		68,979		515			63,994		(170	)
Forward interest rate contracts		33,776		(413	)		40,658		682
Forward foreign exchange contracts		547		547			1,889		1,891

Fair Value Measurements

We group our financial assets and liabilities at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the financial assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value as follows:

116

·   Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available.

·   Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

·   Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that requires the use of significant judgment or estimation.

We base our fair values on the price that we would expect to receive if an asset were sold or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We also maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements.

We use fair value measurements to record adjustments to certain financial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available for sale securities and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. From time to time, we may be required to record other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis such as loans held for sale, impaired loans and mortgage servicing rights. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of the lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

				Fair Value at Reporting Date Using
	Fair			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs			Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Value			(Level 1)		(Level 2)			(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Available for sale securities:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities	$	373,177		$	-	$	373,177		$	-
States and political subdivisions		12,994			-		-			12,994
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		1,097,302			-		1,097,302			-
Corporate		8,551			-		8,551			-
Other		970			970		-			-
Derivatives:
Interest rate contracts		102			-		102			-
Amended TARP warrant		(677	)		-		(677	)		-
Total	$	1,492,419		$	970	$	1,478,455		$	12,994
December 31, 2010
Available for sale securities:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities	$	201,855		$	-	$	201,855		$	-
States and political subdivisions		12,619			-		-			12,619
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		486,964			-		486,964			-
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		17			-		-			17
Other		1,062			1,062		-			-
Derivatives:
Interest rate contracts		512			-		512			-
Total	$	703,029		$	1,062	$	689,331		$	12,636

117

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

	Available for sale securities			Available for sale non- agency collateralized mortgage obligations (1)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	13,778		$	46,469
Principal payments received		(1,159	)		(1,052	)
Realized net losses included in net loss		-			(7,275	)
Unrealized net loss included in other comprehensive loss		-			6,222
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net		-			(44,347	)
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	12,619		$	17
Principal payments received		(354	)		(17	)
Unrealized net gain included in other comprehensive income		729			-
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	12,994		$	-
(1) Represents non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations previously classified as Level 2 for which the
market became inactive during 2008; therefore the fair value measurement was derived from discounted cash
flow models using unobservable inputs and assumptions.

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were recorded at fair value on our balance sheet, the following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the respective fair values:

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs		Total
	Value		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Losses
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Loans held for sale (1)	$	12,414	$	-	$	12,414	$	-	$	4,624
Impaired loans (1)		131,836		-		131,836		-		36,566
Other real estate (2)		61,681		-		61,681		-		6,670
									$	47,860
December 31, 2010
Loans held for sale (1)	$	35,300	$	-	$	35,300	$	-	$	1,460
Impaired loans (1)		205,509		-		205,509		-		150,503
Goodwill (3)		-		-		-		-		102,689
Other real estate (2)		57,507		-		57,507		-		7,256
									$	261,908
(1) Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are based on agreed upon
purchase prices for the loans or the appraised value of the collateral.
(2) Represents other real estate that is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell.
Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral.
(3) Represents carrying value subsequent to write-downs for impairment.

118

26. SEGMENT INFORMATION

We have four reportable segments as follows: (1) Commercial Real Estate, (2) Hawaii Market, (3) Treasury, (4) Other. The segments reported are consistent with internal functional reporting lines and are managed separately because each unit has different target markets, technological requirements, marketing strategies and specialized skills.

The Commercial Real Estate segment includes construction and real estate development lending in the markets we serve. The Hawaii Market segment includes retail branch offices, commercial lending, residential mortgage lending and servicing, indirect auto lending, trust services and retail brokerage services, and provides for a full range of deposit and loan products, as well as various other banking services. The Treasury segment is responsible for managing the Company’s investment securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities. The All Others category includes activities such as electronic banking, data processing and management of bank owned properties.

The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in Note 1. The majority of the Company’s net income is derived from net interest income. Accordingly, management focuses primarily on net interest income, rather than gross interest income and expense amounts, in evaluating segment profitability.

Intersegment net interest income (expense) was allocated to each segment based upon a funds transfer pricing process that assigns costs of funds to assets and earnings credits to liabilities based on market interest rates that reflect interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. All administrative and overhead expenses are allocated to the segments at cost. Cash, investment securities, loans and leases and their related balances are allocated to the segment responsible for acquisition and maintenance of those assets. Segment assets also include all premises and equipment used directly in segment operations.

119

Segment profits (losses) and assets are provided in the following table for the periods indicated:

	Commercial			Hawaii						All
	Real Estate			Market			Treasury			Others			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Net interest income	$	26,235		$	68,947		$	22,639		$	-		$	117,821
Intersegment net interest income (expense)		(16,303	)		61,867			(18,609	)		(26,955	)		-
Credit (provision) for loan and lease losses		40,957			(267	)		-			-			40,690
Other operating income		2,578			39,287			7,312			1,004			50,181
Other operating expense		(16,822	)		(92,267	)		(7,163	)		(55,869	)		(172,121	)
Administrative and overhead expense allocation		(4,196	)		(50,212	)		(627	)		55,035			-
Net income (loss)	$	32,449		$	27,355		$	3,552		$	(26,785	)	$	36,571
At December 31, 2011
Investment securities	$	-		$	-		$	1,493,925		$	-		$	1,493,925
Loans and leases (including loans held for sale)		512,051			1,602,686			-			-			2,114,737
Other		13,421			10,437			429,141			71,204			524,203
Total assets	$	525,472		$	1,613,123		$	1,923,066		$	71,204		$	4,132,865
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Net interest income	$	43,632		$	68,049		$	6,972		$	-		$	118,653
Intersegment net interest income (expense)		(30,446	)		34,084			569			(4,207	)		-
Provision for loan and lease losses		(116,416	)		(43,132	)		-			-			(159,548	)
Other operating income		1,007			39,938			8,236			7,855			57,036
Goodwill impairment		-			(102,689	)		-			-			(102,689	)
Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)		(22,182	)		(85,078	)		(8,059	)		(49,086	)		(164,405	)
Administrative and overhead expense allocation		(5,021	)		(40,689	)		(426	)		46,136			-
Net income (loss)	$	(129,426	)	$	(129,517	)	$	7,292		$	698		$	(250,953	)
At December 31, 2010
Investment securities	$	-		$	-		$	705,345		$	-		$	705,345
Loans and leases (including loans held for sale)		699,344			1,539,848			-			-			2,239,192
Other		(49,396	)		6,228			958,665			78,017			993,514
Total assets	$	649,948		$	1,546,076		$	1,664,010		$	78,017		$	3,938,051
Year ended December 31, 2009:
Net interest income	$	86,739		$	66,939		$	20,844		$	-		$	174,522
Intersegment net interest income (expense)		(49,969	)		54,330			(13,525	)		9,164			-
Provision for loan and lease losses		(304,076	)		(44,725	)		-			-			(348,801	)
Other operating income		1,198			44,084			7,937			4,194			57,413
Goodwill impairment		-			(50,000	)		-			-			(50,000	)
Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)		(29,394	)		(85,902	)		(2,921	)		(48,659	)		(166,876	)
Administrative and overhead expense allocation		(5,072	)		(37,068	)		(357	)		42,497			-
Income taxes		16,588			6,271			(1,795	)		(1,069	)		19,995
Net income (loss)	$	(283,986	)	$	(46,071	)	$	10,183		$	6,127		$	(313,747	)

27. PARENT COMPANY AND REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

At December 31, 2011, the accumulated deficit of the parent company, Central Pacific Financial Corp., included $439.2 million of equity in undistributed losses of Central Pacific Bank.

Central Pacific Bank, as a Hawaii state-chartered bank, is prohibited from declaring or paying dividends greater than its retained earnings. As of December 31, 2011, the bank had an accumulated deficit of $441.5 million. For further information, see Note 15.

120

In December 2009, the Board of Directors of Central Pacific Bank agreed to the Consent Order with the FDIC and DFI. In May 2011, the Consent Order was lifted and replaced with the Bank MOU, as described in Note 3.

In addition to the Bank MOU, in July 2010, Central Pacific Financial Corp. entered into the Written Agreement with the FRBSF, as described in Note 3.

Section 131 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) required the FRB, FDIC, the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision (collectively, the “Agencies”) to develop a mechanism to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions. The final rules to implement FDICIA’s Prompt Corrective Action provisions established minimum regulatory capital standards to determine an insured depository institution’s capital category. However, the Agencies may impose higher minimum standards on individual institutions or may downgrade an institution from one capital category to a lower capital category because of safety and soundness concerns.

The Prompt Corrective Action provisions impose certain restrictions on institutions that are undercapitalized. The restrictions become increasingly more severe as an institution’s capital category declines from undercapitalized to critically undercapitalized.

The following table sets forth actual and required capital and capital ratios for the Company and the bank, as well as the minimum capital adequacy requirements applicable generally to all financial institutions as of the dates indicated. At December 31, 2011, each of the Company and the bank was in compliance with the minimum ratios required by the Bank MOU and the levels required for a well-capitalized regulatory designation.

					Minimum required to be				Minimum required
	Actual				adequately capitalized				to be well-capitalized
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in thousands)
Company
As of December 31, 2011:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	555,315	22.9	%	$	96,845	4.0	%	$	145,267	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		586,802	24.2			193,690	8.0			242,112	10.0
Leverage capital		555,315	13.8			161,218	4.0			201,522	5.0
As of December 31, 2010:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	180,626	7.6	%	$	94,544	4.0	%	$	141,815	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		212,259	9.0			189,087	8.0			236,359	10.0
Leverage capital		180,626	4.4			163,454	4.0			204,318	5.0
Central Pacific Bank
As of December 31, 2011:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	524,057	21.6	%	$	96,916	4.0	%	$	145,375	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		555,566	22.9			193,833	8.0			242,291	10.0
Leverage capital		524,057	13.0			161,259	4.0			201,574	5.0
As of December 31, 2010:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	197,626	8.4	%	$	94,592	4.0	%	$	141,888	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		229,271	9.7			189,183	8.0			236,479	10.0
Leverage capital		197,626	4.8			163,500	4.0			204,376	5.0

121

Condensed financial statements, solely of the parent company, Central Pacific Financial Corp., follow:

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	45,626		$	6,000
Investment securities available for sale		970			1,062
Investment in subsidiary bank, at equity in underlying net assets		530,173			188,047
Investment in other subsidiaries, at equity in underlying assets		541			527
Accrued interest receivable and other assets		7,410			6,793
Total assets	$	584,720		$	202,429
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Long-term debt	$	108,249		$	108,249
Other liabilities		20,031			28,128
Total liabilities		128,280			136,377
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
none and 135,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively		-			130,458
Common stock, no par value, authorized 185,000,000 shares; issued and
outstanding 41,749,116 and 1,527,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and
2010, respectively		784,539			404,167
Surplus		66,585			63,308
Accumulated deficit		(396,848	)		(517,316	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		2,164			(14,565	)
Total shareholders' equity		456,440			66,052
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	584,720		$	202,429

122

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Statements of Operations

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Income:
Dividends from other subsidiaries	$	-		$	-		$	8
Interest income:
Interest and dividends on investment securities		-			11			18
Interest from subsidiary banks		109			12			52
Other income		1,047			107			220
Total income		1,156			130			298
Expense:
Interest on long-term debt		3,392			3,324			3,884
Other expenses		3,584			6,039			5,984
Total expenses		6,976			9,363			9,868
Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed income
(loss) of subsidiaries		(5,820	)		(9,233	)		(9,570	)
Income tax expense		-			-			3,121
Loss before equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries		(5,820	)		(9,233	)		(12,691	)
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary bank		42,377			(241,720	)		(301,067	)
Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries		14			-			11
Net income (loss)	$	36,571		$	(250,953	)	$	(313,747	)

123

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	36,571		$	(250,953	)	$	(313,747	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		-			(73	)		3,947
Equity in (income) loss of subsidiary bank		(42,377	)		241,720			301,067
Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries		(14	)		-			(11	)
Share-based compensation		153			56			86
Other, net		4,755			8,904			5,979
Net cash used in operating activities		(912	)		(346	)		(2,679	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale		-			335			-
Investment in subsidiary bank		(283,000	)		-			(135,000	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(283,000	)		335			(135,000	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants		-			-			134,403
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option exercises		323,538			(1,023	)		2,255
Dividends paid		-			-			(2,362	)
Other, net		-			147			-
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		323,538			(876	)		134,296
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		39,626			(887	)		(3,383	)
Cash and cash equivalents
At beginning of year		6,000			6,887			10,270
At end of year	$	45,626		$	6,000		$	6,887

124

28. UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

	First			Second			Third			Fourth
	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Full Year
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2011:
Interest income	$	34,363		$	34,184		$	34,330		$	33,573		$	136,450
Interest expense		6,162			5,205			4,501			2,761			18,629
Net interest income		28,201			28,979			29,829			30,812			117,821
Credit for loan and lease losses		(1,575	)		(8,784	)		(19,116	)		(11,215	)		(40,690	)
Net interest income after credit for loan
and lease losses		29,776			37,763			48,945			42,027			158,511
Investment securities gains		-			261			-			1,045			1,306
Income before income taxes		4,639			8,211			11,626			12,095			36,571
Net income		4,639			8,211			11,626			12,095			36,571
Basic earnings per share		4.59			0.20			0.28			0.29			3.36
Diluted earnings per share		4.58			0.20			0.28			0.29			3.31
2010:
Interest income	$	46,261		$	40,100		$	38,038		$	36,355		$	160,754
Interest expense		11,192			10,904			10,669			9,336			42,101
Net interest income		35,069			29,196			27,369			27,019			118,653
Provision for loan and lease losses		58,837			20,412			79,893			406			159,548
Net interest income (loss) after provision
for loan and lease losses		(23,768	)		8,784			(52,524	)		26,613			(40,895	)
Investment securities gains		831			-			-			-			831
Loss before income taxes		(160,219	)		(16,105	)		(72,544	)		(2,085	)		(250,953	)
Net loss		(160,219	)		(16,105	)		(72,544	)		(2,085	)		(250,953	)
Basic and diluted loss per share		(107.23	)		(12.01	)		(49.27	)		(2.78	)		(171.13	)

29. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

There were no material subsequent events that have occurred which would require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.

125

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.    Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report, or the Evaluation Date. Based on that evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.    Management of Central Pacific Financial Corp., together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As of the end of the Company’s 2011 fiscal year, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 is effective.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.    There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

126

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Except as hereinafter noted, the information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Directors’ and Executive Officers’ Information” of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2012 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Information concerning the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics is set forth above under “Available Information” and incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Code of Conduct & Ethics” of the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers” of the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement.

Information concerning the members of the Compensation Committee of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” of the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement.

Information concerning the report of the Compensation Committee of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation Committee Report” of the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Introduction—Principal Shareholders,” and “Introduction—Security Ownership of Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers” of the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement.

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2011 regarding securities issued under our equity compensation plans that were in effect during fiscal 2011.

				(c)
				Number of securities
				remaining available for
	(a)	(b)		future issuance under
	Number of securities	Weighted-average		equity compensation
	be issued upon exercise	exercise price of		plans (excluding
	of outstanding options,	outstanding options,		securities reflected
Plan Category	warrants and rights	warrants and rights		in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	40,166	$	428.16	2,539,341
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	—		—	—
Total	40,166	$	428.16	2,539,341

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence and Relationships, and Loans to Related Persons” of the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement.

Information concerning director independence is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence and Relationships” of the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Discussion of Proposals Recommended by the Board of Directors—Proposal 2—Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Services Rendered By and Fees Paid To Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement.

127

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) 1.           Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8 of this report:

Central Pacific Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a) 2. All schedules required by this Item 15(a) 2 are omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(a) 3. Exhibits

Exhibit No.	Document
3.1	Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant *
3.2	Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (1)
4.1	Form of Amended and Restated Warrant to purchase up to 79,288 shares of Common Stock, issued on February 18, 2011 (2)
4.2	Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which includes the Form of Certificate of Designation for the Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, as Exhibit A, Form of Right Certificate as Exhibit B and Form of Summary of Terms as Exhibit C (3)
10.1	License and Service Agreement dated December 23, 2004 by and between the Registrant and Fiserv Solutions, Inc. (4)
10.2	Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan (5) (6)
10.3	Central Pacific Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (6) (7)
10.4	The Registrant’s 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (6) (7)
10.5	The Registrant’s Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (6) (8)
10.6	The Registrant’s 2004 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended (6) *
10.7	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (6) (9)
10.8	Compensation Agreement, effective as of September 14, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Clinton L. Arnoldus (6) (10)
10.9	Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Blenn A. Fujimoto, effective July 1, 2005 (6) (11)

128

Exhibit No.	Document
10.10	Amendment No. 1 to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Blenn A. Fujimoto, effective December 31, 2008 (4) (6)
10.11	Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Dean K. Hirata, effective July 1, 2005 (6) (11)
10.12	Amendment No. 1 to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Dean K. Hirata, effective December 31, 2008 (4) (6)
10.13	The Registrant’s Long-Term Executive Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 2005 (6) (12)
10.14	Amendment No. 2008-1 to the Registrant’s Long-Term Executive Incentive Plan (4) (6)
10.15	The Registrant’s 2004 Annual Executive Incentive Plan (6) (9)
10.16	Amendment No. 2008-1 to the Registrant’s 2004 Annual Executive Incentive Plan dated December 31, 2008 (4) (6)
10.17	Retirement Agreement of Clint Arnoldus dated March 10, 2008 (6) (13)
10.18	Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with Federal Home Loan Bank Seattle dated June 23, 2004 (14)
10.19	Letter Agreement, dated January 9, 2009, including the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Registrant and the Treasury (15)
10.20	Lending Agreement with Federal Reserve Banks effective October 15, 2006 (16)
10.21	Compensation Agreement with John C. Dean dated May 24, 2010 (6) (17)
10.22	Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with John C. Dean dated May 24, 2010 (6) (17)
10.23	Written Agreement by and among the Registrant, Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco and Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions dated July 2, 2010 (18)
10.24	Compensation Agreement with Lawrence D. Rodriguez dated August 27, 2010 (6) (19)
10.25	Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with Lawrence D. Rodriguez dated August 27, 2010 (6) (19)
10.26	Investment Agreement, dated November 4, 2010, between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (15)
10.27	Investment Agreement, dated November 4, 2010, between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (15)
10.28	Employment Agreement with A. Catherine Ngo dated November 23, 2010 (6) (20)
10.29	Amendment No. 1 dated December 20, 2010 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (21)
10.30	Amendment No. 1 dated December 20, 2010 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (21)
10.31	Form of Subscription Agreement by and between the Registrant and the Additional Investors (22)
10.32	Amendment No. 2 dated February 10, 2011 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (23)

129

Exhibit No.	Document
10.33	Amendment No. 2 dated February 10, 2011 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (23)
10.34	Exchange Agreement dated February 17, 2011 between the Registrant and the United States Department of the Treasury (2)
10.35	Memorandum of Understanding, dated May 5, 2011, with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Hawaii Department of Financial Institutions (24)
10.36	Amendment No. 2011-1 to the Registrant’s 2004 Annual Executive Incentive Plan (6) (25)
12.1	Statements re. Computation of Ratios *
14.1	The Registrant’s Code of Conduct and Ethics (12)
14.2	The Registrant’s Code of Conduct and Ethics for Senior Financial Officers (12)
21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant *
23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm *
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *
32.1	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 **
32.2	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 **
99.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 *
99.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 *
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document*
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*

130

* Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.

All of the references to Form 8-K, Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form DEF 14A and Form S-1/A identified in the exhibit index have SEC file number 0-10777.

Upon request of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we will furnish any agreements relating to our long-term debt not otherwise contained herein.

(1) Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2012.

(2) Filed as Exhibit 10.1 and Annex A to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2011.

(3) Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2010.

(4) Filed as Exhibits 10.1, 10.15, 10.17, 10.19 and 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009.

(5) Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 1992.

(6) Denotes management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

(7) Filed as Exhibits 10.8 and 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 1997.

(8) Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2001.

(9) Filed as Exhibits 10.9 and 10.20 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2005.

(10) Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004.

(11) Filed as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 31, 2006.

(12) Filed as Exhibits 10.19, 14.1 and 14.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2006.

(13) Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2008.

(14) Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2008.

(15) Filed as Exhibits 10.20, 10.32 and 10.33 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2011.

(16) Filed as Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010.

(17) Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2010.

131

(18) Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 9, 2010.

(19) Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2010.

(20) Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2010.

(21) Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2010.

(22) Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 27, 2010.

(23) Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2011.

(24) Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 13, 2011.

(25) Filed as Appendix B to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2011.

132

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: February 28, 2012
	CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. (Registrant)
	/s/ John C. Dean
	John C. Dean President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ John C. Dean	President and Chief Executive Officer	February 28, 2012
John C. Dean
/s/ Denis K. Isono	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	February 28, 2012
Denis K. Isono
/s/ Alvaro J. Aguirre	Director	February 28, 2012
Alvaro J. Aguirre
/s/ James F. Burr	Director	February 28, 2012
James F. Burr
/s/ Christine H. H. Camp	Director	February 28, 2012
Christine H. H. Camp
/s/ Earl E. Fry	Director	February 28, 2012
Earl E. Fry
/s/ Paul J. Kosasa	Director	February 28, 2012
Paul J. Kosasa
/s/ Duane K. Kurisu	Director	February 28, 2012
Duane K. Kurisu
/s/ Colbert M. Matsumoto	Director	February 28, 2012
Colbert M. Matsumoto
/s/ Crystal K. Rose	Director	February 28, 2012
Crystal K. Rose

133

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP.

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation shall be CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP.

ARTICLE II

The place of the principal office of the Corporation shall be at Honolulu, City and County of Honolulu, State of Hawaii; 50 North King Street, Honolulu, Hawaii 96817, there may be such subordinate or branch offices in such place or places within or without said State as may be deemed necessary or requisite by the Board of Directors to transact the business of the Corporation, which business may be conducted anywhere in the world, with such branch or subordinate offices to be in charge of such person or persons as may be appointed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III

The primary specific purpose for which said Corporation is organized is to own and hold the stocks, bonds, and other securities of other corporation, to receive the dividends, interest, and income thereon, and to distribute the same to stockholders of this Corporation; to acquire, own and hold the stocks, bonds, and other securities and evidences of indebtedness of any corporation, domestic or foreign, and to issue in exchange therefor, its own stocks, the purport and intent of the powers herein defined being that this Corporation is organized primarily for the purpose of owing and holding property; and distributing its avails, and doing such acts as are necessary for the maintenance of its corporate existence and management of its internal affairs.

l. In addition to the foregoing, the said Corporation is organized for the following purposes, including the transaction of any or all lawful businesses for which corporations may be incorporated pursuant to Chapter 416, Hawaii Revised Statutes, and shall have the following powers:

(a) Without restrictions or limit as to amount, to buy or otherwise acquire, own, hold, use, improve, develop, subdivide, mortgage, lease or take on lease, sell, convey and in any and every other manner deal in and with and dispose of real estate, buildings and other improvements, hereditaments, easements and appurtenances of every kind in connection therewith, or any estate or interests therein, of any tenure or description, on any terms or conditions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and also any and all kinds of chattels, goods, wares, merchandise, and agricultural, manufacturing and mercantile products and commodities, and patents, licenses, debentures, securities, stocks, bonds, commercial paper, and other forms of assets, rights and interests and evidences of  property or indebtedness, tangible or intangible; to take or hold mortgages for any unpaid balance of the purchase money on any of the lands, buildings or other improvements and properties sold, and to sell, foreclose or otherwise dispose of said mortgages;

(b) To manufacture, purchase, sell, exchange, export and import and otherwise deal in all kinds of goods, wares and merchandise; to engage in such other business as may be necessary, suitable or proper to the accomplishment of the purposes connected with or relating thereto;

(c) To acquire any and all rights, permits, privileges and franchises suitable or convenient for the purposes of the Corporation;

(d) To acquire and carry on all or any part of the business or property and to undertake any liabilities of any person, firm, association, estate, company, or corporation and as the consideration for the same to pay cash, property, and/or to issue any shares of stock and/or obligations of this Corporation;

(e) To enter into limited or general partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, joint adventure, reciprocal considerations or cooperation with any persons, partnerships, or corporations, syndicates, companies, trusts and associations of all kinds carrying on, engaged in, or about to carry on or engage in, any business or transaction which the Corporation is authorized to carry on or engage in, or in which the Corporation shall have directly  or indirectly any interest, or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit this Corporation, and to take or otherwise acquire and hold, sell, reissue, or otherwise deal with shares of stock in or securities or obligations of, to advance and lend money, with or without security, and to subsidize or otherwise assist any such company, and to guarantee the principal or interest of any such security obligations, or any dividends upon any such shares of stock, and to discharge and cancel without  payment any indebtedness thus arising;

(f) To purchase and acquire from any of its officers, directors, or stockholders, any property, interests, or shares of stock and other assets belonging to them or any of them which the Board of Directors may deem it advisable to acquire;

(g) To purchase and acquire shares of the capital stock (of any class), bonds, and other obligations of this Corporation, from time to time, to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as its Board of Directors shall determine; and from time to time to accept any such shares, bonds, and obligations as security for, or in payment on accounts, or in satisfaction of, any claims, or demands of this Corporation, and to reissue the same from time to time, upon such terms, prices, and conditions as may be fixed by its Board of Directors or Executive Committee;

(h) To acquire by purchase, subscription, or otherwise, and to own, hold, sell, negotiate, assign, deal in, exchange, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares of the capital stock, script, or any voting trust certificates in respect of the shares of capital stock of, or any bonds, mortgages, securities, or evidence of indebtedness issued or created by, any other corporation, joint stock company, or association, public or private, or of the government of the United States of America, or of any foreign government, or of any state, territory, municipality, or other political subdivision or of any governmental agency; and to issue in exchange therefor, in the manner permitted by law, shares of the capital stock, bonds, or other obligations of the Corporation; and while the holder or owner of any such shares of capital stock, script, voting trust certificates, bonds, mortgages, or other securities or evidence of indebtedness, to possess and exercise in respect thereof any and all rights, powers, and privileges of ownership, including the right to vote thereon;

(i) To borrow and/or raise money and/or to obtain and maintain credit for any of the purposes of the Corporation, in any amount, even in excess of its capital stock, by the sale or issue of bonds, notes, debentures, collateral trust certificates, or other obligations of any nature, or in any manner, and to secure the same by mortgage or other liens upon any and all of the property, real, personal, or in action, of every description whatsoever, or any portion thereof, of this Corporation, whether at the time owned or thereafter acquired, or to issue bonds, debentures, debenture stock, warrants, notes or other obligations without any security and with the right to subordinate payment of such obligations to other borrowings whether made before, simultaneous with, or after the issue of said obligations; to redeem any debt or other obligation before the same shall fall due, on any terms and at any advance or premium;

(j) The Corporation, at the time of its organization, or at any time or times thereafter, may purchase or acquire shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, and other securities or obligations, or any property, real, personal, or mixed, from any person or persons, corporation or corporations, who may be promoters, officers, or directors of this Corporation, and each stockholder of this Corporation shall be deemed, by reason of his having become such, to have waived any and all objections to such acquisition of shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, and other securities, obligations, or property, real, personal, or mixed, and to have agreed that no promoter, officer, or director shall be liable to account to this Corporation for any profit or benefit derived by him by reason of such transaction;

(k) The Corporation shall possess all the powers necessary to conduct said businesses and to carry out the purposes and objects herein expressed, and shall have all the powers now or hereafter expressly conferred upon corporations under the laws of the State of Hawaii, together with such additional and implied powers as may now or hereafter be provided thereby, including, but not limited to, the right to incur debts in excess of its capital stock.

2. The clauses set forth in this Article II are to be construed both as purposes and powers; and it is hereby expressly provided that the enumeration herein of specific purposes and powers shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers of the Corporation.  It is the intention that the purposes, objects, and powers specified in each of the said clauses shall, except as otherwise expressly provided, in no wise be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other clause or paragraph of this article, or of any other article of these Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE IV

1. The amount of authorized capital stock of the Corporation shall be ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY FIVE MILLION (185,000,000) shares of common stock, no par value per share, and ONE MILLION (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, no par value per share.  The Corporation shall have the privilege of subsequent extensions of its capital stock from time to time in the manner provided by law.

Upon the filing and effectiveness (the "Effective Time") pursuant to the Hawaii Business Corporation Act of these Articles of Amendment, each twenty (20) shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be combined into one (1) validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof (the "Reverse Stock Split"). No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. For each holder of Common Stock, the number of shares held before the Reverse Stock Split will be divided by twenty (20) and, if the resulting number is not a whole number, then such number will be rounded up to the next nearest whole number. Each certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Common Stock ("Old Certificates"), shall thereafter represent that number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Common Stock represented by the Old Certificate shall have been combined, subject to the rounding of fractional numbers as described above.

2. No shares of stock shall be sold or transferred except in accordance with the provisions of the by-laws of this Corporation.

3. All future issues of stock, whether at present authorized or future increases, shall, from time to time, be subject to the sale and disposal by the Board of Directors at such price, to the purchasers, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interests of the Corporation; and this provision shall apply also to any issue of notes, bonds, debentures, warrants, rights or preferred stock, that shall be hereinafter authorized, which are convertible into common or preferred stock.

4. The Corporation shall have power from time to time to create an additional class or additional classes of shares of capital stock with such preferences, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications thereof as shall be fixed by the resolution authorizing the issuance thereof.

5. Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the rights of the holders of all classes of stock of the Corporation in respect of dividends shall at all times be subject to the power of the Board of Directors from time to time to set aside such reserves and/or to make such other provision, if any, for working capital and for additions and improvements to its plant, for acquisition of real or personal property for the enlargement of its business, for general expansion of its business, and for any other reserve or reserves for any proper purpose as said Board shall deem to be necessary or advisable.

6. The name of the initial subscriber for shares, the number of shares subscribed for by such initial subscriber, the subscription price for such shares, and the amount of capital and paid-in-surplus paid in by such initial subscriber, whether in cash, non-cash consideration, or a combination of both, are as follows:

Name of Subscriber	No. of Shares Subscribed	Subscription Price	Amount  of Capital Paid-In, In Cash	Amount of Capital Paid In, by Non-Cash Consideration	Amount of Paid-In Surplus Paid In, In Cash	Amount of Paid-In Surplus Paid In, by Non- Cash Consideration
SAKAE TAKAHASHI	68	$   340.00	$   340.00	NONE	NONE	NONE
YOSHIHARU SATOH	66	330.00	330.00	NONE	NONE	NONE
MINORU UEDA	66	330.00	330.00	NONE	NONE	NONE
	200	$1,000.00	$1,000.00

7. Pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of its Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of Preferred Stock, no par value per share, of the Company and hereby states the designation and number of shares, and fixes the relative rights, preferences and limitations thereof as follows:

Section 1.  Designation and Amount.

The shares of such series shall be designated as “Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series A” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be Five Hundred Thousand (500,000).  Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights, or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Company convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.

Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.

(A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock of the Company, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September, and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $l.00 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, one hundred (100) times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and one hundred (100) times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.  In the event the Company shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) The Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $l.00 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding on the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

Section 3.  Voting Rights.

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one hundred (100) votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.  In the event the Company shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Statement of Designation creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Company having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Company.

(C) Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

Section 4.  Certain Restrictions.

(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Company shall not:

(i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock provided that the Company may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Company ranking junior (as to dividends and upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred; or

(iv) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a  purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(B) The Company shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Company unless the Company could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 5.  Reacquired Shares.

Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of the Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, or in any other Statement of Designation creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.

Section 6.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, no distribution shall be made (A) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment provided that the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to one hundred (100) times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (B) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a party (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratable on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  In the event the Company shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause (A) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 7.  Consolidation, Merger, etc.

In case the Company shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination, or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash, and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to one hundred (100) times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash, and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.  In the event the Company shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 8.  No Redemption.

The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

Section 9.  Rank.

The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, junior to all series of any other class of the Company’s Preferred Stock.

Section 10.  Amendment.

The Articles of Incorporation of the Company shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE V

l. There shall be a Board of Directors of not less than five (5) members, who shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, as, and in the manner prescribed in the By-Laws of the Corporation.  At least one member of the Board of Directors shall be a resident of the State of Hawaii.  The directors shall be elected or appointed and any vacancies at any time occurring shall be filled by the stockholders or the directors or any thereof in such manner and for such terms as the by-laws may prescribe.

Except as otherwise limited by these Articles, By-Laws, or by law, all corporate powers and authority of the Corporation shall be vested in the Board of Directors; however, an Executive Committee may be appointed by the Board of Directors as provided in the By-Laws and during the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee shall possess and may execute any of the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors.

2. The officers of the Corporation shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors as shall be prescribed by the by-laws.  There may also be as officers of the Corporation a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, secretaries and treasurers.  The officers need not be stockholders, except as may otherwise be provided by the by-laws of the Corporation.  There may also be such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require, who shall be elected or appointed as the by-laws may prescribe.  The same person may hold at the same time two or more offices.

3. The persons who are the first officers and directors of the Corporation who shall serve until the first annual meeting of the shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualify, are as follows:

YOSHIHARU SATOH	President and Director
Residence Address	616 Ulili Street
	Honolulu, Hawaii 968l6
MINORU UEDA	Executive Vice President and Director
Residence Address	2499 Kapiolani Boulevard, Apartment 1701
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96826
HAROLD YAMANAKA	Senior Vice President and Secretary
Residence Address	314 Puamamane Street
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96821
DONALD KAMEMOTO	Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Residence Address	1480 Akeke Place
	Kailua, Hawaii 96734
DANIEL K. INOUYE	Director
Residence Address	469 Ena Road
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96815
PAUL DEVENS	Director
Residence Address	5631 Hoihi Place
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96821
ALICE F. GUILD	Director
Residence Address	2108 Keeaumoku Street
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96834
DENNIS I. HIROTA	Director
Residence Address	1279 Puualoha Street
	Kailua, Hawaii 96734
CHARLES H. KIMURA	Director
Residence Address	738 Honua Street
	Honolulu, Hawaii  96816
SIDNEY S. KOSASA	Director
Residence Address	820 Onaha Street
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96816
EATON MAGOON, JR.	Director
Residence Address	3641 Diamond Head Road
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96816
WALLACE Y. MATSUMOTO	Director
Residence Address	3062 Kahaloa Drive
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96822
SHINSUKE NAKAMINE	Director
Residence Address	414 Uhini Place
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96813
ELTON H. SAKAMOTO	Director
Residence Address	1133 Nehoa Street
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96822
SAKAE TAKAHASHI	Director
Residence Address	3828 Old Pali Road
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96817
GORDON I. TANIOKA	Director
Residence Address	2904 Oahu Avenue
	Honolulu, Hawaii 96822
LESTER B. K. YEE	Director
Residence Address	4145 Papu Circle
	Honolulu, Hawaii 968l6

4.   No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any other corporation or any firm, association or other organization, and no act of the Corporation, shall in any way be affected or invalidated by the fact that any of the directors or officers of the Corporation are parties to such contract or transaction or act or are pecuniarily or otherwise interested in the same or are directors or officers or members of any such corporation or any such firm, association or other corporation; provided that the interest of such director or officer shall be disclosed or shall have been known to the Board of Directors authorizing or approving the same, or to a majority thereof.  Any director of the Corporation who is pecuniarily or otherwise interested in or is a director or officer or member of such other corporation or any other firm, association or other organization, may be counted in determining a quorum of any meeting of the Board of Directors which shall authorize or approve any such contract, transaction or act, and may vote thereon with like force and effect as if he were in no way interested therein.  Neither any director or officer of the Corporation, being so interested in any such contract, transaction, or act of the Corporation which shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, nor any corporation, firm, association, or other organization in which such director, or officer may be interested, shall be liable or accountable to the Corporation, or to any stockholder thereof, for any loss incurred by the Corporation pursuant to or by reason of such contract, transaction or act, or for any gain received by any such other party pursuant thereto or by reason thereof.

5. Any director of the Corporation may vote upon any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any subsidiary or affiliated corporation, including any corporation which owns all or substantially all of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, without regard to the fact that he may also be a director or officer or stockholder of or otherwise interested in or connected with such subsidiary or affiliated corporation; and no contract or other transaction entered into by and between the Corporation and any such subsidiary or affiliated corporation shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any director or officer of the Corporation may also be a director, officer, or stockholder of or otherwise interested in or connected with such subsidiary or affiliated corporation, or by the fact that said contract or transaction may be entered into by officers of the Corporation or may be authorized or ratified by the vote of the directors who may also be directors, officers, or stockholders of or otherwise interested in or connected with such subsidiary or affiliated corporation.

ARTICLE VI

1. The Corporation hereby organized shall be a body corporate under the laws of the State of Hawaii, with all rights, powers, privileges and immunities which are now or may hereafter be secured by law to corporations, and shall be subject to all general laws now in effect or hereafter enacted in regard to corporations.

2. The Corporation shall have succession by its corporate name for a term of perpetual duration and shall have all the powers herein enumerated or implied herefrom, and the powers now or which may hereafter be provided by law for incorporated companies.

ARTICLE VII

Service of legal process may be made upon the Corporation in the manner provided by law.

ARTICLE VIII

SPECIAL VOTING PROVISIONS

1.           Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

1.1   Higher Vote for Certain Business Combinations.

In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or these Articles of Incorporation and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2 of this Article VIII the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class shall be required for any of the following:

(l) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (i) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder, or

(2) any sale, lease, license, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of $2,000,000 or more; or

(3) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $2,000,000 or more; or

(4) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidated or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on  behalf of an Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder, or

(5) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;

The affirmative vote required in this Section 1.1 of Article VIII shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

1.2   Definition of "Business Combination".

The term "Business Combination" as used in this Article VIII shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of clauses (l) through (5) of Section 1.1 of this Section 1.

2.           When Higher Vote is Not Required.

The provisions of Section 1 shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and by any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, if all of the conditions specified in either of the following Sections 2.1 or 2.2 are met:

2.1   Approval by Disinterested Directors.

The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined).

2.2   Price and Procedural Requirements.

All of the following conditions shall have been met:

(1) the aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of the Corporation's common stock, no par value ("Common Stock") in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the higher of the following:

(a) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares of Common Stock acquired by it (i) within the five-year period immediately prior to the first public announcement of the terms of the proposed Business Combination (the "Announcement Date") or (ii) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher; and

(b) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder (such latter date is referred to in this Article VIII as the "Determination Date"), whichever is higher.

(2) The aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class of outstanding Voting Stock other than Common Stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended that the requirements of this clause (2) shall be required to be met with respect to every class of outstanding Voting Stock, whether or not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

(a) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by it (i) within the five-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or (ii) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher;

(b) the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher, and

(c) (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

(3) The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Stockholder has previously paid for shares of such class of Voting Stock.  If the Interested Stockholder has paid for shares of any class of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.  The price determined in accordance with clauses (l) and (2) of this Section 2.2 shall be subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event.

(4) After such Interested Stockholder has proposed such a Business Combination and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination:  (a) except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full semi-annual dividends (whether or not cumulative) on the outstanding Preferred Stock of the Corporation; (b) there shall have been (i) no reduction in that semi-annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, and (ii) an increase in such quarterly rate of dividends paid on such Common Stock as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors; and (c) such Interested Stockholder shall not have become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part of the transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder.

(5) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any subsequent provisions replacing such) (hereinafter referred to as the "Act"), and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder shall be mailed to public stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to the Act).

(6) The holders of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock not beneficially owned by the Interested Stockholder prior to the consummation of any Business Combination shall be entitled to receive in such Business Combination cash or other consideration for their shares of such Voting Stock in compliance with clauses (l), (2) and (3) of Section 2.2 of Article VIII (provided, however, that the failure of any such holders who are exercising their statutory rights to dissent from such Business Combination and receive payment of the fair value of their shares to exchange their shares in such Business Combination shall not be deemed to have prevented the condition set forth in this clause (6) from being satisfied).

3.           Certain Definitions.

For the purpose of this Article VIII the following shall be deemed to have the meanings specified below:

3.1           The term "person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.

3.2 The term "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

(1) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

(2) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the five-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

(3) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the five-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by an Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any subsequent provisions replacing such).

3.3           A person shall be deemed a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

(l) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

(2) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (a) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

(3) which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.

3.4 For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Stockholder pursuant to Section 3.2 of Article VIII, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of Section 3.3 of Article VIII but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

3.5 The terms "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Act, as in effect on November 1, 1986.

3.6 The term "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in Section 3.2 of Article VIII, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

3.7 The term "Fair Market Value" shall mean: (l) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any similar system then in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors in good faith, in each case with respect to any class of such stock, appropriately adjusted for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or any subdivision or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a greater number of shares of such stock or any combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock; and (2) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors in good faith.

3.8 In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation is the survivor, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used in clauses (l) and (2) of Section 2.2 of Article VIII shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

3.9 The term "Disinterested Director" shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and who was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the Determination Date, and any successor of a Disinterested Director who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and is recommended to succeed a Disinterested Director by a majority of the total number of Disinterested Directors then on the Board of Directors.

3.10 References to "highest per share price" shall in each case with respect to any class of stock reflect an appropriate adjustment for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or any subdivision or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a greater number of shares of such stock or any combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock.

4.           Powers of the Board of Directors.

A majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine for the purpose of this Article VIII, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, whether a person is an Interested Stockholder.  Once the Board of Directors has made a determination, pursuant to the preceding sentence, that a person is an Interested Stockholder, a majority of the total number of Directors of the Corporation who would qualify as Disinterested Directors shall have the power and duty to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article VIII, and to determine on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry all facts necessary to ascertain compliance with this Article VIII, including, without limitation, (A) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, (B) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (C) whether the assets which are the subject of any Business Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of $2,000,000 or more and (D) whether all of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.2 of this Article VIII have been met with respect to any Business Combination.  Any determination pursuant to this Section 4 made in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on all parties.

5.           No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Stockholders.

Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

6.           Amendment, Repeal, Etc.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the Hawaii Business Corporation Act, including, without limitation, Hawaii Revised Statutes, Section 414-222, as the Hawaii Business Corporation Act now exists or hereafter may be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, if permitted by law, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide a broader limitation on monetary liability than permitted before that amendment), no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any action taken, or any failure to take any action, as a director.

2. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of that repeal or modification.

ARTICLE X

1. The Corporation may amend these Articles of Incorporation at any time in the manner now or hereafter prescribed or permitted by law, provided that, except as otherwise provided in these Articles of Incorporation, any amendment shall be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon, unless any class of shares is entitled to vote thereon as a separate voting group, in which event the proposed amendment shall be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of each class of shares entitled to vote thereon as a separate voting group and of the total shares entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE XI

Ownership Limit

Section 1.                      Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article XI, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to the extent not included within the foregoing, shall also include with respect to any Person, any other Person whose Stock would be deemed to be (i) constructively owned by such first Person, (ii) owned by a “single entity” as defined in Section 1.382-3(a)(1) of the Treasury Regulations, or (iii) otherwise aggregated with shares owned by such first Person, in each case pursuant to the provisions of the Code, or any successor or replacement provision, and the Treasury Regulations thereunder;

A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of, and shall be deemed to “Beneficially Own,” and shall have “Beneficial Ownership” of, any Stocks (i) which such Person directly owns or (ii) which such Person would be deemed to own constructively pursuant to Section 382 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (including as a result of the deemed exercise of an “option” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-4(d) and including, without duplication, Stock owned by any Affiliate of such Person); provided that a Person shall not be treated as “Beneficially Owning” Stock pursuant to clause (i) above to the extent that such Person does not have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, such Stock;

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in Hawaii are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

“Close of Business” on any given date shall mean 5:00 p.m., Hawaii time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 p.m., Hawaii time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time or any successor statute;

“Common Shares” when used with reference to the Corporation shall mean the shares of common stock, no par value per share, of the Corporation;

“Exempt Person” means the Corporation, any Subsidiary (in each case including, without limitation, in any fiduciary capacity), any employee benefit plan or compensation arrangement of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or any entity or trustee holding Stock to the extent organized, appointed or established by the Corporation or any Subsidiary for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit plan or compensation arrangement;

“Expiration Date” means the earliest of (i) the Close of Business on the date that is the third (3rd) anniversary of May 2, 2011, (ii) such time as the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that this Article XI is no longer necessary for the preservation of existence of the Tax Benefits and (iii) a date on which the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that this Article XI is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders;

“Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation § 1.382-4;

“Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, trust association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, governmental entity or other entity or any group of Persons making a “coordinated acquisition” of shares or otherwise treated as an entity within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-3(a)(1)(i) and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of any such entity;

“Prohibited Transfer” means any purported transfer of Stock to the extent that such transfer is prohibited under this Article XI;

“Public Group” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-2T(f)(13);

“Stock” means Common Shares and any other interest that would be treated as “stock” of the Corporation pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-2T(f)(18);

“Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person;

“Tax Benefits” means the net operating loss carryovers, capital loss carryovers, general business credit carryovers, alternative minimum tax credit carryovers and foreign tax credit carryovers, as well as any loss or deduction attributable to “net unrealized built-in loss” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code and the treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof;

“Threshold Holder” means any Person who or which, together with all Affiliates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 4.99% or more of (i) the Common Shares then outstanding or (ii) any class of Stock (other than Common Shares) then outstanding;

“transfer” means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, pledge or other disposition or other action taken by a Person, other than the Corporation, that alters the Beneficial Ownership of any Person, including, without limitation, the creation or grant of an option (including an option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.382-2T(h)(4)(v)), but shall not include (A) the creation or grant of an option by the Corporation, or (B) the issuance of Stock by the Corporation;

“transferee” means any Person to whom any Stock is transferred; and

“U.S. Government” means any of (i) the federal government of the United States of America, (ii) any instrumentality or agency of the federal government of the United States of America and (iii) any Person wholly-owned by, or the sole beneficiary of which is, the federal government of the United States or any instrumentality or agency thereof.

Section 2.                      Transfer Restrictions. Solely for the purpose of permitting the utilization of the Tax Benefits to which the Corporation (or any other member of the consolidated group of which the Corporation is common parent for federal income tax purposes) is or may be entitled pursuant to the Code and the regulations thereunder, from and after May 2, 2011 until the Expiration Date, no Person (including for the avoidance of doubt the U.S. Government) other than the Corporation shall, except as provided in Section 3(a) below, transfer to any Person, other than the U.S. Government and any Exempt Person, any direct or indirect interest in any Stock or Options to acquire Stock to the extent that such transfer, if effective, would cause the transferee or any other Person to become a Threshold Holder, or would cause the Beneficial Ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase.

Section 3.                      Permitted Transfers.

(a)           Any transfer that would otherwise be prohibited pursuant to Section 2 of this Article XI shall nonetheless be permitted if (i) the transfer is to a Public Group (including a new Public Group created under Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-2T(j)(3)(i), (ii) prior to such transfer being consummated (or, in the case of an involuntary transfer, as soon as practicable after the transaction is consummated), the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, approves the transfer (such approval may relate to a transfer or series of identified transfers), (iii) such transfer is pursuant to any transaction, including, but not limited to, a merger or consolidation, in which all holders of Stock receive, or are offered the same opportunity to receive, cash or other consideration for all such Stock, and upon the consummation of which the acquiror will own at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock or (iv) such transfer is a transfer by the Corporation to an underwriter or placement agent for distribution in a public offering, whether registered or conducted pursuant to an exception from registration; provided, however, that transfers by such underwriter or placement agent to purchasers in such offering remain subject to this Article XI. In determining whether to approve a proposed transfer pursuant to (ii) of this subparagraph (a), the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require (at the expense of the transferor and/or transferee) an opinion of counsel selected by the Board of Directors that the transfer will not result in the application of any limitation pursuant to Section 382 of the Code on the use of the Tax Benefits.

(b)           The Board of Directors may exercise the authority granted by this Section 3 through duly authorized officers or agents of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may establish a committee to determine whether to approve a proposed transfer or for any other purpose relating to this Article XI. As a condition to the Corporation’s consideration of a request to approve a proposed transfer, the Board of Directors may require the transferor and/or transferee to reimburse or agree to reimburse the Corporation, on demand, for all costs and expenses incurred by the Corporation with respect to such proposed transfer, including, without limitation, the Corporation’s costs and expenses incurred in determining whether to authorize such proposed transfer.

Section 4.                      Treatment of Prohibited Transfers. Unless the transfer is permitted as provided in Section 3 of this Article XI, any attempted transfer of Stock or Options in excess of the Stock or Options that could be transferred to the transferee without restriction under Section 2 of this Article XI shall not be effective to transfer ownership of such excess Stock or Options (the “Prohibited Shares”) to the purported acquiror thereof (the “Purported Acquiror”), who shall not be entitled to any rights as a shareholder of the Corporation with respect to such Prohibited Shares (including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends with respect thereto).

(a)           Upon demand by the Corporation, the Purported Acquiror shall transfer any certificate or other evidence of purported ownership of Prohibited Shares within the Purported Acquiror’s possession or control, along with any dividends or other distributions paid by the Corporation with respect to any Prohibited Shares that were received by the Purported Acquiror (the “Prohibited Distributions”), to such Person as the Corporation shall designate to act as transfer agent for such Prohibited Shares (the “Agent”). If the Purported Acquiror has sold any Prohibited Shares to an unrelated party in an arm’s-length transaction after purportedly acquiring them, the Purported Acquiror shall be deemed to have sold such Prohibited Shares for the Agent, and in lieu of transferring such Prohibited Shares (and Prohibited Distributions with respect thereto) to the Agent shall transfer to the Agent any such Prohibited Distributions and the proceeds of such sale (the “Resale Proceeds”) except to the extent that the Agent grants written permission to the Purported Acquiror to retain a portion of such Resale Proceeds not exceeding the amount that would have been payable by the Agent to the Purported Acquiror pursuant to subparagraph (b) below if such Prohibited Shares had been sold by the Agent rather than by the Purported Acquiror. Any purported transfer of Prohibited Shares by the Purported Acquiror other than a transfer described in one of the first two sentences of this subparagraph (a) shall not be effective to transfer any ownership of such Prohibited Shares.

(b)           The Agent shall sell in one or more arm’s-length transactions (through the New York Stock Exchange, if possible) any Prohibited Shares transferred to the Agent by the Purported Acquiror, provided, however, that any such sale must not constitute a Prohibited Transfer and provided further, that the Agent shall effect such sale or sales in an orderly fashion and shall not be required to effect any such sale within any specific time frame if, in the Agent’s discretion, such sale or sales would disrupt the market for the Stock or otherwise would adversely affect the value of the Stock. The proceeds of such sale (the “Sales Proceeds”), or the Resale Proceeds, if applicable, shall be used to pay the expenses of the Agent in connection with its duties under this Section 4 with respect to such Prohibited Shares, and the remainder shall be allocated to the Purported Acquiror up to the following amount: (i) where applicable, the purported purchase price paid or value of consideration surrendered by the Purported Acquiror for such Prohibited Shares, and (ii) where the purported transfer of Prohibited Shares to the Purported Acquiror was by gift, inheritance, or any similar purported transfer, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of such Prohibited Shares at the time of such purported transfer. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this subparagraph, any Resale Proceeds or Sales Proceeds in excess of the amount allocable to the Purported Acquiror pursuant to the preceding sentence, together with any Prohibited Distributions, shall be transferred to an entity described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and selected by the Board of Directors or its designee; provided, however, that if the Prohibited Shares (including any Prohibited Shares arising from a previous Prohibited Transfer not sold by the Agent in a prior sale or sales) represent Beneficial Ownership of 4.99% or greater, then any such remaining amounts to the extent attributable to the disposition of the portion of such Prohibited Shares exceeding 4.98% of the outstanding Stock shall be paid to two or more organizations qualifying under Section 501(c)(3) selected by the Board of Directors. In no event shall any such amounts described in the preceding sentence inure to the benefit of the Corporation or the Agent, but such amounts may be used to cover expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with its duties under this Section 4 with respect to the related Prohibited Shares. Notwithstanding anything in this Article XI to the contrary, the Corporation shall at all times be entitled to make application to any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Hawaii for an adjudication of the respective rights and interests of any Person in and to any Sale Proceeds, Resale Proceeds and Prohibited Distributions pursuant to this Article XI and applicable law and for leave to pay such amounts into such court.

(c)           Within thirty (30) business days of learning of a purported transfer of Prohibited Shares to a Purported Acquiror, the Corporation through its Secretary may demand that the Purported Acquiror surrender to the Agent the certificates or other evidence representing the Prohibited Shares, or any Resale Proceeds, and any Prohibited Distributions, and if such surrender is not made by the Purported Acquiror the Corporation may institute legal proceedings to compel such transfer; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph (c) shall preclude the Corporation in its discretion from immediately bringing legal proceedings without a prior demand, and provided further that failure of the Corporation to act within the time periods set out in this paragraph (c) shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the Corporation to compel any transfer required by subparagraph (a) of this Section 4.

(d)           Upon a determination by the Corporation that there has been or is threatened a purported transfer of Prohibited Shares to a Purported Acquiror, the Corporation may take such action in addition to any action permitted by the preceding paragraph as it deems advisable to give effect to the provisions of this Article XI, including, without limitation, refusing to give effect on the books of this Corporation to such purported transfer or instituting proceedings to enjoin such purported transfer. If the Corporation refuses to give effect on the books to a purported transfer, the Purported Acquiror of such a transfer of Prohibited Shares shall not be recognized as a shareholder of the Corporation for any purpose whatsoever in respect of the Prohibited Shares and the Purported Acquiror shall not be entitled with respect to such Prohibited Shares to any rights of shareholders of the Corporation, including without limitation, the right to vote such Prohibited Shares and to receive dividends or distributions, whether liquidating or otherwise, in respect thereof, if any, and the Prohibited Shares shall be deemed to remain with the transferor unless and until the Prohibited Shares are transferred to the Agent pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this Section 4 or until an approval is obtained pursuant to Section 3.

Section 5.                      Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person subject to the provisions of this Article XI who knowingly violates the provisions of this Article XI and any other Persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person shall be jointly and severally liable to the Corporation for, and shall indemnify and hold the Corporation harmless against, any and all damages suffered as a result of such violation, including but not limited to damages resulting from a reduction in, or elimination of, the Corporation’s ability to utilize its Tax Benefits, and attorneys’ and auditors’ fees incurred in connection with such violation.

Section 6.                      Transferee Information. The Corporation may require as a condition to the approval of the transfer of any shares of its Stock or Options to acquire Stock pursuant to this Article XI that the proposed transferee furnish to the Corporation all information reasonably requested by the Corporation and reasonably available to the proposed transferee and its Affiliates with respect to the direct or indirect ownership interests of the proposed transferee (and of Persons to whom ownership interests of the proposed transferee would be attributed for purposes of Section 382 of the Code) in Stock or Options.

Section 7.                      Legend on Certificates. All certificates or direct registration account statements evidencing ownership of shares of Stock that are subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in this Article XI shall bear a conspicuous legend referencing the restrictions set forth in this Article XI as follows:

“THE RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, AS AMENDED (THE “CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION”), OF THE CORPORATION CONTAINS RESTRICTIONS PROHIBITING THE TRANSFER (AS DEFINED IN THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION) OF COMMON STOCK OF THE CORPORATION (INCLUDING THE CREATION OR GRANT OF CERTAIN OPTIONS, RIGHTS AND WARRANTS) WITHOUT THE PRIOR AUTHORIZATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION (THE “BOARD OF DIRECTORS”) IF SUCH TRANSFER AFFECTS THE PERCENTAGE OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 382 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) AND THE TREASURY REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER), THAT IS TREATED AS OWNED BY A FIVE PERCENT SHAREHOLDER UNDER THE CODE AND SUCH REGULATIONS. IF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ARE VIOLATED, THEN THE TRANSFER WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND THE PURPORTED TRANSFEREE OF THE STOCK WILL BE REQUIRED TO TRANSFER THE PROHIBITED SHARES (AS DEFINED IN THE RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION) TO THE CORPORATION’S AGENT. THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE A COPY OF THE RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, CONTAINING THE ABOVE-REFERENCED TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE CORPORATION AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.”

Section 8.                      Board Authority.

(a)           The Board of Directors shall have the power to determine all matters necessary for assessing compliance with this Article XI, including, without limitation, the identification of Threshold Holders with respect to the Corporation within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code and the regulations thereunder; the ownership shifts, within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, that have previously taken place; the magnitude of the ownership shift that would result from the proposed transaction; the effect of any reasonably foreseeable transactions by the Corporation or any other Person (including any transfer of Stock or Options that the Corporation has no power to prevent, without regard to any knowledge on the part of the Corporation as to the likelihood of such transfer); the possible effects of an ownership change within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code and any other matters which the Board of Directors determines to be relevant. Moreover, the Corporation and the Board of Directors shall be entitled to rely in good faith upon the information, opinions, reports or statements of the executive officers of the Corporation or of the Corporation’s legal counsel, independent auditors, transfer agent, investment bankers, and other employees and agents in making the determinations and findings contemplated by this Article XI to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any determination by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article XI shall be conclusive.

(b)           Nothing contained in this Article XI shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action to the extent permitted by law as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and its shareholders in preserving the Tax Benefits. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of a change in law making one or more of the following actions necessary in order to prevent an ownership change for purposes of Section 382 of the Code, this Article XI shall be amended consistent with such change in law, by written resolution of the Board of Directors and without any further action by the shareholders of the Corporation, to (i) modify the ownership interest percentage in the definition of Threshold Holder, (ii) modify the definitions of any terms set forth in this Article XI or (iii) modify the terms of this Article XI as appropriate, in each case as such change in law is interpreted by the Board of Directors. Shareholders of the Corporation shall be notified of such modification through a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or such other method of notice as the Secretary of the Corporation shall deem appropriate.

(c)           In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article XI, including any definition used herein, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the application of such provisions with respect to any situation based on its reasonable belief, understanding or knowledge of the circumstances. In the event this Article XI requires an action by the Board of Directors but fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of this Article XI. All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations which are done or made by the Board of Directors in good faith shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation, the Agent, and all other parties for all other purposes of this Article XI.

Section 9.                      Severability. If any provision of this Article XI or any application of such provision is determined to be invalid by any federal or state court having jurisdiction over the issue, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of such provision shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

Section 10.                      Benefits of Article XI. Nothing in this Article XI shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Corporation or the Agent any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Article XI. This Article XI shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Corporation and the Agent.

*  *  *

Incorporated:

Restated Articles of Incorporation, DCCA Form DC-4, filed October 28, 2004.

Articles of Amendment, DCCA Form DC-3, filed May 11, 2005.

Articles of Amendment, DCCA Form DC-3, filed October 26, 2009.

Articles of Amendment, DCCA Form DC-3, filed February 2, 2011.

Articles of Amendment, DCCA Form DC-3, filed May 2, 2011.

Reference:

Statement of Issuance of Shares of Preferred or Special Classes in Shares, DCCA Form DC-6, filed December 31, 2008.

Correction, DCCA Form X-3, filed January 7, 2009.

Statement of Issuance of Shares of Preferred or Special Classes in Shares, DCCA Form DC-6, filed November 24, 2010.

Updated as of 6/21/11

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

 Central Pacific Financial Corp.

2004 Stock Compensation Plan

(Incorporates all changes up to and including Amendment No. 2011-1 dated April 27, 2011)

Contents

Article 1.	Establishment, Purpose, and Duration
Article 2.	Definitions
Article 3.	Administration
Article 4.	Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards
Article 5.	Eligibility and Participation
Article 6.	Stock Options
Article 7.	Stock Appreciation Rights
Article 8.	Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Article 9.	Performance Shares and Performance Units
Article 10.	Stock-Based Awards
Article 11.	Performance Measures
Article 12.	Beneficiary Designation
Article 13.	Deferrals and Share Settlements
Article 14.	Rights of Employees and Independent Contractors
Article 15.	Change in Control
Article 16.	Amendment, Modification, Suspension, and Termination
Article 17.	Withholding
Article 18.	Successors
Article 19.	General Provisions
Article 20.	Legal Construction

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

2004 Stock Compensation Plan

Article 1.  Establishment, Purpose, and Duration

1.1Establishment of the Plan.  Central Pacific Financial Corp., a Hawaii corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), establishes an incentive compensation plan to be known as the Central Pacific Financial Corp. 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”), as set forth in this document.

The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, and Stock-Based Awards.

The Plan shall become effective upon shareholder approval of the Plan (the “Effective Date”) and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3hereof.

1.2Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Company by linking the personal interests of the Participants to those of the Company’s shareholders, and by providing Participants with an incentive for outstanding performance.

The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of Participants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of its operation largely is dependent.

1.3Duration of the Plan.  Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, the Plan shall terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date.  After the Plan is terminated, no future Awards may be granted, but Awards previously granted shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the Plan’s terms and conditions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted more than ten (10) years after the earlier of (a) the adoption of the Plan by the Board, and (b) the Effective Date.

1.4Awards under Prior Option Plans.  From and after the Effective Date, the Company will make new Awards only under this Plan.  For the avoidance of doubt, all awards granted before the Effective Date under any prior plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable plan and related award agreement.

Article 2.  Definitions

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below, and when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word shall be capitalized.

1.1   “Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Exchange Act.

1.2   “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan of NQSOs, ISOs, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, or Stock-Based Awards.

1.3   “Award Agreement” means either (i) an agreement entered into by the Company and each Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards granted under this Plan; or (ii) a statement issued by the Company to a Participant describing the terms and provisions of such Award.

1.4   “Beneficial Owner or Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

1.5   “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.6   “Cause” means:

(a)   Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

(b)   Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(c)   Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the person’s employment in service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

1.7   “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(a)   Individuals who, on the date of adoption of this Plan, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(b)   Any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any Subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (c)); or

(c)   The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Transaction”), unless immediately following such Business Transaction: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Transaction (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of at least 95% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Transaction (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Transaction), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Transaction, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Transaction were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Transaction (any Business Transaction which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, thatif after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

1.8   “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.

1.9   “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.  However, if a member of the Compensation Committee is not an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code or is not a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, the Compensation Committee may from time to time delegate some or all of its functions under the Plan to a committee or subcommittee composed of members that meet the relevant requirements.  The term “Committee” includes any such committee or subcommittee, to the extent of the Compensation Committee’s delegation.

1.10   “Company” means Central Pacific Financial Corp., a Hawaii corporation, and any successor thereto as provided in Article 18 herein.

1.11   “Covered Employee” means a Participant who is a “covered employee,” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code, or any successor statute.

1.12   “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.

1.13   “Employee” means any employee of the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.  Directors who are not otherwise employed by the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries shall not be considered Employees under this Plan.

Individuals described in the first sentence of this definition who are foreign nationals or are employed outside of the United States, or both, are considered to be Employees and may be granted Awards on the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, or on such other terms and conditions as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to further the purpose of the Plan.

1.14   “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

1.15   “Fair Market Value” or “FMV” means a price that is based on the opening, closing, actual, high, low, or average selling prices of a Share on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or other established stock exchange (or exchanges) on the applicable date, the preceding trading day, the next succeeding trading day, or an average of trading days, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.  Such definition of FMV shall be specified in the Award Agreement and may differ depending on whether FMV is in reference to the grant, exercise, vesting, or settlement or payout of an Award.  If, however, the accounting standards used to account for equity awards granted to Participants are substantially modified subsequent to the Effective Date of the Plan, the Committee shall have the ability to determine an Award’s FMV based on the relevant facts and circumstances.  If Shares are not traded on an established stock exchange, FMV shall be determined by the Committee based on objective criteria.

1.16   “Fiscal Year” means the year commencing on January 1 and ending December 31 or other time period as approved by the Board.

1.17   “Freestanding SAR” means an SAR that is granted independently of any Options, as described in Article 7 herein.

1.18   “Full Value Award” means an Award other than in the form of an ISO, NQSO, or SAR and which is settled by the issuance of Shares.

1.19   “Grant Price” means the price at which a SAR may be exercised by a Participant, as determined by the Committee and set forth in Section 7.1 herein.

1.20   “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means an Option to purchase Shares granted under Article 6 herein and that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision.

1.21   “Independent Contractor” means an individual providing services to the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries, other than a Director who is not also an Employee of the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries. Such Independent Contractor shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as selected by the Committee in accordance with Article 5.  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the following shall apply in the case of an Independent Contractor who is allowed to participate in the Plan: (a) with respect to any reference in this Plan to the working relationship between such Independent Contractor and the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries, the term “service” shall apply as may be appropriate in lieu of the term “employment” or “employ”; (b) no such Independent Contractor shall be eligible for a grant of an ISO; and (c) the exercise period and vesting of an Award following such Independent Contractor’s termination from service shall be specified and governed under the terms and conditions of the Award as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Independent Contractor’s Award Agreement related to such Award.

1.22   “Insider” shall mean an individual who is, on the relevant date, an officer, Director, or more than ten percent (10%) Beneficial Owner of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

1.23   “Nonqualified Stock Option” or “NQSO” means an Option to purchase Shares, granted under Article 6 herein, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or that otherwise does not meet such requirements.

1.24   “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option, as described in Article 6 herein.

1.25   “Option Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option, as determined by the Committee.

1.26   “Participant” means an Employee, Director or Independent Contractor who has been selected to receive an Award or who has an outstanding Award granted under the Plan.

1.27   “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation under an Award that satisfies the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code for deductibility of remuneration paid to Covered Employees.

1.28   “Performance Measures” means measures as described in Article 11 on which the performance goals are based and which are approved by the Company’s shareholders pursuant to this Plan in order to qualify Awards as Performance-Based Compensation.

1.29   “Performance Period” means the period of time during which the performance goals must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to an Award.

1.30   “Performance Share” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 9 herein.

1.31   “Performance Unit” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 9 herein.

1.32   “Period of Restriction” means the period when Awards are subject to forfeiture based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance goals, and/or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, at its discretion.

1.33   “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

1.34   “Restricted Stock” means an Award of Shares granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.

1.35   “Restricted Stock Unit’’ means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.

1.36   “Shares” or “Stock” means the Shares of common stock of the Company.

1.37   “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award, designated as an SAR, pursuant to the terms of Article 7 herein.

1.38   “Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted pursuant to the terms of Section 10.2 herein.

1.39   “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power in one of the other entities in such chain.

1.40   “Tandem SAR” means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option pursuant to Article 7 herein, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a Share under the related Option (and when a Share is purchased under the Option, the Tandem SAR shall similarly be cancelled) or an SAR that is granted in tandem with an Option but the exercise of such Option does not cancel the SAR, but rather results in the exercise of the related SAR.

Article 3.  Administration

3.1General.  The Committee shall be responsible for administering the Plan.  The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, and other persons, and the Committee, the Company, and its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions, or valuations of any such persons.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon the Participants, the Company, and all other interested parties.

3.2Authority of the Committee.  The Committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary power and authority to interpret the terms and the intent of the Plan and to determine eligibility for Awards and to adopt such rules, regulations, and guidelines for administering the Plan as the Committee may deem necessary or proper.  Such authority shall include, but not be limited to, selecting Award recipients, establishing all Award terms and conditions and, subject to Article 16, adopting modifications and amendments, or subplans to the Plan or any Award Agreement, including without limitation, any that are necessary to comply with the laws of the countries in which the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries operate.

3.3Delegation.  The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more officers of the Company, its Affiliates and/or its Subsidiaries, or to one or more agents or advisors such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan.  Except with respect to Awards to insiders, the Committee may (to the extent permitted by applicable law), by resolution, authorize one or more officers of the Company to do one or both of the following: (a) designate officers, Employees, or Independent Contractors of the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Awards; and (b) determine the size of the Award: provided, however, that the resolution providing such authorization sets forth the total number of Awards such officer or officers may grant.

Article 4.  Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards

4.1Number of Shares Available for Awards.  Subject to adjustment as provided under this Article 4, the number of Shares which may be delivered pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (“Share Authorization”) shall be 4,944,831 Shares.  For clarity this amount consists of (i) the amdended Share Authorization of 2,500,000 shares approved in 2007, as equitably adjusted by the Committee to a Share Authorization of 1,402,589 to give effect to the one-for-twnety reverse stock split being implemented by the Company and (ii) an increase in the authorized shares over that amount by 3,542,242 shares.  The maximum number of Shares that may be granted pursuant to any Award granted in any one Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall be the total number of Shares that then remain available under the Share Authorization.  The maximum number of Shares that may be issued for Full Value Awards at any time shall be the total number of Shares that then remain available under the Shyare Authorization.  All Shares available under the Plan may be issued pursuant to Awards in the form of ISOs. Any Shares related to Awards which terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of such Shares, are settled in cash in lieu of Shares, or are exchanged with the Committee’s permission for Awards not involving Shares, shall be available again for grant under the Plan.  Moreover, if the Option Price of any Option granted under the Plan or the tax withholding requirements with respect to any Award granted under the Plan are satisfied by tendering Shares to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), or if an SAR is exercised, only the number of Shares issued, net of the Shares tendered, if any, will be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan.  The maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional Shares or credited as additional Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, or Stock-Based Awards.  The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

4.2Adjustments in Authorized Shares.  In the event of any corporate event or transaction (including, but not limited to, a change in the Shares of the Company or the capitalization of the Company) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, Stock dividend, Stock split, reverse Stock split, split up, spin-off, or other distribution of Stock or property of the Company, combination of securities, exchange of securities, dividend in kind, or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to shareholders of the Company, or any similar corporate event or transaction, the Committee. in its sole discretion, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan, shall substitute or adjust, in an equitable manner, as applicable, the number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan, the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, the Option Price or Grant Price applicable to outstanding Awards, the Award Limits, and other value determinations applicable to outstanding Awards.

Appropriate adjustments may also be made by the Committee in the terms of any Awards under the Plan to reflect such changes or distributions and to modify any other terms of outstanding Awards on an equitable basis, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of Performance Periods.  The determination of the Committee as to the foregoing adjustments, if any, shall be conclusive and binding on Participants under the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of Article 15 and any applicable law or regulatory requirement, without affecting the number of Shares reserved or available hereunder, the Committee may authorize the issuance, assumption, substitution, conversion or termination of Awards under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or Stock, or reorganization, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate.  Additionally, the Committee may amend the Plan, or adopt supplements to the Plan, in such manner as it deems appropriate to provide for such issuance, assumption, substitution, conversion or termination, all without further action by the Company’s shareholders.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any adjustments, modifications, amendments or changes of any kind made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be made in a manner compliant with Section 409A of the Code.

Article 5.  Eligibility and Participation

5.1Eligibility.  Individuals eligible to participate in the Plan include all Employees, Directors, and Independent Contractors.

5.2Actual Participation.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may from time to time, select from all eligible Employees, Directors, and Independent Contractors, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.

Article 6.  Stock Options

6.1Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee, provided that ISOs shall not be granted to Non-Employee Directors and Independent Contractors.

6.2Award Agreement.  Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the conditions upon which an Option shall become vested and exercisable, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.  The Award Agreement also shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or a NQSO.

6.3Option Price.  The Option Price for each grant of an Option under this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and shall be specified in the Award Agreement.  The Option Price shall be at least one hundred percent (100%) of the FMV of the Shares on the date of grant.

6.4Duration of Options.  Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant; provided, however, no Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.

6.5Exercise of Options.  Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.

6.6Payment.  Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares.

The Option Price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the Company in full either: (a) in cash or its equivalent; (b) by tendering (either by actual delivery or attestation) previously acquired Shares having an aggregate FMV at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price (provided, if required to maintain favorable accounting treatment for the Options granted, the Shares that are tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months prior to their tender to satisfy the Option Price or have been purchased on the open market): (c) by a combination of (a) and (b); or (d) any other method approved by the Committee in its sole discretion at the time of grant and as set forth in the Award Agreement.

The Committee also may allow cashless exercise as permitted under the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation T, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, or by any other means which the Committee determines to be consistent with the Plan’s purpose and applicable law.

Subject to Section 6.7 and any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise and full payment, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, Share certificates or evidence of book entry Shares, in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option(s).

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, all payments under all of the methods indicated above shall be paid in United States dollars.

6.7Restrictions on Share Transferability.  The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under this Article 6 as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, requiring the Participant to hold the Shares acquired pursuant to exercise for a specified period of time, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

6.8Termination of Employment.  Each Participant’s Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to this Article 6, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

6.9Transferability of Options.

(a)   Incentive Stock Options.  No ISO granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Further, all ISOs granted to a Participant under this Article 6 shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

(b)   Nonqualified Stock Options.  Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement or otherwise at any time by the Committee, no NQSO granted under this Article 6 may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided that the Board or Committee may permit further transferability, on a general or a specific basis, and may impose conditions and limitations on any permitted transferability.  Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement or otherwise at any time by the Committee, or unless the Board or the Committee decides to permit further transferability, all NQSOs granted to a Participant under this Article 6 shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

6.10Notification of Disqualifying Disposition.  The Participant will notify the Company upon the disposition of Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an ISO.  The Company will use such information to determine whether a disqualifying disposition as described in Section 421(b) of the Code has occurred.

Article 7.  Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1Grant of SARs.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs, or any combination of these forms of SARs.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.

The SAR Grant Price for each grant of a Freestanding SAR shall be determined by the Committee and shall be specified in the Award Agreement.  The SAR Grant Price must be at least one hundred percent (100%) of the FMV of the Shares on the date of grant.  The Grant Price of Tandem SARs shall be equal to the Option Price of the related Option.

7.2SAR Agreement.  Each SAR Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Grant Price, the term of the SAR, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

7.3Term of SAR.  The term of an SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and except as determined otherwise by the Committee and specified in the SAR Award Agreement, no SAR shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.

7.4Exercise of Freestanding SARs.  Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them.

7.5Exercise of Tandem SARs.  Tandem SARs may he exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option.  A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO: (a) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO; (b) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR may be for no more than one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the Option Price of the underlying ISO and the FMV of the Shares subject to the underlying ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised; and (c) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the FMV of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Option Price of the ISO.

7.6Payment of SAR Amount.  Upon the exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(a)   The difference between the FMV of a Share on the date of exercise over the Grant Price; by

(b)   The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, in some combination thereof, or in any other manner approved by the Committee at its sole discretion.  The Committee’s determination regarding the form of SAR payout shall be set forth or reserved for later determination in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the SAR.

7.7Termination of Employment.  Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, its Affiliates, and or its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all SARs issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

7.8Nontransferability of SARs.  Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, no SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided that the Board or Committee may permit further transferability, on a general or a specific basis, and may impose conditions and limitations on any permitted transferability.  Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement or otherwise unless the Board or the Committee decides to permit further transferability, all SARs granted to a Participant under this Article 7 shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

7.9Other Restrictions.  The Committee shall impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Shares received upon exercise of a SAR granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable.  This includes, but is not limited to, requiring the Participant to hold the Shares received upon exercise of an SAR for a specified period of time.

Article 8.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

8.1Grant of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units to Participants in such amounts, as the Committee shall determine.  Restricted Stock Units shall be similar to Restricted Stock except that no Shares are actually awarded to the Participant on the date of grant.

8.2Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock or the number of Restricted Stock Units granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

8.3Transferability.  Except as provided in this Article 8, the Shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units granted herein may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the Award Agreement (and in the case of Restricted Stock Units until the date of delivery or other payment), or upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, as specified by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be available during his or her lifetime only to such Participant.

8.4Other Restrictions.  The Committee shall impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each Share of Restricted Stock or each Restricted Stock Unit, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals, time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance goals, time-based restrictions, restrictions under applicable federal or state securities laws, or any holding requirements or sale restrictions placed on the Shares by the Company upon vesting of such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

To the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, the Company may retain the certificates representing Shares of Restricted Stock in the Company’s possession until such time as all conditions and/or restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied or lapse.

Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock Award shall become freely transferable by the Participant after all conditions and restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied or lapse, and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares as the Committee, in its sole discretion shall determine.

8.5Certificate Legend.  In addition to any legends placed on certificates pursuant to Section 8.4 herein, each certificate representing Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may bear a legend such as the following:

“The sale or other transfer of the Shares of Stock represented by this certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is subject to certain restrictions on transfer as set forth in the Central Pacific Financial Corp.’s 2004 Stock Compensation Plan, and in the associated Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  A copy of the Plan and such Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be obtained from the Central Pacific Financial Corp.”

8.6Voting Rights.  To the extent permitted or required by law, as determined by the Committee, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may be granted the right to exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction.  A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder.

8.7Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.  During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder may, if the Committee so determines, be credited with dividends paid with respect to Restricted Stock or dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units while they are so held in a manner determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  The Committee may apply any restrictions to the dividends or dividend equivalents that the Committee deems appropriate.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine the form of payment of dividends or dividend equivalents, including cash, Shares, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units and such dividends or dividend equivalents may be subject to accrual, forfeiture, or payout restrictions as determined by the Committee, provided that such dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid or provided in a manner compliant with Section 409A of the Code.

8.8Termination of Employment.  Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units following termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

8.9Section 83(b) Election.  The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Award of Restricted Stock is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under Section 83(b) of the Code.  If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code concerning a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall be required to file promptly a copy of such election with the Company.

Article 9.  Performance Shares and Performance Units

9.1Grant of Performance Shares and Performance Units.  Subject to the terms of the Plan, Performance Shares and/or Performance Units may be granted to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

9.2Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units.  Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the FMV of a Share on the date of grant.  Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee at the time of grant.  The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the value and/or number of Performance Shares/Performance Units that will be paid out to the Participant.

9.3Earning of Performance Shares and Performance Units.  Subject to the terms of this Plan, after the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Shares/Performance Units shall be entitled to receive payout on the value and number of Performance Shares/Performance Units earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company has the ability to require the Participant to hold the Shares received pursuant to such Award for a specified period of time.

9.4Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Shares and Performance Units.  Payment of earned Performance Shares/Performance Units shall be as determined by the Committee and as evidenced in the Award Agreement.  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Shares/Performance Units in the form of cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof) equal to the value of the earned Performance Shares/Performance Units as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Performance Period, but in no event later than 2 ½ months following the end of the calendar year in which such Performance Period ends; provided, however, that any Shares may be granted subject to restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee, but only if the terms of such restrictions are compliant with Section 409A of the Code. The determination of the Committee with respect to the form of payout of such Awards shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award.

9.5Dividend Equivalents.  At the discretion of the Committee, Participants holding Performance Shares may be entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to dividends declared with respect to the Shares.  Such dividends may be subject to accrual, forfeiture, or payout restrictions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, provided that such dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid or provided in a manner compliant with Section 409A of the Code.

9.6Termination of Employment.  Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain Performance Shares and/or Performance Units following termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Awards of Performance Shares or Performance Units issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

9.7Nontransferability.  Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, Performance Shares/Performance Units may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, a Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

Article 10.  Stock-Based Awards

10.1Stock-Based Awards.  The Committee may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted Shares) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine.  Such Awards may entail the transfer of actual Shares to Participants, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Shares and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

10.2Value of Stock-Based Awards.  Each Stock-Based Award shall have a value based on the value of a Share, as determined by the Committee.  The Committee may establish performance goals in its discretion.  If the Committee exercises its discretion to establish performance goals, the number and/or value of Stock-Based Awards that will be paid out to the Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance goals are met.

10.3Earning of Stock-Based Awards.  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the holder of Stock-Based Awards shall be entitled to receive payout on the number and value of Stock-Based Awards earned by the Participant, to be determined as a function of the extent to which applicable performance goals, if any, have been achieved.

10.4Form and Timing of Payment of Stock-Based Awards.  Payment of earned Stock-Based Awards shall be as determined by the Committee and as evidenced in the Award Agreement.  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Stock-Based Awards in the form of cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof) that have an aggregate FMV equal to the value of the earned Stock-Based Awards.  Such Shares may be granted subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.  The determination of the Committee with respect to the form of payout of such Awards shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award.

10.5Termination of Employment.  Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive Stock-Based Awards following termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Awards of Stock-Based Awards issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

10.6Nontransferability.  Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, Stock-Based Awards may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, a Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

10.7Dividend Equivalents.  At the discretion of the Committee, Participants holding Stock-Based Awards may be entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to dividends declared with respect to the Shares.  Such dividends may be subject to accrual, forfeiture, or payout restrictions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, provided that such dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid or provided in a manner compliant with Section 409A of the Code.

Article 11.  Performance Measures

Unless and until the Committee proposes for shareholder vote and the shareholders approve a change in the general Performance Measures set forth in this Article 11, the performance goals upon which the payment or vesting of an Award to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be limited to the following Performance Measures:

(a)   Earnings per share (actual or targeted growth);

(b)   Net income after capital costs:

(c)   Net income (before or after taxes);

(d)   Return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, risk-adjusted return on capital, or return on equity);

(e)   Efficiency ratio;

(f)   Full-time equivalency control;

(g)   Stock price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return);

(h)   Noninterest income compared to net interest income ratio;

(i)   Expense targets;

(j)   Margins;

(k)   Operating efficiency;

(l)   EVA®;

(m)   Credit quality measures;

(n)   Customer satisfaction;

(o)   Loan growth;

(p)   Deposit growth;

(q)   Net interest margin;

(r)   Fee income;

(s)   Operating expense; and

(t)   Credit quality.

In addition to the foregoing, the Committee may consider the following individual unit/production Performance Measures: cost per dollar loan growth; cost per dollar deposit growth; revenue per personnel; operating expense to group budget; service levels (group); and personal performance.

Any Performance Measure(s) may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Measures as compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.  The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of performance goals pursuant to the Performance Measures specified in this Article 11.

The Committee may provide in any such Award that any evaluation of performance may include or exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Period: (a) asset write-downs; (b) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or provisions affecting reported results; (d) reorganization or restructuring programs; (e) extraordinary or nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year; (f) acquisitions or divestitures; and (g) foreign exchange gains and losses. To the extent such inclusions or exclusions affect Awards to Covered Employees, they shall be prescribed in a form that meets the requirements of Code Section 162(m) for deductibility.

Awards that are designed to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, and that are held by Covered Employees, may not be adjusted upward.  The Committee shall retain the discretion to adjust such Awards downward.

In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Measures without obtaining shareholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining shareholder approval.  In addition, in the event that the Committee determines that it is advisable to grant Awards that shall not qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee may make such grants without satisfying the requirements of Code Section 162(m).

Article 12.  Beneficiary Designation

A Participant’s “beneficiary” is the person or persons entitled to receive payments or other benefits or exercise rights that are available under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.  A Participant may designate a beneficiary or change a previous beneficiary designation at any time by using forms and following procedures approved by the Committee for that purpose.  If no beneficiary designated by the Participant is eligible to receive payments or other benefits or exercise rights that are available under the Plan at the Participant’s death the beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.

Notwithstanding the provisions above, the Committee may in its discretion, after notifying the affected Participants, modify the foregoing requirements, institute additional requirements for beneficiary designations, or suspend the existing beneficiary designations of living Participants or the process of determining beneficiaries under this Article 12, or both.  If the Committee suspends the process of designating beneficiaries on forms and in accordance with procedures it has approved pursuant to this Article 12, the determination of who is a Participant’s beneficiary shall be made under the Participant’s will and applicable state law.

Article 13.  Deferrals and Share Settlements

Notwithstanding any other provision under the Plan, the Committee may permit or require a Participant to defer such Participant’s receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant by virtue of the exercise of an Option or SAR, or with respect to the lapse or waiver of restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or the satisfaction of any requirements or performance goals with respect to Performance Shares, Performance Units, or Stock-Based Awards.  If any such deferral election is required or permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals, provided that such rules and procedures for any deferrals or deferral elections pursuant to this Article 13 shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code.

Article 14.  Rights of Employees and Independent Contractors

14.1Employment.  Nothing in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or other service relationship at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the capacity in which he or she is employed or otherwise serves the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.

Neither an Award nor any benefits arising under this Plan shall constitute part of an employment contract with the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries and, accordingly, subject to Articles 3 and 16, this Plan and the benefits hereunder may be terminated at any time in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Committee without giving rise to liability on the part of the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries for severance payments.

For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed a termination of employment.  Additionally, the Committee shall have the ability to stipulate in a Participant’s Award Agreement that a transfer to a company that is spun-off from the Company shall not be deemed a termination of employment with the Company for purposes of the Plan until the Participant’s employment is terminated with the spun-off company.

14.2Participation.  No Employee or Independent Contractor shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

14.3Rights as a Shareholder.  A Participant shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record holder of such Shares.

Article 15.  Change in Control

Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, or unless the Committee shall determine otherwise in the Award Agreement:

(a)   Any and all Options and SARs granted hereunder shall become immediately exercisable; additionally, if a Participant’s employment is terminated for any other reason except Cause within twelve (12) months of such Change in Control, the Participant shall have until the earlier of: (i) twelve (12) months following such termination date; or (ii) the expiration of the Option or SAR term, to exercise any such Option or SAR;

(b)   Any Period of Restriction for Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder that have not preciously vested shall end, and such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested;

(c)   The target payout opportunities attainable under all outstanding Awards under the Plan which are subject to achievement of any of the Performance Measures specified in Article 11, or any other performance conditions or restrictions that the Committee has made the Award contingent upon, shall be deemed to have been fully earned as of the effective date of the Change in Control.

(i)   The vesting of all Awards denominated in Shares shall be accelerated as of the effective date of the Change in Control, and there shall be paid out to Participants a pro rata number of Shares based upon an assumed achievement of all relevant targeted performance goals and upon the length of time within the Performance Period, if any, that has elapsed prior to the Change in Control.  The Committee has the authority to pay all or any portion of the value of the Shares in cash.

(ii)   Awards denominated in cash shall he paid pro rata to Participants with the proration determined as a function of the length of time within the Performance Period, if any, that has elapsed prior to the Change in Control, and based on an assumed achievement of all relevant targeted performance goals.

(d)   Subject to Article 16, herein, the Committee shall have the authority to make any modifications to the Awards as determined by the Committee to be appropriate before the effective date of the Change in Control.

Article 16.  Amendment, Modification, Suspension, and Termination

16.1Amendment, Modification, Suspension, and Termination.  The Committee or Board may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, provided that any such alteration, amendment, modification, suspension or termination of the Plan pursuant to this Article 16 shall be effected in a manner compliant with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, without the prior approval of the Company’s shareholders, Options issued under the Plan will not be repriced, replaced, or regranted through cancellation, or by lowering the exercise price of a previously granted Option.  No amendment of the Plan shall be made without shareholder approval if shareholder approval is required by law, regulation, or stock exchange rule.

16.2Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events.  The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4.2 hereof) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to the foregoing adjustments, if any, shall be conclusive and binding on Participants under the Plan.Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any adjustments pursuant to this Section 16.2 shall be effected in a manner compliant with Section 409A of the Code.

16.3Awards Previously Granted.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no termination, amendment, suspension, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award.

16.4           Clawback and Other Provisions for Recovery or Termination of Awards.  Central Pacific Financial Corp., Central Pacific Bank, Central Pacific HomeLoans, and each and every of their respective affiliates and subsidiaries (hereinafter individually and collectively referred to as the “Company”) reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, and at any time, and for any reason, to make any changes to this plan or agreement, or to suspend or terminate this plan or agreement either partially or in its entirety, or to interpret any of the terms and provisions of this plan or agreement.  In addition, and without in any way limiting the foregoing statements in this paragraph and notwithstanding anything else stated in this plan or agreement, this plan or agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

i.   Any term or provision in this plan that is interpreted, deemed or found by any governmental agency or by the Company to be in violation or potential violation of any law, guidance, rule, regulation, regulatory action, order or decree (hereinafter individually and collectively referred to as “Law”) will be modified to conform to the Law.

ii.   Any bonus, retention award, incentive compensation or any other payment paid under this plan or agreement is subject to recovery (clawback) by any governmental agency or by the Company if it is based on materially inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues or gains, or any performance criteria/metric or other criteria or metric that is found by any governmental agency or the Company to be materially inaccurate or to have encouraged unnecessary and/or excessive risk taking.

iii.   Golden parachute payments are prohibited under this plan or agreement.

iv.   Payments to “senior executive officers” and “highly compensated employees” under this plan or agreement may be prohibited or restricted by Law.

v.   Payments under this plan or agreement must not violate the Company’s Policy Prohibiting Excessive Expenditures.

vi.   Payments for gross-ups are prohibited under this plan or agreement.

vii.   Payments that require regulatory or other approval are prohibited unless and until such approval is obtained, and the Company shall have no obligation to seek such approval.

viii.   The Company reserves the right to not make payments due to the Company’s financial condition.

ix.   The Company reserves the right to not make any payments which would cause the Company to be in violation, default or breach of any of the Company’s contracts or agreements.

x.   The Company will not make any payments that may constitute excessive compensation under Law or by the Company.

xi.   The Company will not make any payments that threaten the Company’s safety and soundness.

xii.   The Company will not make any payments that encourage excessive risk taking.

xiii.   The Company will not make any payments to any employee who is terminated (voluntary or involuntary).

Participation in this plan or agreement shall not be construed as a promise or guarantee of future or continued employment, or as stating provisions or terms of employment.  The Company and its employees recognize their mutual right to end their employment relationship at any time, and acknowledge that such relationship is one of employment-at-will.  Regardless of this plan or agreement, the Company may terminate your employment in its sole and absolute discretion and at any time and for any reason.

Except and unless specifically stated otherwise elsewhere in the plan or agreement document to which this section is made a part of, this section and everything stated in this section shall prevail and control in the event of any ambiguity or inconsistency between what’s stated in this section and what may be stated elsewhere in the plan or agreement document.

Article 17.  Withholding

17.1Tax Withholding.  The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign (including the Participant’s FICA obligation), required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising or as a result of this Plan.

17.2Share Withholding.  With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Options or SARs, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or upon the achievement of performance goals related to Performance Shares, or any other taxable event arising as a result of Awards granted hereunder, the Company may require or Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares having a FMV of a Share on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the tax that could be imposed on the transaction, provided that if required by the accounting rules and regulations to maintain favorable accounting treatment for the Awards, the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction.  All elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, and signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

Article 18.  Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

Article 19.  General Provisions

19.1Forfeiture Events. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award.  Such events shall include, but shall not be limited to, termination of employment for Cause, violation of material Company, Affiliate, and/or Subsidiary policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.

19.2Legend.  The certificates for Shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer of such Shares.

19.3Delivery of Title.  The Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver evidence of title for Shares issued under the Plan prior to:

(a)   Obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and

(b)   Completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any applicable national or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable.

19.4Investment Representations.  The Committee may require each Participant receiving Shares pursuant to an Award under this Plan to represent and warrant in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares.

19.5Employees Based Outside of the United States.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries operate or have Employees or Independent Contractors, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:

(a)   Determine which Affiliates and Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan;

(b)   Determine which Employees and Independent Contractors outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan;

(c)   Modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Employees or Independent Contractors outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws:

(d)   Establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable.  Any subplans and modifications to Plan terms and procedures established under this Section 19.5 by the Committee shall be attached to this Plan document as appendices; and

(e)   Take any action, before or after an Award is made that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local government regulatory exemptions or approvals.

Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act, the Code, any securities law, or governing statute or any other applicable law.

19.6Uncertificated Shares.  To the extent that the Plan provides for issuance of certificates to reflect the transfer of Shares, the transfer of such Shares may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange.

19.7Unfunded Plan.  Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative, or any other person.  To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.  All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan.  The Plan is not intended to be subject to ERISA.

19.8No Fractional Shares.  No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award.  The Committee shall determine whether cash, Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

19.9Retirement and Welfare Plans.  The Awards under this Plans will not be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing benefits payable to any Participant under the Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and nonqualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participant’s benefit.

Article 20.  Legal Construction

20.1Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

20.2Severability.  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

20.3Requirements of Law.  The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.  The Company shall receive the consideration required by law for the issuance of Awards under the Plan.

The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

20.4Securities Law Compliance.  The Company may use reasonable endeavors to register Shares allotted pursuant to the exercise of an Award with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification, and listing requirements of any national or foreign securities laws, stock exchange, or automated quotation system.  With respect to Insiders, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act.  To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

20.5Governing Law.  The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Hawaii, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, recipients of an Award under the Plan are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts of Hawaii, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan or any related Award Agreement.

20.6Section 409A of the Code.  It is the Company’s intent that payments under the Plan are exempt from, and do not constitute “deferred compensation” subject to, Section 409A of the Code and that the Plan be administered accordingly.  If and to the extent that any payment is determined by the Company to constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and is payable hereunder to a Participant by reason of his termination of employment, then (a) such payment or benefit shall be made or provided to the Participant only upon a “separation from service” as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code under applicable regulations and (b) if the Participant is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Company), such payment shall not be made or provided before the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s separation from service (or his earlier death).  Neither the Company nor its affiliates shall have any liability to any Participant, Participant’s spouse or other beneficiary of any Participant’s spouse or other beneficiary of any Participant or otherwise if the Plan or any amounts paid or payable hereunder are subject to the additional tax and penalties under Section 409A of the Code.

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

Central Pacific Financial Corp. & Subsidiaries

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009			2008			2007
	(Dollars in thousdands)
Ratio 1 - including deposit interest
Earnings:
Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations	$	36,571	$	(250,953	)	$	(333,742	)	$	(187,727	)	$	28,145
Fixed charges		18,757		42,503			67,788			102,234			138,420
Total	$	55,328	$	(208,450	)	$	(265,954	)	$	(85,493	)	$	166,565
Fixed charges:
Interest on deposits	$	9,610	$	20,789		$	42,546		$	62,305		$	93,973
Interest on other short-term borrowings		204		1,177			548			6,563			1,616
Interest on long-term debt		8,815		20,135			24,621			33,129			42,390
Interest on preferred stock dividends		69		346			42			-			-
Portion of rents representative of the interest
factor of rental expense		59		56			31			237			441
Total fixed charges	$	18,757	$	42,503		$	67,788		$	102,234		$	138,420
Preferred stock dividend requirements		1,502		11,265			10,983			-			-
Fixed charges and preferred stock dividends	$	20,259	$	53,768		$	78,771		$	102,234		$	138,420
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		2.9	NM			NM			NM				1.2
Coverage deficiency	$	-	$	(250,953	)	$	(333,742	)		(187,727	)		-
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred
stock dividends		2.7	NM			NM			NM				1.2
Coverage deficiency	$	-	$	(262,218	)	$	(344,725	)		(187,727	)		-
Ratio 2 - excluding deposit interest
Earnings:
Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations	$	36,571	$	(250,953	)	$	(333,742	)	$	(187,727	)	$	28,145
Fixed charges		9,147		21,714			25,242			39,929			44,447
Total	$	45,718	$	(229,239	)	$	(308,500	)	$	(147,798	)	$	72,592
Fixed charges:
Interest on other short-term borrowings	$	204	$	1,177		$	548		$	6,563		$	1,616
Interest on long-term debt		8,815		20,135			24,621			33,129			42,390
Interest on preferred stock dividends		69		346			42			-			-
Portion of rents representative of the interest
factor of rental expense		59		56			31			237			441
Total fixed charges	$	9,147	$	21,714		$	25,242		$	39,929		$	44,447
Preferred stock dividend requirements		1,502		11,265			10,983			-			-
Fixed charges and preferred stock dividends	$	10,649	$	32,979		$	36,225		$	39,929		$	44,447
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		5.0	NM			NM			NM				1.6
Coverage deficiency	$	-	$	(250,953	)	$	(333,742	)		(187,727	)		-
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred
stock dividends		4.3	NM			NM			NM				1.6
Coverage deficiency	$	-	$	(262,218	)	$	(344,725	)		(187,727	)		-

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

The Company or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries owned the following percent of the outstanding common stock, voting securities and interests of each of the corporations listed below as of December 31, 2011:

Name	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation	Percent Owned
Central Pacific Bank	Hawaii	100%
CPB Capital Trust I	Delaware	100%
CPB Capital Trust II	Delaware	100%
CPB Statutory Trust III	Connecticut	100%
CPB Capital Trust IV	Delaware	100%
CPB Statutory Trust V	Delaware	100%
CPB Real Estate, Inc.	Hawaii	100%
Citibank Properties, Inc.	Hawaii	100%
CB Technology, Inc.	Hawaii	100%
Central Pacific HomeLoans, Inc.	Hawaii	100% (1)
Pacific Access Mortgage, LLC	Hawaii	50%
Gentry HomeLoans, LLC	Hawaii	50%

(1) Merged into Central Pacific Bank in February 2012.

EX-23

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Central Pacific Financial Corp.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements No. 333-35999, No. 333-119538, No. 333-119798, and No. 333-141232 on Form S-8 of Central Pacific Financial Corp. of our reports dated February 28, 2012, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which reports appear in the December 31, 2011 annual report on Form 10-K of Central Pacific Financial Corp.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii

February 28, 2012

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)

I, John C. Dean, President and Chief Executive Officer of Central Pacific Financial Corp. (the “Company”), certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2012	By:	/s/ John C. Dean
		John C. Dean
		President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)

I, Denis K. Isono, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Central Pacific Financial Corp. (the “Company”), certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2012	By:	/s/ Denis K. Isono
		Denis K. Isono
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, John C. Dean, President and Chief Executive Officer of Central Pacific Financial Corp. (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1.   The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 28, 2012	By:	/s/ John C. Dean
		John C. Dean
		President and Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Denis K. Isono, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Central Pacific Financial Corp. (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1.   The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 28, 2012	By:	/s/ Denis K. Isono
		Denis K. Isono
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 111(b)(4)

OF THE EMERGENCY ECONOMIC STABILIZATION ACT OF 2008

I, John C. Dean, President and Chief Executive Officer of Central Pacific Financial Corp. (the “Company”), certify, based on my knowledge, that:

(i)   The compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, senior executive officer (“SEO”) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Central Pacific Financial Corp.;

(ii)   The compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Central Pacific Financial Corp., and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Central Pacific Financial Corp. and has limited those features to ensure that Central Pacific Financial Corp. is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;

(iii)   The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Central Pacific Financial Corp. to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;

(iv)   The compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

(v)   The compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in:

(A)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Central Pacific Financial Corp.;

(B)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Central Pacific Financial Corp. to risks; and

(C)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Central Pacific Financial Corp. to enhance the compensation of an employee;

(vi) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

(vii) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

(viii) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

(ix)  Central Pacific Financial Corp. and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to the policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;

(x) Central Pacific Financial Corp. will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable Federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the Federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

(xi) Central Pacific Financial Corp. will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

(xii)  Central Pacific Financial Corp. will disclose whether Central Pacific Financial Corp., the board of directors of Central Pacific Financial Corp., or the compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. has engaged during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

(xiii) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

(xiv) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Central Pacific Financial Corp. and Treasury, including any amendments;

(xv) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 U.S.C. 1001.)

Date: February 28, 2012	By:	/s/ John C. Dean
		John C. Dean
		President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 111(b)(4)

OF THE EMERGENCY ECONOMIC STABILIZATION ACT OF 2008

I, Denis K. Isono, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Central Pacific Financial Corp. (the “Company”), certify, based on my knowledge, that:

(i) The compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, senior executive officer (“SEO”) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Central Pacific Financial Corp.;

(ii) The compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Central Pacific Financial Corp., and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Central Pacific Financial Corp. and has limited those features to ensure that Central Pacific Financial Corp. is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Central Pacific Financial Corp. to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;

(iv) The compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

(v) The compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in:

(A)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Central Pacific Financial Corp.;

(B)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Central Pacific Financial Corp. to risks; and

(C)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Central Pacific Financial Corp. to enhance the compensation of an employee;

(vi) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

(vii) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

(viii) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

(ix)  Central Pacific Financial Corp. and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to the policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;

(x) Central Pacific Financial Corp. will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable Federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the Federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

(xi) Central Pacific Financial Corp. will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

(xii)  Central Pacific Financial Corp. will disclose whether Central Pacific Financial Corp., the board of directors of Central Pacific Financial Corp., or the compensation committee of Central Pacific Financial Corp. has engaged during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

(xiii) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

(xiv) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Central Pacific Financial Corp. and Treasury, including any amendments;

(xv) Central Pacific Financial Corp. has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 U.S.C. 1001.)

Date: February 28, 2012	By:	/s/ Denis K. Isono
		Denis K. Isono
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

SEGMENT INFORMATION [Abstract]

SEGMENT INFORMATION

26. SEGMENT INFORMATION

We have four reportable segments as follows: (1) Commercial Real Estate, (2) Hawaii Market, (3) Treasury, (4) Other. The segments reported are consistent with internal functional reporting lines and are managed separately because each unit has different target markets, technological requirements, marketing strategies and specialized skills.

The Commercial Real Estate segment includes construction and real estate development lending in the markets we serve. The Hawaii Market segment includes retail branch offices, commercial lending, residential mortgage lending and servicing, indirect auto lending, trust services and retail brokerage services, and provides for a full range of deposit and loan products, as well as various other banking services. The Treasury segment is responsible for managing the Company's investment securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities. The All Others category includes activities such as electronic banking, data processing and management of bank owned properties.

The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in Note 1. The majority of the Company's net income is derived from net interest income. Accordingly, management focuses primarily on net interest income, rather than gross interest income and expense amounts, in evaluating segment profitability.

Intersegment net interest income (expense) was allocated to each segment based upon a funds transfer pricing process that assigns costs of funds to assets and earnings credits to liabilities based on market interest rates that reflect interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. All administrative and overhead expenses are allocated to the segments at cost. Cash, investment securities, loans and leases and their related balances are allocated to the segment responsible for acquisition and maintenance of those assets. Segment assets also include all premises and equipment used directly in segment operations.

Segment profits (losses) and assets are provided in the following table for the periods indicated:

	Commercial			Hawaii						All
	Real Estate			Market			Treasury			Others			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Net interest income	$	26,235		$	68,947		$	22,639		$	-		$	117,821
Intersegment net interest income (expense)		(16,303	)		61,867			(18,609	)		(26,955	)		-
Credit (provision) for loan and lease losses		40,957			(267	)		-			-			40,690
Other operating income		2,578			39,287			7,312			1,004			50,181
Other operating expense		(16,822	)		(92,267	)		(7,163	)		(55,869	)		(172,121	)
Administrative and overhead expense allocation		(4,196	)		(50,212	)		(627	)		55,035			-
Net income (loss)	$	32,449		$	27,355		$	3,552		$	(26,785	)	$	36,571
At December 31, 2011
Investment securities	$	-		$	-		$	1,493,925		$	-		$	1,493,925
Loans and leases (including loans held for sale)		512,051			1,602,686			-			-			2,114,737
Other		13,421			10,437			429,141			71,204			524,203
Total assets	$	525,472		$	1,613,123		$	1,923,066		$	71,204		$	4,132,865
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Net interest income	$	43,632		$	68,049		$	6,972		$	-		$	118,653
Intersegment net interest income (expense)		(30,446	)		34,084			569			(4,207	)		-
Provision for loan and lease losses		(116,416	)		(43,132	)		-			-			(159,548	)
Other operating income		1,007			39,938			8,236			7,855			57,036
Goodwill impairment		-			(102,689	)		-			-			(102,689	)
Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)		(22,182	)		(85,078	)		(8,059	)		(49,086	)		(164,405	)
Administrative and overhead expense allocation		(5,021	)		(40,689	)		(426	)		46,136			-
Net income (loss)	$	(129,426	)	$	(129,517	)	$	7,292		$	698		$	(250,953	)
At December 31, 2010
Investment securities	$	-		$	-		$	705,345		$	-		$	705,345
Loans and leases (including loans held for sale)		699,344			1,539,848			-			-			2,239,192
Other		(49,396	)		6,228			958,665			78,017			993,514
Total assets	$	649,948		$	1,546,076		$	1,664,010		$	78,017		$	3,938,051
Year ended December 31, 2009:
Net interest income	$	86,739		$	66,939		$	20,844		$	-		$	174,522
Intersegment net interest income (expense)		(49,969	)		54,330			(13,525	)		9,164			-
Provision for loan and lease losses		(304,076	)		(44,725	)		-			-			(348,801	)
Other operating income		1,198			44,084			7,937			4,194			57,413
Goodwill impairment		-			(50,000	)		-			-			(50,000	)
Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)		(29,394	)		(85,902	)		(2,921	)		(48,659	)		(166,876	)
Administrative and overhead expense allocation		(5,072	)		(37,068	)		(357	)		42,497			-
Income taxes		16,588			6,271			(1,795	)		(1,069	)		19,995
Net income (loss)	$	(283,986	)	$	(46,071	)	$	10,183		$	6,127		$	(313,747	)

XML

401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN [Abstract]

401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

18. 401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

We maintain a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (“Retirement Savings Plan”) that covers substantially all employees of the Company. The Retirement Savings Plan allows employees to direct their own investments among a selection of investment alternatives and is funded by employee elective deferrals, employer matching contributions and employer profit sharing contributions.

We match 100% of an employee's elective deferrals, up to 4% of the employee's pay each pay period. Our employer matching contributions to the Retirement Savings Plan totaled $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $1.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We also have the option of making discretionary profit sharing contributions into the Retirement Savings Plan. Our Board of Directors has sole discretion in determining the annual profit sharing contribution, subject to limitations of the Internal Revenue Code. We did not make any profit sharing contributions in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

XML

REGULATORY MATTERS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

REGULATORY MATTERS [Abstract]

REGULATORY MATTERS

2. REGULATORY MATTERS

In May 2011, the regulatory Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) that the bank entered into with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the State of Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) on December 9, 2009 was lifted. In place of the Consent Order, the Board of Directors of the bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “Bank MOU”) with the FDIC and DFI effective May 5, 2011. The Bank MOU continues a number of the same requirements previously required by the Consent Order, including the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, improvement of our asset quality, limitations on credit extensions, maintenance of qualified management and the prohibition on cash dividends to Central Pacific Financial Corp. (“CPF”), among other matters. In addition, the Bank MOU requires the bank to further reduce classified assets below the level previously required by the Consent Order. The Bank MOU lowers the minimum leverage capital ratio that the bank is required to maintain from 10% in the Consent Order to 8% and does not mandate a minimum total risk-based capital ratio.

In addition to the lifting of the Consent Order, in November 2011, the separate Memorandum of Understanding (the “BSA MOU”) relating to compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”) that the bank entered into with the FDIC and DFI on February 9, 2011 was terminated.

In addition to the Bank MOU, the Company continues to be subject to the Written Agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) and DFI dated July 2, 2010, which superseded in its entirety the Memorandum of Understanding that the Company entered into on April 1, 2009 with the FRBSF and DFI. Among other matters, the Written Agreement provides that unless we receive the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we cannot: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from Central Pacific Bank; (iii) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of our stock. The Written Agreement also requires that our Board of Directors fully utilize the Company's financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with the Bank MOU and any other supervisory action taken by the bank's regulators. We were also required to submit to the FRBSF an acceptable capital plan to maintain the capital requirements of the Bank MOU and cash flow projection.

Even though the Consent Order has been replaced by the Bank MOU, the bank remains subject to a number of requirements as described above. We cannot assure you whether or when the Company and the bank will be in full compliance with the agreements with the regulators or whether or when the Bank MOU or the Written Agreement will be terminated. Even if terminated, we may still be subject to other agreements with regulators that restrict our activities and may also continue to impose capital ratio requirements. The requirements and restrictions of the Bank MOU and the Written Agreement are judicially enforceable and the Company or the bank's failure to comply with such requirements and restrictions may subject the Company and the bank to additional regulatory restrictions including: the imposition of a new consent order, the imposition of civil monetary penalties; the termination of insurance of deposits; the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties; the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; the issuance of directives to increase capital or enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, if we again fall below the capital ratio requirement; and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders.

XML

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE [Abstract]

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

22. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The table below presents the information used to compute basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net income (loss)	$	36,571		$	(250,953	)	$	(313,747	)
Preferred stock dividends, accretion of discount and
conversion of preferred stock to common stock		(83,897	)		8,432			7,946
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	120,468		$	(259,385	)	$	(321,693	)
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic		35,891			1,516			1,459
Dilutive effect of employee stock options and awards		415			-			-
Dilutive effect of deferred salary restricted stock units		16			-			-
Dilutive effect of Treasury warrants		20			-			-
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted		36,342			1,516			1,459
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	3.36		$	(171.13	)	$	(220.56	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	3.31		$	(171.13	)	$	(220.56	)

A total of 40,166, 128,677 and 145,152 potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the dilutive share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive.

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) [Abstract]

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

21. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Components of AOCI, net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale securities:
Unrealized losses due to other-than-temporary impairment related to factors other than credit	$	-		$	-		$	(5,158	)
All other unrealized gains		24,011			2,985			11,109
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives		(10,559	)		(7,324	)		53
Pension liability adjustments		(11,288	)		(10,226	)		(9,515	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	$	2,164		$	(14,565	)	$	(3,511	)

Changes in AOCI, net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale securities:
Change in unrealized gain/loss during the period	$	22,190		$	(5,357	)	$	7,858
Reclassification adjustment for gain/loss included in net income		(1,164	)		2,391			(3,050	)
Change in accumulated gain/loss on effective cash flow hedging derivatives		(3,235	)		(7,377	)		(14,811	)
Change in the net actuarial gain/loss on defined benefit post-retirement benefit plans		(1,062	)		(711	)		3,102
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income	$	16,729		$	(11,054	)	$	(6,901	)

XML

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS [Abstract]

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

23. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

In March 2011, the Company and the bank were named as defendants in a putative class action captioned as Gregory and Camila Peterson, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, Plaintiffs, v. Central Pacific Bank, Central Pacific Financial Corp. and Doe Defendants 1-50, Defendants, Case No. 11-1-0457-03 VLC, in the First Circuit Court of Hawaii in Honolulu. The complaint asserted claims for unconscionability, conversion, unjust enrichment, and violations of Hawaii's Uniform Deceptive Trade Practice Act, relating to the bank's overdraft practices and fees. Plaintiffs sought declaratory relief, restitution, disgorgement, damages, interest, costs and attorneys' fees. In October 2011, through a mediation process, the Company reached a settlement with the plaintiffs. The settlement received court approval andprovides for a payment of $1.2 million into a class settlement fund, the proceeds of which will be used to refund class members and pay attorneys' fees and administrative and other costs, in exchange for a complete release of all claims asserted against the Company and the bank. The $1.2 million settlement amount was fully accrued for by the Company as of December 31, 2011 and paid in February 2012.

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes the ultimate disposition of those matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In the normal course of business there are outstanding contingent liabilities and other commitments such as unused letters of credit, items held for collections and unsold traveler's checks, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

XML

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK [Abstract]

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written, forward foreign exchange contracts, and interest rate contracts. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and foreign exchange risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement we have in particular classes of financial instruments.

Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. For forward foreign exchange contracts and interest rate contracts, the contract amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. We control the credit risk of these contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. We hold collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

Interest rate options issued on residential mortgage loans expose us to interest rate risk, which is economically hedged with forward interest rate contracts. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of other operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Forward interest rate contracts represent commitments to purchase or sell loans at a future date at a specified price. Risks arise from the possible inability of counter-parties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in market rates. Management reviews and approves the creditworthiness of the counterparties to its forward interest rate contracts.

Forward foreign exchange contracts represent commitments to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date at a specified price. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Management reviews and approves the creditworthiness of its forward foreign exchange counterparties.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
Commitments to extend credit	$	451,378	$	415,005
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written		13,159		11,056
Financial instruments whose contract amounts exceed the amount of credit risk:
Interest rate options		68,979		63,994
Forward interest rate contracts		33,776		40,658
Forward foreign exchange contracts		547		1,889

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

Central Pacific Financial Corp. is a bank holding company. Our principal operating subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, is a full-service commercial bank with 34 branches and 120 ATMs located throughout the state of Hawaii. The bank engages in a broad range of lending activities including originating commercial loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans and consumer loans. The bank also offers a variety of deposit products and services. These include personal and business checking and savings accounts, money market accounts and time certificates of deposit. Other products and services include debit cards, internet banking, cash management services, traveler's checks, safe deposit boxes, international banking services, night depository facilities and wire transfers. Wealth management products and services include non-deposit investment products, annuities, insurance, investment management, asset custody and general consultation and planning services.

When we refer to “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our,” we mean Central Pacific Financial Corp. & Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to “Central Pacific Financial Corp.” or to the holding company, we are referring to the parent company on a standalone basis. When we refer to “our bank” or “the bank,” we mean “Central Pacific Bank.”

The banking business depends on rate differentials, the difference between the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings and the interest rates received on loans extended to customers and investment securities held in our portfolio. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Accordingly, the earnings and growth of the Company are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.

We have the following four reportable segments: (1) Commercial Real Estate, (2) Hawaii Market, (3) Treasury, and (4) Other. The Commercial Real Estate segment includes construction and real estate development lending in the markets we serve. The Hawaii Market segment includes retail branch offices, commercial lending, residential mortgage lending and servicing, indirect auto lending, trust services and retail brokerage services, and provides for a full range of deposit and loan products, as well as various other banking services. The Treasury segment is responsible for managing the Company's investment securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities. The All Others category includes activities such as electronic banking, data processing and management of bank owned properties. For further information, see Note 26.

In an effort to improve our overall financial position, we adopted and implemented a recovery plan in March 2010 to improve our financial health by completing a significant recapitalization, reducing our credit risk exposure and returning to profitability by focusing on our core businesses and traditional markets in Hawaii. Further details about our recovery plan and the progress we have made to date can be found in Note 3.

With respect to our capital raising efforts, we completed a number of key milestones during 2011. We completed our previously announced capital raise of $325 million through a private placement offering (the “Private Placement”) in February 2011.

Concurrently with the Private Placement, in February 2011, the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”) agreed to exchange our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “TARP Preferred Stock”) purchased by the Treasury under the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for approximately $56.2 million in our common stock (the “TARP Exchange”). The Company and Treasury also agreed to amend the ten-year warrant to purchase shares of common stock (the “TARP Warrant”) issued to the Treasury in connection with the Treasury's investment in the TARP Preferred Stock to, among other things, reduce the exercise price to the same per share purchase price in the Private Placement.

In anticipation of the completion of the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange, we effected a 1-for-20 reverse split on February 2, 2011. The reverse stock split was previously approved by our shareholders at the shareholder meeting on May 24, 2010. No fractional shares of common stock were issued as a result of the reverse stock split. For each holder of common stock, the number of shares held prior to the effectiveness of the reverse stock split were divided by twenty and, if the resulting number was not a whole number, then such number was rounded up to the next nearest whole number.

As part of the recapitalization, we also completed a rights offering ( the “Rights Offering”) whereby shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 17, 2011 received transferable rights to purchase newly issued shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $10 per share. The rights provided for the purchase of up to $20.0 million of the Company's common stock by holders of such rights. The Rights Offering was fully subscribed and completed in May 2011.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. We acquired Hawaii HomeLoans (“HHL”), which is now known as Central Pacific HomeLoans (“CPHL”), on August 17, 2005 and we acquired Pacific Islands Financial Management LLC (“PIFM”) on July 1, 2008. The results of operations of CPHL and PIFM are included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition dates.

Our former subsidiary CPHL was merged into the bank in February 2012.

We have a 50% ownership interest in the following mortgage brokerage companies: Pacific Access Mortgage, LLC and Gentry HomeLoans, LLC. These investments are accounted for using the equity method and are included in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries. We also have non-controlling equity investments in affiliates that are accounted for under the cost method and are included in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries.

Our investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries accounted for under the equity and cost methods were $0.6 million and $12.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $0.7 million and $14.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Our policy for determining impairment of these investments includes an evaluation of whether a loss in value of an investment is other than temporary. Evidence of a loss in value includes absence of an ability to recover the carrying amount of the investment or the inability of the investee to sustain an earnings capacity which would justify the carrying amount of the investment. We perform impairment tests whenever indicators of impairment are present. If the value of an investment declines and it is considered other than temporary, the investment is written down to its respective fair value in the period in which this determination is made.

The Company sponsors the Central Pacific Bank Foundation which is not consolidated in the Company's financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that reflect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance and provision for loan and lease losses, reserves for unfunded commitments, residential mortgage repurchase reserves and deferred income tax assets and income tax expense, as well as the valuation of investment securities, other intangible assets and the related amortization thereon, pension liability and the fair value of certain financial instruments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, we consider cash and cash equivalents to include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold and all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Investment Securities

Investments in debt securities and marketable equity securities are designated as trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Securities are designated as held to maturity only if we have the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity. Held to maturity debt securities are reported at amortized cost. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in earnings. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).

We use current quotations, where available, to estimate the fair value of investment securities. Where current quotations are not available, we estimate fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows. We consider the facts of each security including the nature of the security, the amount and duration of the loss, credit quality of the issuer, the expectations for that security's performance and our intent and ability to hold the security until recovery. Declines in the value of debt securities and marketable equity securities that are considered other than temporary are recorded in other operating income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are recorded in other operating income using the specific identification method.

We amortize premiums and accrete discounts associated with investment securities using the interest method over the life of the respective security instrument.

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”), the bank is required to obtain and hold a specific number of shares of capital stock of the FHLB based on the amount of outstanding FHLB advances. The securities are reported at cost and are presented separately in the consolidated balance sheets.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consists of Hawaii residential mortgage loans, as well as residential and commercial construction loans. Hawaii residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis, while mainland residential and commercial construction loans are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis. Net fees and costs associated with originating and acquiring residential mortgage loans held for sale are deferred and included in the basis for determining the gain or loss on sales of loans held for sale.

Loans originated with the intent to be held in our portfolio are subsequently transferred to held for sale when our intent to hold for the foreseeable future has changed. At the time of a loan's transfer to the held for sale account, the loan is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Any reduction in the loan's value is reflected as a write-down of the recorded investment resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

In subsequent periods, if the fair value of a loan classified as held for sale is less than its cost basis, a valuation adjustment is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense and the carrying value of the loan is adjusted accordingly. The valuation adjustment may be recovered in the event that the fair value increases, which is also recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense.

The fair value of loans classified as held for sale are generally based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, acceptance of firm offer letters with agreed upon purchase prices, discounted cash flow models that take into account market observable assumptions, or independent appraisals of the underlying collateral securing the loans. Collateral values are determined based on appraisals received from qualified valuation professionals and are obtained periodically or when indicators that property values may be impaired are present.

We sell residential mortgage loans under industry standard contractual provisions that include various representations and warranties, which typically cover ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan, and other similar matters. We may be required to repurchase certain loans sold with identified defects, indemnify the investor, or reimburse the investor for any credit losses incurred. Our repurchase risk generally relates to early payment defaults and borrower fraud. We establish residential mortgage repurchase reserves to reflect this risk based on our estimate of losses after considering a combination of factors, including our estimate of future repurchase activity and our projection of expected credit losses resulting from repurchased loans. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, this reserve totaled $6.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

Loans

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Unearned income represents net deferred loan fees that are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield. Net deferred loan fees are amortized using the interest method over the contractual term of the loan, adjusted for actual prepayments. Unamortized fees on loans paid in full are recognized as a component of interest income.

Interest income on loans is recognized on an accrual basis. For all loan types, the Company determines delinquency status by considering the number of days full payments required by the contractual terms of the loan are past due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when interest payments are 90 days past due, or earlier should management determine that the borrowers will be unable to meet contractual principal and/or interest obligations, unless the loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income should management determine that the collectibility of such accrued interest is doubtful. All subsequent receipts are applied to principal outstanding and no interest income is recognized unless the financial condition and payment record of the borrowers warrant such recognition. A nonaccrual loan may be restored to an accrual basis when principal and interest payments are current and full payment of principal and interest is expected.

Leases

We provide equipment financing to our customers through a variety of lease arrangements. Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Unearned income on direct financing leases is amortized over the lease terms by methods that approximate the interest method.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) is established through provisions for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) charged against income. Our policy is to charge a loan off in the period in which the loan is deemed to be uncollectible and all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. We consider a loan to be uncollectible when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the Company can make a reasonable estimate of the loss. In these instances, the likelihood of and/or timeframe for recovery of the amount due is uncertain, weak, or protracted. Subsequent receipts, if any, are credited first to the remaining principal, then to the Allowance as recoveries, and finally to unaccrued interest.

The Allowance is maintained at a level that management deems sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our methodology for determining the adequacy of the Allowance takes into account many factors, including the level and trend of nonperforming and potential problem loans, net charge-off experience, current repayment by borrowers, fair value of collateral securing specific loans, changes in lending and underwriting standards and general economic factors, nationally and in the markets in which we operate. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our Allowance. Such agencies may require that we recognize additions to the Allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

We consider current information and events regarding our borrowers' ability to repay their obligations and treat a loan as impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or, if the loan is considered to be collateral dependent, based on the fair value of the collateral. Impairment losses are included in the Allowance through a charge to the Provision.

For smaller-balance homogeneous loans (primarily residential real estate and consumer loans), the Allowance is based upon management's evaluation of the quality, character and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, current and projected economic conditions, and past loan loss experience.

Delinquent consumer loans and residential mortgage loans are charged off or written down within 120 days, unless determined to be adequately collateralized or in imminent process of collection. Delinquent commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans are charged off or written down when management determines that collectibility is doubtful and the principal amount of the loans cannot be repaid from proceeds of collateral liquidation.

Our process for determining the reserve for unfunded commitments is consistent with our process for determining the Allowance and is adjusted for estimated loan funding probabilities. Reserves for unfunded commitments are recorded separately through a valuation allowance included in other liabilities. Credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are deducted from the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures in the period in which the liability is settled. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit losses is established by a charge to other operating expense.  The reserve for unfunded commitments totaled $7.3 million and $5.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are included in other operating expense and are computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the applicable leases. Useful lives range from five to thirty-nine years for premises and improvements, and one to seven years for equipment. Major improvements and betterments are capitalized, while recurring maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense. Net gains or losses on dispositions of premises and equipment are included in other operating expense.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

During the first quarter of 2010, we determined that an impairment test on our remaining goodwill was required because of the uncertainty regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at that time combined with the fact that our market capitalization remained depressed. As a result of that impairment test, we determined that the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit was impaired and we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $102.7 million. Since that time, we had no goodwill remaining on our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 10 for further information regarding the impairment charge.

Prior to the first quarter of 2010, we reviewed the carrying amount of goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and performed additional assessments on a quarterly basis whenever indicators of impairment were evident. Goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing their respective fair values to their carrying values. When determining fair value, we utilized a discounted cash flow methodology for our Commercial Real Estate reporting unit and versions of the guideline company, guideline transaction and discounted cash flow methodologies for our Hawaii Market reporting unit. Absent any impairment indicators, we performed our annual goodwill impairment tests during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

Similar to our process for evaluating our goodwill for impairment, we also perform an impairment assessment of our other intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of those assets may not be recoverable.

Our impairment assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets involve, among other valuation methods, the estimation of future cash flows and other methods of determining fair value. Estimating future cash flows and determining fair values is subject to judgments and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions about the future growth and potential volatility in revenues and costs, capital expenditures, industry economic factors and future business strategy. The variability of the factors we use to perform the goodwill impairment test depends on a number of conditions, including uncertainty about future events and cash flows. All such factors are interdependent and, therefore, do not change in isolation. Accordingly, our accounting estimates may materially change from period to period due to changing market factors. If we had used other assumptions and estimates or if different conditions occur in future periods, including, but not limited to, changes in other reporting units or operating segments, future operating results could be materially impacted.

Other intangible assets include core deposit premiums, mortgage servicing rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements, which are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Other intangible assets are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Core deposit premiums are amortized on an accelerated basis over a 14-year period. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold with servicing rights retained, thereby creating a right to receive loan servicing fees. These rights are assessed for impairment on a quarterly basis. Any such indicated impairment is recognized in income during the period in which it occurs. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized over the period of estimated net servicing income. Customer relationships and non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of ten and five years, respectively.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate is composed of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings and is initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property, thereby establishing the new cost basis of other real estate. Losses arising at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the Allowance. Subsequent to acquisition, such properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling expenses, determined on an individual asset basis. Any deficiency resulting from the excess of cost over fair value less estimated selling expenses is recognized as a valuation allowance. Any subsequent increase in fair value up to its cost basis is recorded as a reduction of the valuation allowance. Increases or decreases in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expense. Net gains or losses recognized on the sale of these properties are included in other operating income.

Non-Controlling Interest

Non-controlling interest is comprised of preferred stock issued to third parties by the Company's subsidiaries, CPB Real Estate, Inc. and Citibank Properties, Inc.

Share Based Compensation

On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions within Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. Under this guidance, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee's requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair-value of stock-based awards and we recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards on a straight-line basis over their respective vesting period. See Note 16 for further discussion of our stock-based compensation.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. A valuation allowance may be required if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years, to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future taxable income and tax planning strategies that could be implemented to accelerate taxable income, if necessary. If our estimates of future taxable income were materially overstated or if our assumptions regarding the tax consequences of tax planning strategies were inaccurate, some or all of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, which would result in a charge to earnings. Our continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in interest expense and other expense, respectively.

We establish income tax contingency reserves for potential tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Tax benefits are recognized when we determine that it is more likely than not that such benefits will be realized. Where uncertainty exists due to the complexity of income tax statutes, and where the potential tax amounts are significant, we generally seek independent tax opinions to support our positions. If our evaluation of the likelihood of the realization of benefits is inaccurate, we could incur additional income tax and interest expense that would adversely impact earnings, or we could receive tax benefits greater than anticipated which would positively impact earnings.

Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding unvested restricted stock. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, increased by the dilutive effect of stock options and stock awards, less shares held in a Rabbi trust pursuant to a deferred compensation plan for directors.

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts

We are periodically a party to a limited amount of forward foreign exchange contracts to satisfy customer requirements for foreign currencies. These contracts are not utilized for trading purposes and are carried at market value, with realized gains and losses included in fees on foreign exchange.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

We recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. On the date that we enter into a derivative contract, we designate the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of an identified asset or liability (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to an identified asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”) or (3) a transaction not qualifying for hedge accounting (“free standing derivative”). For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative and, to the extent that it is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability, attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period net income in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative, to the extent that it is effective, is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”). These changes in fair value are subsequently reclassified to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction affects net income in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For free standing derivatives, changes in fair values are reported in current period other operating income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310), Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. This ASU requires a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of loan and leases and the allowance for loan and lease losses. This ASU also requires additional disclosures related to past due information, credit quality indicators and information related to loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). We adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2011.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. This ASU provides additional guidance related to determining whether a creditor has granted a concession, includes factors and examples for creditors to consider in evaluating whether a restructuring results in a delay in payment that is insignificant, prohibits creditors from using the borrower's effective rate test to evaluate whether a concession has been granted to the borrower, and adds factors for creditors to use in determining whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. We adopted this ASU in the Company's reporting period ended September 30, 2011.

The adoption of the pronouncements described above did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

XML

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

25. FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for our financial instruments.

Short-Term Financial Instruments

The carrying values of short-term financial instruments are deemed to approximate fair values. Such instruments are considered readily convertible to cash and include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, accrued interest receivable, the majority of short-term borrowings and accrued interest payable.

Investment Securities

The fair value of investment securities is based on market price quotations received from securities dealers. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities.

Loans

Fair values of loans are estimated based on discounted cash flows of portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics including the type of loan, interest terms and repayment history. Fair values are calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through estimated maturities using estimated market discount rates. Estimated market discount rates are reflective of credit and interest rate risks inherent in the Company's various loan types and are derived from available market information, as well as specific borrower information.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits and interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, are equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Short-Term Borrowings and Long-Term Debt

The fair value for a portion of our short-term borrowings is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows using rates currently offered for securities of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of our long-term debt, primarily FHLB advances, is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows over the contractual borrowing period at the estimated market rate for similar borrowing arrangements.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

The fair values of off-balance sheet financial instruments are estimated based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties, current settlement values or quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

For derivative financial instruments, the fair values are based upon current settlement values, if available. If there are no relevant comparables, fair values are based on pricing models using current assumptions for interest rate swaps and options.

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time our entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. For example, significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include deferred tax assets, premises and equipment and intangible assets. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in many of the estimates.

	December 31, 2011					December 31, 2010
	Carrying/					Carrying/
	notional		Estimated			notional		Estimated
	amount		fair value			amount		fair value
	(Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks	$	76,233	$	76,233		$	61,725	$	61,725
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		180,839		180,839			729,014		729,014
Investment securities		1,493,925		1,493,970			705,345		705,430
Net loans and leases, including loans held for sale		1,992,644		1,908,557			2,046,338		1,985,261
Accrued interest receivable		11,674		11,674			11,279		11,279
Financial liabilities
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing deposits		729,149		729,149			611,744		611,744
Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits		1,705,551		1,705,551			1,729,361		1,729,361
Time deposits		1,008,828		1,012,121			791,842		793,333
Total deposits		3,443,528		3,446,821			3,132,947		3,134,438
Short-term borrowings		34		34			202,480		202,351
Long-term debt		158,298		89,646			459,803		407,175
Accrued interest payable (included in other liabilities)		10,019		10,019			9,528		9,528
Off-balance sheet financial instruments
Commitments to extend credit		451,378		2,257			415,005		2,075
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written		13,159		99			11,056		83
Interest rate options		68,979		515			63,994		(170	)
Forward interest rate contracts		33,776		(413	)		40,658		682
Forward foreign exchange contracts		547		547			1,889		1,891

Fair Value Measurements

We group our financial assets and liabilities at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the financial assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value as follows:

·   Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available.

·   Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

·   Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that requires the use of significant judgment or estimation.

We base our fair values on the price that we would expect to receive if an asset were sold or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We also maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements.

We use fair value measurements to record adjustments to certain financial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available for sale securities and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. From time to time, we may be required to record other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis such as loans held for sale, impaired loans and mortgage servicing rights. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of the lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

				Fair Value at Reporting Date Using
	Fair			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs			Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Value			(Level 1)		(Level 2)			(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Available for sale securities:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities	$	373,177		$	-	$	373,177		$	-
States and political subdivisions		12,994			-		-			12,994
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		1,097,302			-		1,097,302			-
Corporate		8,551			-		8,551			-
Other		970			970		-			-
Derivatives:
Interest rate contracts		102			-		102			-
Amended TARP warrant		(677	)		-		(677	)		-
Total	$	1,492,419		$	970	$	1,478,455		$	12,994
December 31, 2010
Available for sale securities:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities	$	201,855		$	-	$	201,855		$	-
States and political subdivisions		12,619			-		-			12,619
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		486,964			-		486,964			-
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		17			-		-			17
Other		1,062			1,062		-			-
Derivatives:
Interest rate contracts		512			-		512			-
Total	$	703,029		$	1,062	$	689,331		$	12,636

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

	Available for sale securities			Available for sale non- agency collateralized mortgage obligations (1)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	13,778		$	46,469
Principal payments received		(1,159	)		(1,052	)
Realized net losses included in net loss		-			(7,275	)
Unrealized net loss included in other comprehensive loss		-			6,222
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net		-			(44,347	)
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	12,619		$	17
Principal payments received		(354	)		(17	)
Unrealized net gain included in other comprehensive income		729			-
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	12,994		$	-
(1) Represents non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations previously classified as Level 2 for which the
market became inactive during 2008; therefore the fair value measurement was derived from discounted cash
flow models using unobservable inputs and assumptions.

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were recorded at fair value on our balance sheet, the following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the respective fair values:

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs		Total
	Value		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Losses
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Loans held for sale (1)	$	12,414	$	-	$	12,414	$	-	$	4,624
Impaired loans (1)		131,836		-		131,836		-		36,566
Other real estate (2)		61,681		-		61,681		-		6,670
									$	47,860
December 31, 2010
Loans held for sale (1)	$	35,300	$	-	$	35,300	$	-	$	1,460
Impaired loans (1)		205,509		-		205,509		-		150,503
Goodwill (3)		-		-		-		-		102,689
Other real estate (2)		57,507		-		57,507		-		7,256
									$	261,908
(1) Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are based on agreed upon
purchase prices for the loans or the appraised value of the collateral.
(2) Represents other real estate that is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell.
Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral.
(3) Represents carrying value subsequent to write-downs for impairment.

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$ 76,233	$ 61,725
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	180,839	729,014
Investment securities:
Available for sale, at fair value	1,492,994	702,517
Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $976 at December 31, 2011 and $2,913 at December 31, 2010)	931	2,828
Total investment securities	1,493,925	705,345
Loans held for sale	50,290	69,748
Loans and leases	2,064,447	2,169,444
Allowance for loan and lease losses	(122,093)	(192,854)
Net loans and leases	1,942,354	1,976,590
Premises and equipment, net	51,414	57,390
Accrued interest receivable	11,674	11,279
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries	12,697	14,856
Other real estate	61,681	57,507
Other intangible assets	41,986	44,639
Bank-owned life insurance	144,474	142,296
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	48,797	48,797
Income tax receivable	2,395	2,223
Other assets	14,106	16,642
Total assets	4,132,865	3,938,051
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing demand	729,149	611,744
Interest-bearing demand	569,371	639,548
Savings and money market	1,136,180	1,089,813
Time	1,008,828	791,842
Total deposits	3,443,528	3,132,947
Short-term borrowings	34	202,480
Long-term debt	158,298	459,803
Other liabilities	64,585	66,766
Total liabilities	3,666,445	3,861,996
Equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding none and 135,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively	0	130,458
Common stock, no par value, authorized 185,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 41,749,116 and 1,527,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively	784,539	404,167
Surplus	66,585	63,308
Accumulated deficit	(396,848)	(517,316)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	2,164	(14,565)
Total shareholders' equity	456,440	66,052
Non-controlling interest	9,980	10,003
Total equity	466,420	76,055
Total liabilities and equity	$ 4,132,865	$ 3,938,051

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Parenthetical)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS [Abstract]
Issuance of preferred stock and related warrants (in shares)	0	0	135,000
Common stock issued in exchange for preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends	5,620,117	0	0
Common stock issued under common stock offerings and stock plans (in shares)	34,599,585	0	77,475
Common stock purchased (sold) by directors' deferred compensation plan (in shares)	(193)	201	1,304

XML

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION [Abstract]

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

28. UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

	First			Second			Third			Fourth
	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Full Year
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2011:
Interest income	$	34,363		$	34,184		$	34,330		$	33,573		$	136,450
Interest expense		6,162			5,205			4,501			2,761			18,629
Net interest income		28,201			28,979			29,829			30,812			117,821
Credit for loan and lease losses		(1,575	)		(8,784	)		(19,116	)		(11,215	)		(40,690	)
Net interest income after credit for loan
and lease losses		29,776			37,763			48,945			42,027			158,511
Investment securities gains		-			261			-			1,045			1,306
Income before income taxes		4,639			8,211			11,626			12,095			36,571
Net income		4,639			8,211			11,626			12,095			36,571
Basic earnings per share		4.59			0.20			0.28			0.29			3.36
Diluted earnings per share		4.58			0.20			0.28			0.29			3.31
2010:
Interest income	$	46,261		$	40,100		$	38,038		$	36,355		$	160,754
Interest expense		11,192			10,904			10,669			9,336			42,101
Net interest income		35,069			29,196			27,369			27,019			118,653
Provision for loan and lease losses		58,837			20,412			79,893			406			159,548
Net interest income (loss) after provision
for loan and lease losses		(23,768	)		8,784			(52,524	)		26,613			(40,895	)
Investment securities gains		831			-			-			-			831
Loss before income taxes		(160,219	)		(16,105	)		(72,544	)		(2,085	)		(250,953	)
Net loss		(160,219	)		(16,105	)		(72,544	)		(2,085	)		(250,953	)
Basic and diluted loss per share		(107.23	)		(12.01	)		(49.27	)		(2.78	)		(171.13	)

XML

EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

EQUITY [Abstract]

EQUITY

15. EQUITY

As further discussed in Notes 1 and 3, we completed a number of significant transactions as part of our recapitalization, including:

·   On February 2, 2011, we effected a one-for-twenty reverse stock split of our common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). Except as otherwise specified, the share and per share amounts for historical periods have been restated to give the effect to the Reverse Stock Split.

·   On February 18, 2011, we completed the Private Placement with investments from (1) affiliates of each of The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) and Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (together with Carlyle, the “Lead Investors”) pursuant to investment agreements with each of the Lead Investors and (2) various other investors, including certain of our directors and officers, pursuant to subscription agreements with each of such investors.

·   Concurrently with the closing of the Private Placement, we completed the TARP Exchange whereby 135,000 shares of our TARP Preferred Stock, no par value per share and liquidation preference $1,000 per share, held by the Treasury, and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon were exchanged for 5,620,117 common shares. We also amended the warrant held by the Treasury (the “Amended TARP Warrant”) to, among other things, reduce the exercise price from $255.40 per share to $10 per share. The warrant grants the Treasury the right to purchase 79,288 common shares, subject to adjustment.

·   On May 6, 2011, we completed the Rights Offering which allowed shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 17, 2011 or their transferees to purchase newly issued common shares at $10 per share.

The TARP Exchange resulted in a non-cash increase in net income available to common shareholders of $85.1 million as the book value of the preferred stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends was greater than the estimated fair value of the common stock issued to the Treasury of $56.2 million and the fair value of the Amended TARP Warrant at the time of the TARP Exchange. This accounting treatment had no effect on our total shareholders' equity or our regulatory capital position.

In addition to adjusting the exercise price of the Amended TARP Warrant, its terms were revised to include a “down-round” provision allowing for the future adjustment to the exercise price for any subsequent issuances of common stock by the Company. Subject to certain exceptions, if the Company subsequently issues common stock, or rights or shares convertible into common stock, at a per share price lower than the $10 exercise price of the warrant, the exercise price of the warrant will be reduced to the per share common stock amount received in connection with the issuance and the number of shares of common stock subject to the warrant will be increased. This provision resulted in the warrant being carried as a derivative liability as compared to a common stock equivalent for balance sheet purposes as it possesses the characteristics of a freestanding derivative financial instrument as defined by ASC 815-10-15-83, Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging, and similar to the example illustrated in ASC 815-40-55-33 and -34. As a derivative liability, the warrant is carried at fair value, with subsequent remeasurements recorded through the current period's earnings. The initial value attributed to the warrant was $1.7 million, with the fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model, with the following assumptions: 67% volatility, a risk-free rate of 3.59%, a yield of 1.45% and an estimated life of 10 years. From February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011, this instrument's estimated fair value decreased, which resulted in the recognition of $1.0 million recorded in other noninterest income during the year ended December 31, 2011.

On June 22, 2011, the Treasury completed a public underwritten offering of 2,850,000 shares of our common stock it received in the TARP Exchange. The Company did not receive any proceeds from this offering. The Treasury continues to hold 2,770,117 shares of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 79,288 shares of our common stock.

We have generated considerable tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards and federal and state tax credits. Our use of the tax benefits in the future would be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative increase in the Company's ownership by “5-percent shareholders” (as defined under U.S. income tax laws) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.

On November 23, 2010, our board declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights (“Rights”) in respect to our common stock which were issued pursuant to a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010 (the “Tax Benefits Preservation Plan”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as rights agent. Each Right represents the right to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions in the Plan, 1/10,000th of a share of our Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, no par value, for $6.00, subject to adjustment. The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan is designed to reduce the likelihood that the Company will experience an ownership change by discouraging any person from becoming a beneficial owner of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”). Adoption of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan was required by our agreements with the Lead Investors.

To further protect our tax benefits, on January 26, 2011, our board approved a proposed amendment to our restated articles of incorporation to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or to cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase (the “Protective Charter Amendment”). At our annual meeting of shareholders on April 27, 2011, we proposed the amendment which shareholders approved. There is no guarantee, however, that the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan or the Protective Charter Amendment will prevent the Company from experiencing an ownership change.

In 2009, our Board of Directors suspended the payment of all cash dividends on our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends with respect to common stock is subject to obtaining approval from the FRBSF and DFI, and is restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities are brought current. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends depends on our ability to obtain dividends from our bank. In addition to obtaining approval from the FDIC and DFI, Hawaii law only permits Central Pacific Bank to pay dividends out of retained earnings. Given that the bank had an accumulated deficit of $441.5 million at December 31, 2011, the bank is prohibited from paying any dividends until this deficit is eliminated. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that the bank will be permitted to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

In January 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to 60,000 shares of the Company's common stock (the “2008 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2008 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. There were no repurchases of common stock during 2011. Although a total of 55,000 shares remained available for repurchase under the 2008 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2011, the Company is not currently permitted to make any repurchases under the terms of the junior subordinated debentures related to the trust preferred securities as a result of the deferral of interest thereon, and does not plan to do so for the foreseeable future.

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS [Abstract]

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

29. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

There were no material subsequent events that have occurred which would require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.

XML

PENSION PLANS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

PENSION PLANS [Abstract]

PENSION PLANS

17. PENSION PLANS

Defined Benefit Retirement Plan

The bank has a defined benefit retirement plan that covered substantially all of its employees who were employed during the period that the plan was in effect. The plan was initially curtailed in 1986, and accordingly, plan benefits were fixed as of that date. Effective January 1, 1991, the bank reactivated its defined benefit retirement plan. As a result of the reactivation, employees for whom benefits were fixed in 1986 began to accrue additional benefits under a new formula that became effective January 1, 1991. Employees who were not participants at curtailment, but who were subsequently eligible to join, became participants effective January 1, 1991. Under the reactivated plan, benefits are based upon the employees' years of service and their highest average annual salaries in a 60-consecutive-month period of service, reduced by benefits provided from the bank's terminated money purchase pension plan. The reactivation of the defined benefit retirement plan resulted in an increase of $5.9 million in the unrecognized prior service cost, which was amortized over a period of 13 years. Effective December 31, 2002, the bank curtailed its defined benefit retirement plan, and accordingly, plan benefits were fixed as of that date.

The following tables set forth information pertaining to the defined benefit retirement plan:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at January 1	$	33,633		$	30,878
Interest cost		1,668			1,790
Actuarial loss		1,014			3,150
Benefits paid		(2,224	)		(2,185	)
Benefit obligation at December 31		34,091			33,633
Change in plan assets
Fair value of assets at January 1		23,220			22,153
Actual return on plan assets		168			2,484
Employer contributions		1,395			768
Benefits paid		(2,224	)		(2,185	)
Fair value of assets at December 31		22,559			23,220
Funded status	$	(11,532	)	$	(10,413	)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
Accrued benefit liability	$	(11,532	)	$	(10,413	)
Components of accumulated other comprehensive income:
Unrecognized net actuarial loss		(19,111	)		(18,707	)
Net amount recognized	$	7,579		$	8,294
Benefit obligation actuarial assumptions
Weighted average discount rate		4.8	%		5.1	%

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Components of net periodic cost
Interest cost	$	1,668		$	1,790		$	1,844
Expected return on plan assets		(1,821	)		(1,710	)		(1,483	)
Recognized net loss		2,263			1,962			2,225
Net periodic cost		2,110			2,042			2,586
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized
in other comprehensive income
Net gain (loss)		(404	)		(414	)		2,491
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		(404	)		(414	)		2,491
Total recognized in net periodic cost and other comprehensive income	$	2,514		$	2,456		$	95
Net periodic cost actuarial assumptions
Weighted average discount rate		5.1	%		5.9	%		6.6	%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets		8.0	%		8.0	%		8.0	%

The unrecognized net actuarial loss included in AOCI expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during 2012 is approximately $2.3 million.

The long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the weighted-average long-term rates of return for the various categories of investments held in the plan. The expected long-term rate of return is adjusted when there are fundamental changes in expected returns on the plan investments.

The defined benefit retirement plan assets consist primarily of equity and debt securities. Our asset allocations by asset category were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Equity securities	62	%	49	%
Debt securities	32		44
Other	6		7
Total	100	%	100	%

Equity securities included the Company's common stock in the amounts of $49 thousand and $50 thousand at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Our investment strategy for the defined benefit retirement plan is to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. The investment policy establishes a target allocation for each asset class that is reviewed periodically and rebalanced when considered appropriate.

The fair values of the defined benefit retirement plan as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by asset category were as follows:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Money market accounts	$	1,869	$	-	$	-	$	1,869
Mutual funds		439		-		-		439
Government obligations		-		3,264		-		3,264
Common stocks		5,376		-		-		5,376
Exchange traded funds		8,494		-		-		8,494
Preferred stocks		226		-		-		226
Corporate bonds and debentures		-		2,891		-		2,891
	$	16,404	$	6,155	$	-	$	22,559
December 31, 2010
Money market accounts	$	724	$	-	$	-	$	724
Mutual funds		7,425		-		-		7,425
Government obligations		-		3,535		-		3,535
Common stocks		5,317		-		-		5,317
Preferred stocks		554		-		-		554
Corporate bonds and debentures		-		3,482		-		3,482
Limited partnership		-		2,183		-		2,183
	$	14,020	$	9,200	$	-	$	23,220

We expect to contribute approximately $1.7 million to our defined benefit retirement plan in 2012.

Estimated future benefit payments are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2012	$	2,345
2013		2,361
2014		2,377
2015		2,364
2016		2,387
2017-2021		11,659
Total	$	23,493

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

In 1995, 2001, 2004 and 2006, our bank established Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERP”) that provide certain officers of the Company with supplemental retirement benefits. On December 31, 2002, the 1995 and 2001 SERP were curtailed. In conjunction with the merger with CB Bancshares, Inc. (“CBBI”), we assumed CBBI's SERP obligation.

The following tables set forth information pertaining to the SERP:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at January 1	$	7,755		$	7,215
Service cost		-			42
Interest cost		412			435
Actuarial loss		606			278
Benefits paid		(215	)		(215	)
Benefit obligation at December 31		8,558			7,755
Change in plan assets
Fair value of assets at January 1		-			-
Employer contributions		215			215
Benefits paid		(215	)		(215	)
Fair value of assets at December 31		-			-
Funded status	$	(8,558	)	$	(7,755	)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
Accrued benefit liability	$	(8,558	)	$	(7,755	)
Components of accumulated other comprehensive income:
Unrecognized transition obligation		(198	)		(216	)
Unamortized prior service cost		(154	)		(172	)
Unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss)		(304	)		320
Net amount recognized	$	(7,902	)	$	(7,687	)
Benefit obligation actuarial assumptions
Weighted average discount rate		5.0	%		5.4	%
Weighted average rate of compensation increase		5.0	%		5.0	%

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Components of net periodic cost
Service cost	$	-		$	42		$	104
Interest cost		412			435			250
Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation		17			17			17
Recognized prior service cost		18			17			18
Recognized net (gain) loss		(17	)		(29	)		3
Net periodic cost		430			482			392
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized
in other comprehensive income
Net gain (loss)		(624	)		(307	)		444
Amortization of prior service cost		18			17			17
Amortization of transition obligation		18			17			18
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		(588	)		(273	)		479
Total recognized in net periodic cost and other comprehensive income	$	1,018		$	755		$	(87	)
Net periodic cost actuarial assumptions
Weighted average discount rate		5.0	%		6.1	%		5.7	%
Weighted average rate of compensation increase		5.0	%		5.0	%		5.0	%

The estimated amortization of components included in AOCI that will be recognized into net periodic cost for 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

Amortization of transition obligation	$	17
Amortization of prior service cost		18
Amortization of net actuarial gain		4

The SERP holds no plan assets other than employer contributions that are paid as benefits during the year. We expect to contribute $0.2 million to the SERP in 2012.

Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the SERP are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2012	$	215
2013		211
2014		208
2015		205
2016		220
2017-2021		1,971
Total	$	3,030

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ 36,571	$ (250,953)	$ (313,747)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses	(40,690)	159,548	348,801
Goodwill impairment	0	102,689	50,000
Depreciation and amortization	6,724	7,737	8,410
Gain on sale of premises and equipment	0	(7,698)	(3,612)
Amortization of other intangible assets	7,033	7,061	6,123
Write down of assets	4,624	1,460	4,963
Write down of other real estate, net of gain on sale	528	6,317	8,651
Net amortization of investment securities	9,447	2,802	3,146
Deferred income tax expense	0	0	21,900
Share-based compensation	3,277	233	362
Net loss (gain) on investment securities	(1,306)	(831)	74
Net change in trading securities	0	49,126	0
Other than temporary impairment on securities	0	0	2,565
Net gain on sales of residential loans	(8,050)	(8,468)	(13,582)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale	667,052	1,069,104	1,713,391
Originations of loans held for sale	(662,429)	(955,291)	(1,709,681)
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries	(458)	(468)	(759)
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance	(2,337)	(4,554)	(5,234)
Ineffective portion of derivative	0	0	(3,365)
Decrease (increase) in income tax receivable	(172)	37,616	2,561
Net change in other assets and liabilities	3,309	6,003	10,099
Net cash provided by operating activities	23,123	221,433	131,066
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from maturities of and calls on investment securities available for sale	401,556	333,005	312,021
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale	137,980	439,403	86,205
Purchases of investment securities available for sale	(1,317,112)	(610,081)	(526,043)
Proceeds from maturities of and calls on investment securities held to maturity	1,881	1,843	3,939
Net loan principal repayments	19,435	347,252	328,353
Proceeds from sales of loans originated for investment	26,721	193,390	278,580
Proceeds from sales of other real estate	42,362	30,394	4,749
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance	158	2,069	794
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment	0	19,715	7,207
Purchases of premises and equipment	(747)	(1,954)	(6,135)
Distributions from unconsolidated subsidiaries	522	726	582
Contributions to unconsolidated subsidiaries	0	(136)	(4,228)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(687,244)	755,626	486,024
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits	310,581	(435,969)	(342,650)
Proceeds from long-term debt	0	50,000	100,000
Repayments of long-term debt	(301,219)	(247,893)	(91,093)
Net decrease in short-term borrowings	(202,446)	(39,949)	(37,021)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock	0	0	(2,362)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option exercises	323,538	(1,023)	2,255
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants	0	0	134,403
Other, net	0	147	0
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	130,454	(674,687)	(236,468)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(533,667)	302,372	380,622
Cash and cash equivalents:
At beginning of year	790,739	488,367	107,745
At end of year	257,072	790,739	488,367
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	18,138	41,553	71,596
Income taxes	86	0	1,532
Cash received during the year for:
Income taxes	55	37,993	48,305
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Net change in common stock held by directors' deferred compensation plan	16	6	76
Net reclassification of loans to other real estate	47,064	67,264	27,725
Net transfer of loans to loans held for sale	13,639	74,894	33,850
Net transfer of investment securities available for sale to trading	0	49,126	0
Securitization of residential mortgage loans into available for sale mortgage backed securities	0	0	50,146
Dividends accrued on preferred stock	969	7,096	4,262
Accretion of preferred stock discount	204	1,336	1,322
Preferred stock and accrued unpaid dividends converted to common stock	142,988	0	0
Common stock issued in exchange for preferred stock and accrued unpaid dividends	$ 56,201	$ 0	$ 0

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS [Abstract]
Preferred stock, no par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	135,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	135,000
Common stock, no par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	185,000,000	185,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	41,749,116	1,527,000
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	41,749,116	1,527,000

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

During the first quarter of 2010, we determined that an impairment test on our remaining goodwill was required because of the uncertainty regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at that time combined with the fact that our market capitalization remained depressed. As a result of that impairment test, we determined that the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit was impaired and we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $102.7 million. Since that time, we had no goodwill remaining on our consolidated balance sheet.

Other intangible assets include a core deposit premium, mortgage servicing rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. The following table presents changes in other intangible assets for the periods presented:

	Core			Mortgage
	Deposit			Servicing			Customer			Non-compete
	Premium			Rights			Relationships			Agreements			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2009	$	23,401		$	20,589		$	1,190		$	210		$	45,390
Additions		-			6,310			-			-			6,310
Amortization		(2,674	)		(4,187	)		(140	)		(60	)		(7,061	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	20,727		$	22,712		$	1,050		$	150		$	44,639
Additions		-			4,380			-			-			4,380
Amortization		(2,674	)		(4,159	)		(140	)		(60	)		(7,033	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	18,053		$	22,933		$	910		$	90		$	41,986

The gross carrying value, accumulated amortization and net carrying value related to our other intangible assets are presented below:

	December 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Gross					Net		Gross					Net
	Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated			Carrying
	Value		Amortization			Value		Value		Amortization			Value
	(Dollars in thousands)
Core deposit premium	$	44,642	$	(26,589	)	$	18,053	$	44,642	$	(23,915	)	$	20,727
Mortgage servicing rights		46,047		(23,114	)		22,933		41,667		(18,955	)		22,712
Customer relationships		1,400		(490	)		910		1,400		(350	)		1,050
Non-compete agreements		300		(210	)		90		300		(150	)		150
Total	$	92,389	$	(50,403	)	$	41,986	$	88,009	$	(43,370	)	$	44,639

Based on our other intangible assets held as of December 31, 2011, estimated amortization expense for the next five succeeding fiscal years and all years thereafter are as follows:

	Estimated Amortization Expense
			Mortgage
	Core Deposit		Servicing		Customer		Non-compete
	Premium		Rights		Relationships		Agreements		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2012	$	2,674	$	3,539	$	140	$	60	$	6,413
2013		2,674		2,932		140		30		5,776
2014		2,674		2,568		140		-		5,382
2015		2,674		2,203		140		-		5,017
2016		2,674		1,859		140		-		4,673
Thereafter		4,683		9,832		210		-		14,725
Total	$	18,053	$	22,933	$	910	$	90	$	41,986

At December 31, 2011, there were no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate that the assets assigned to our Hawaii Market reporting unit, which includes the entire core deposit premium, were not recoverable.

We have elected to use the amortization method to measure our mortgage servicing rights. Under the amortization method, we amortize our mortgage servicing rights in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income. Income generated as the result of new mortgage servicing rights is reported as gains on sales of loans and totaled $4.4 million, $6.3 million and $11.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of the servicing rights is reported as amortization of other intangible assets in our consolidated statements of operations. Ancillary income is recorded in other income. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold to third-parties with servicing of those loans retained and we classify our entire mortgage servicing rights into one class.

Initial fair value of the servicing right is calculated by a discounted cash flow model prepared by a third party service provider based on market value assumptions at the time of origination and we assess the servicing right for impairment using current market value assumptions at each reporting period. Critical assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates, costs to service and ancillary income. Variations in our assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair values. Changes to our assumptions are made when current trends and market data indicate that new trends have developed. Current market value assumptions based on loan product types (fixed rate, adjustable rate and balloon loans) include average discount rates and national prepayment speeds. Many of these assumptions are subjective and require a high level of management judgment. Our mortgage servicing rights portfolio and valuation assumptions are periodically reviewed by management.

Prepayment speeds may be affected by economic factors such as home price appreciation, market interest rates, the availability of other credit products to our borrowers and customer payment patterns. Prepayment speeds include the impact of all borrower prepayments, including full payoffs, additional principal payments and the impact of loans paid off due to foreclosure liquidations. As market interest rates decline, prepayment speeds will generally increase as customers refinance existing mortgages under more favorable interest rate terms. As prepayment speeds increase, anticipated cash flows will generally decline resulting in a potential reduction, or impairment, to the fair value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights. Alternatively, an increase in market interest rates may cause a decrease in prepayment speeds and therefore an increase in fair value of mortgage servicing rights.

The following table presents the fair market value and key assumptions used in determining the fair market value of our mortgage servicing rights:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Fair market value, beginning of period	$	23,709		$	23,019
Fair market value, end of period		23,149			23,709
Weighted average discount rate		8.5	%		8.5	%
Weighted average prepayment speed assumption		14.7			13.8

Fair values at December 31, 2011 and 2010 reflected approximately $2.7 billion in loans serviced for others.

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 23, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Entity Registrant Name	CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000701347
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 309,774,000
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		41,745,576
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011

XML

DERIVATIVES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

DERIVATIVES [Abstract]

DERIVATIVES

11. DERIVATIVES

We utilize various designated and undesignated derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to movements in interest rates including interest rate swaps, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale commitments. We measure all derivatives at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet. At each reporting period, we record the derivative instruments in other assets or other liabilities depending on whether the derivatives are in an asset or liability position. For derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments, we record the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of the derivative in AOCI, net of tax, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction. We immediately recognize the portion of the gain or loss in the fair value of the derivative that represents hedge ineffectiveness in current period earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivative are included in current period earnings.

Interest Rate Swap

In January 2008, we entered into a derivative transaction to hedge future cash flows from a portion of our then existing variable rate loan portfolio. Under the terms of the arrangement, we would receive payments equal to a fixed interest rate of 6.25% from January 2008 through January 2013 from the counterparty on a notional amount of $400 million. In return, we would pay the counterparty a floating rate, namely our prime rate, on the same notional amount. The purpose of the derivative transaction was to minimize the risk of fluctuations in interest payments received on our variable rate loan portfolio. The derivative transaction was designated as a cash flow hedge.

On September 1, 2009, we terminated the derivative transaction with the counterparty at its then fair market value of $18.0 million. As a result of the termination, we recorded an unrealized gain related to hedge effectiveness of $12.5 million as a component of AOCI and $5.5 million of hedge ineffectiveness as other operating income. The unrealized gain will be recognized into income using the effective yield method over the original contract period, which ends in January 2013. Over the next 12 months, we expect to reclassify $0.4 million of the unrealized gain into earnings.

Interest Rate Lock and Forward Sale Commitments

We enter into interest rate lock commitments on certain mortgage loans that are intended to be sold. To manage interest rate risk on interest rate lock commitments, we also enter into forward loan sale commitments. The interest rate lock and forward loan sale commitments are accounted for as undesignated derivatives and are recorded at their respective fair values in other assets or other liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in current period earnings. These instruments serve to reduce our exposure to movements in interest rates. At December 31, 2011, we were a party to interest rate lock and forward sale commitments on $69.0 million and $33.8 million of mortgage loans, respectively. At December 31, 2010, we were a party to interest rate lock and forward sale commitments on $64.0 million and $40.7 million of mortgage loans, respectively.

The following table presents the location of all assets and liabilities associated with our derivative instruments within the consolidated balance sheet:

		Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value at December 31, 2011		Fair Value at December 31, 2010		Fair Value at December 31, 2011		Fair Value at December 31, 2010
		(Dollars in thousands)
Interest rate contracts	Other assets /
	other liabilities	$	545	$	1,035	$	443	$	523

The following tables present the impact of derivative instruments and their location within the consolidated statements of operations:

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship	Amount of Gain Reclassified from AOCI into Earnings (Effective Portion)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Interest rate contracts	$	3,236
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Interest rate contracts	$	6,720

Amounts reclassified from AOCI into income are included in interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The ineffective portion has been recognized as other operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivatives not in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship	Location of Gain Recognized in Earnings on Derivatives	Amount of Gain Recognized in Earnings on Derivatives
		(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Interest rate contracts	Other operating income	$	401
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Interest rate contracts	Other operating income	$	790

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Interest income:
Interest and fees on loans and leases	$ 107,089	$ 138,114	$ 201,573
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
Taxable interest	27,559	19,699	36,392
Tax-exempt interest	738	1,068	4,020
Dividends	12	11	10
Interest on deposits in other banks	1,052	1,862	233
Interest on Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell	0	0	9
Total interest income	136,450	160,754	242,237
Interest on deposits:
Demand	500	885	1,351
Savings and money market	2,044	5,514	11,928
Time	7,066	14,390	29,267
Interest on short-term borrowings	204	1,177	548
Interest on long-term debt	8,815	20,135	24,621
Total interest expense	18,629	42,101	67,715
Net interest income	117,821	118,653	174,522
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses	(40,690)	159,548	348,801
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses	158,511	(40,895)	(174,279)
Other operating income:
Other service charges and fees	17,239	15,418	14,187
Service charges on deposit accounts	10,024	11,831	15,458
Net gain on sales of residential loans	8,050	8,468	13,582
Income from bank-owned life insurance	4,139	4,809	5,249
Income from fiduciary activities	2,794	3,204	3,759
Investment securities gains (losses)	1,306	831	(74)
Fees on foreign exchange	664	659	584
Loan placement fees	541	391	982
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries	458	468	759
Gain on sale of premises and equipment	0	7,698	3,612
Other than temporary impairment on securities (net of $5,158 recognized in other comprehensive loss for 2009)	0	0	(2,565)
Other	4,966	3,259	1,880
Total other operating income	50,181	57,036	57,413
Other operating expense:
Salaries and employee benefits	63,675	56,613	66,346
Net occupancy	13,793	13,650	13,415
Legal and professional services	13,506	17,840	13,989
Amortization of other intangible assets	7,033	7,061	6,123
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	6,234	5,685	0
Equipment	4,702	5,337	6,081
Write down of assets	4,624	1,460	4,963
Foreclosed asset expense	4,557	8,982	8,651
Computer software expense	3,629	3,625	3,428
Communication expense	3,517	3,985	4,317
Advertising expense	2,961	2,531	3,266
Goodwill impairment	0	102,689	50,000
Other	43,890	37,636	36,297
Total other operating expense	172,121	267,094	216,876
Income (loss) before income taxes	36,571	(250,953)	(333,742)
Income tax benefit	0	0	(19,995)
Net income (loss)	36,571	(250,953)	(313,747)
Preferred stock dividends, accretion of discount and conversion of preferred stock to common stock	(83,897)	8,432	7,946
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$ 120,468	$ (259,385)	$ (321,693)
Per common share data:
Basic earnings (loss) per share (in dollars per share)	$ 3.36	$ (171.13)	$ (220.56)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share (in dollars per share)	$ 3.31	$ (171.13)	$ (220.56)

XML

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

INVESTMENT SECURITIES [Abstract]

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

5. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

A summary of our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		unrealized		unrealized			Estimated
	cost		gains		losses			fair value
	(Dollars in thousands)
2011
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities	$	931	$	45	$	-		$	976
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities	$	370,184	$	2,993	$	-		$	373,177
States and political subdivisions		12,265		729		-			12,994
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		1,077,146		20,981		(825	)		1,097,302
Corporate securities		8,403		148		-			8,551
Other		985		-		(15	)		970
Total	$	1,468,983	$	24,851	$	(840	)	$	1,492,994
2010
Held to Maturity:
States and political subdivisions	$	500	$	4	$	-		$	504
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		2,328		81		-			2,409
Total	$	2,828	$	85	$	-		$	2,913
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities	$	202,192	$	306	$	(643	)	$	201,855
States and political subdivisions		12,619		-		-			12,619
U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities		483,647		6,653		(3,336	)		486,964
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		17		-		-			17
Other		1,057		5		-			1,062
Total	$	699,532	$	6,964	$	(3,979	)	$	702,517

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment securities at December 31, 2011 by contractual maturity are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	December 31, 2011
	Amortized		Estimated
	cost		fair value
	(Dollars in thousands)
Held to Maturity
Mortgage-backed securities	$	931	$	976
Available for Sale
Due in one year or less	$	75,087	$	75,319
Due after one year through five years		297,116		300,376
Due after five years through ten years		13,443		13,740
Due after ten years		5,206		5,287
Mortgage-backed securities		1,077,146		1,097,302
Other		985		970
Total	$	1,468,983	$	1,492,994

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale were $138.0 million, $439.4 million and $86.2 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, resulting in gross realized gains of $1.4 million, $9.6 million and $0.6 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and gross realized losses of $0.1 million, $8.8 million, and $0.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The specific identification method was used as the basis for determining the cost of all securities sold.

Investment securities of $938.0 million and $613.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds on deposit, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other long-term and short-term borrowings.

In the first quarter of 2010, we transferred certain securities formerly classified as available for sale to trading securities as we intended to sell these securities in the near-term as part of our recovery plan. In the second quarter of 2010, we sold $23.2 million of these trading securities and in the fourth quarter of 2010, we sold the remaining $21.6 million of securities classified as trading. Gross realized gains and losses on the sale of these securities were $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The transfer of these securities to the trading category was accounted for at fair value.

There were a total of 9 and 18 securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Provided below is a summary of investment securities which were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Less than 12 months					12 months or longer				Total
	Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized
Description of Securities	Value		Losses			Value		Losses		Value		Losses
	(Dollars in thousands)
At December 31, 2011:
U.S. Government sponsored entities
mortgage-backed securities	$	144,520	$	(825	)	$	-	$	-	$	144,520	$	(825	)
Other		970		(15	)		-		-		970		(15	)
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	145,490	$	(840	)	$	-	$	-	$	145,490	$	(840	)
At December 31, 2010:
U.S. Government sponsored entities
debt securities	$	83,973	$	(643	)	$	-	$	-	$	83,973	$	(643	)
U.S. Government sponsored entities
mortgage-backed securities		194,756		(3,336	)		-		-		194,756		(3,336	)
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		17		-			-		-		17		-
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	278,746	$	(3,979	)	$	-	$	-	$	278,746	$	(3,979	)

The declines in market value were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality.

U.S. Government Sponsored Entities Debt Securities

The unrealized losses on our investment in debt securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored entities were primarily driven by changes in interest rates. All debt securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored entities are rated AA+ according to Standard & Poor's (“S&P”) and AAA by Moody's. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the current par value.

U.S. Government Sponsored Entities Mortgage-Backed Securities

The unrealized losses on our investment in U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to credit losses given the explicit or implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. Government.

Non-Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

At December 31, 2010, there was one non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation that was securitized in 1991 with an unpaid principal balance, amortized cost and estimated fair value of $17 thousand, and an unrealized loss of $300. This security was subsequently paid off at par value in 2011.

Other

Unrealized losses relate primarily to equity securities held under our Director's Deferred Compensation Plan which have declined in value during the year.

Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

Unrealized losses for all investment securities are reviewed to determine whether the losses are “other-than-temporary.” Investment securities are evaluated for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value below amortized cost is other-than-temporary. In conducting this assessment, we evaluate a number of factors including, but not limited to:

·   The length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

·   Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area;

·   The historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

·   The payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

·   Failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

·   Any rating changes by a rating agency; and

·   Recoveries or additional decline in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a general lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized for anticipated credit losses.

The declines in market value were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and disruptions in the credit and financial markets. Because we have no intent to sell securities in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell such securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis, we do not consider our investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

During 2009, we identified three available for sale non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations that were considered other-than-temporarily impaired. The total OTTI on these securities as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $7.7 million, of which $2.6 million was determined to be credit related and recognized through earnings in 2009. The remaining $5.2 million was recognized as a component of AOCI.

XML

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS [Abstract]

RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

4. RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

The bank is required by the FRBSF to maintain reserves based on the amount of deposits held. The amount held as a reserve by our bank at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $66.3 million and $54.4 million, respectively.

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

16. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

In accordance with ASC 718, compensation expense is recognized only for those shares expected to vest, based on the Company's historical experience and future expectations. The following table summarizes the effects of share-based compensation to options and awards granted under the Company's equity incentive plans for each of the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits	$	2,409	$	319	$	276
Directors stock awards		153		55		86
Legal and professional services		55		-		-
Net share-based compensation effect	$	2,617	$	374	$	362

The Company's share-based compensation arrangements are described below:

Stock Option Plans

We have adopted stock option plans for the purpose of granting options to purchase the Company's common stock to directors, officers and other key individuals. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant; those option awards generally vest based on three or five years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. Certain option and share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the stock option plans below). We have historically issued new shares of common stock upon exercises of stock options and purchases of restricted awards.

In February 1997, we adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) basically as a continuance of the 1986 Stock Option Plan. In April 1997, our shareholders approved the 1997 Plan, which provided 2,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for grants to employees as qualified incentive stock options and to directors as nonqualified stock options.

In September 2004, we adopted and our shareholders approved the 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”) making available 1,500,000 shares for grants to employees and directors. Upon adoption of the 2004 Plan, all unissued shares from the 1997 Plan were frozen and no new options will be granted under the 1997 Plan. Optionees may exercise outstanding options granted pursuant to the 1997 Plan until the expiration of the respective options in accordance with the original terms of the 1997 Plan. In May 2007, the 2004 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares available for grant by an additional 1,000,000 shares. In April 2011, the 2004 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares authorized from 1,402,589 to 4,944,831. To satisfy share issuances pursuant to the share-based compensation programs, we issue new shares from the 2004 Plan.

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, a total of 2,539,341, 57,758 and 64,554 shares, respectively, were available for future grants.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant based on the following:

Valuation and amortization method-We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula and a single option award approach. We use historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination activity within the valuation model; separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.

Expected life-The expected life of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

Expected volatility-Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company's common stock.

Risk-free interest rate-The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Expected dividend-Theexpected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy.

Stock Option Activity

The fair value of the Company's stock options granted to employees was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Expected volatility		-	%		-	%		58.0	%
Risk free interest rate		-	%		-	%		2.8	%
Expected dividends		-	%		-	%		0.9	%
Expected life (in years)		-			-			5.9
Weighted average fair value	$	-		$	-		$	33.20

No stock options were granted during 2011 and 2010.

The following is a summary of option activity for our stock option plans for the year ended December 31, 2011:

					Weighted Average
					Remaining	Aggregate
			Weighted Average		Contractual	Intrinsic Value
	Shares		Exercise Price		Term (in years)	(in thousands)
Outstanding at January 1, 2011	41,934		$	432.17
Changes during the year:
Expired	(1,558	)		569.18
Forfeited	(210	)		182.46
Outstanding at December 31, 2011	40,166			428.16	3.2	$	-
Vested and expected to vest at
December 31, 2011	39,010			433.89	3.9		-
Exercisable at December 31, 2011	35,974			458.11	2.7		-

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying option awards and the quoted price of the Company's common stock for the options that were in-the-money at December 31, 2011. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, no stock options were exercised.

As of December 31, 2011, the total compensation cost that was not yet recognized related to stock options granted to employees under our stock option plans was approximately $37 thousand, net of estimated forfeitures. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 0.2 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $17 thousand, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards and Units

Under the 1997 and 2004 Plans, we awarded restricted stock awards and units to our non-officer directors and certain senior management personnel. The awards typically vest over a three or five year period. Compensation expense is measured as the market price of the stock awards on the grant date, and is recognized over the specified vesting periods.

The table below presents the activity of restricted stock awards and units for the year ended December 31, 2011:

			Weighted Average
			Grant Date
	Shares		Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011	300		$	718.00
Changes during the year:
Granted	1,080,841			14.55
Forfeited	(12,547	)		14.71
Vested	(53,290	)		12.50
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	1,015,304			14.86
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2011	1,015,304			14.86

As of December 31, 2011, there was $12.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards and units that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.2 years.

Performance Shares and Stock Appreciation Rights

In 2008, we established a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) that covered certain executive and senior management personnel. The LTIP was comprised of two components: performance shares and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). All performance shares and SARs awarded under the LTIP were granted from the 2004 Plan.

No performance shares or SARs were granted under the LTIP during 2011.

Performance Shares

Performance shares granted under the LTIP vested based on both market and service conditions. Market conditions required attainment of specified market-based conditions tied to the market value of our common stock. The service condition required employees to be employed continuously with the Company through March 12, 2011. The fair value of the grant, which was based on the market value of the stock on the grant date, was recognized as compensation over the service period, so long as the grantee met the service condition.

The table below presents activity of performance shares for the year ended December 31, 2011:

			Weighted Average
			Grant Date
	Shares		Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011	2,442		$	377.60
Changes during the year:
Vested	(531	)		377.60
Forfeited	(1,911	)		377.60
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	-

Stock Appreciation Rights

SARs granted under the LTIP required the achievement of the same market and service conditions as the performance shares described above. Similar to the performance shares, the fair value of the SARs granted were recognized as compensation over the service period, so long as the grantee met the service condition.

Upon exercise of SARs, for each SAR exercised, the grantee was entitled to receive value equal to the difference between the market value of a share on the date of exercise minus the market value of a share on the date of grant. No cash was awarded upon exercise and no fractional shares were issued or delivered.

As the Company's SARs plan is a stock-settled SAR, this plan is an equity-classified award. As such, the financial and income tax accounting for this type of award is identical to that of a nonqualified stock option plan. Therefore, the grant date fair value for all SARs issued under the SARs plan is determined at the grant date using the same method as would be used for determining the fair value of a grant of a nonqualified stock option, which has historically been the Black-Scholes formula.

The fair value of SARs granted to employees was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula.

The table below presents activity of SARs for the year ended December 31, 2011:

			Weighted Average
	Shares		Exercise Price
Outstanding at January 1, 2011	4,608		$	377.60
Changes during the year:
Forfeited	(4,608	)		377.60
Outstanding at December 31, 2011	-

XML

DEPOSITS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

DEPOSITS [Abstract]

DEPOSITS

12. DEPOSITS

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $657.3 million and $336.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Interest expense on certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $3.2 million, $6.3 million and $13.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

Three months or less	$	284,320
Over three through six months		213,723
Over six through twelve months		105,126
2013		36,970
2014		9,946
2015		4,675
2016		2,554
Thereafter		-
Total	$	657,314

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, overdrawn deposit accounts totaling $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, have been reclassified as loans on the consolidated balance sheets.

XML

SECURITIZATIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

SECURITIZATIONS [Abstract]

SECURITIZATIONS

8. SECURITIZATIONS

In prior years, we securitized certain residential mortgage loans with a U.S. Government sponsored entity and continue to service the residential mortgage loans. The servicing assets were recorded at their respective fair values at the time of securitization. The fair value of the servicing assets was determined using a discounted cash flow model based on market value assumptions at the time of securitization and is amortized in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income.

All unsold mortgage-backed securities were categorized as available for sale securities and were therefore recorded at their fair value of $9.9 million and $10.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The fair values of these mortgage-backed securities were based on quoted prices of similar instruments in active markets. Unrealized gains of $0.5 million and $34 thousand on unsold mortgage-backed securities were recorded in AOCI at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

LOANS AND LEASES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

LOANS AND LEASES [Abstract]

LOANS AND LEASES

6.           LOANS AND LEASES

Loans and leases, excluding loans held for sale, consisted of the following:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	180,571		$	207,900
Real estate:
Construction		161,126			314,530
Mortgage - residential		896,566			747,870
Mortgage - commercial		701,399			761,710
Consumer		108,810			112,950
Leases		17,702			28,163
		2,066,174			2,173,123
Unearned income		(1,727	)		(3,679	)
Total loans and leases	$	2,064,447		$	2,169,444

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we transferred five loans, which were non-performing, with a carrying value of $13.6 million, to the held-for-sale category. In addition, we transferred loans with a carrying value of $47.1 million to other real estate. No portfolio loans were sold or purchased during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we transferred 18 loans with a carrying value of $74.9 million, to the held-for-sale category and sold portfolio loans with a carrying value of $173.3 million. In addition, we transferred loans with a carrying value of $67.3 million to other real estate. No loans were purchased during the year ended December 31, 2010.

In the normal course of business, our bank makes loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates under terms that management believes are consistent with its general lending policies. An analysis of the activity of such loans follows:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year	$	5,974		$	13,007
Additions		1,382			3,543
Repayments		(2,585	)		(10,108	)
Other		(192	)		(468	)
Balance, end of year	$	4,579		$	5,974

Impaired Loans

The following table presents by class, the balance in the Allowance and the recorded investment in loans and leases based on the Company's impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Commercial,		Real estate
	financial & agricultural		Construction			Mortgage - residential			Mortgage- commercial			Consumer			Leases		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
Ending balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	-	$	401		$	-		$	371		$	-		$	-	$	772
Collectively evaluated for impairment		6,110		28,229			32,736			47,358			2,335			553		117,321
		6,110		28,630			32,736			47,729			2,335			553		118,093
Unallocated																		4,000
Total ending balance	$	6,110	$	28,630		$	32,736		$	47,729		$	2,335		$	553	$	122,093
Loans and leases:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,367	$	62,569		$	50,221		$	18,451		$	-		$	-	$	132,608
Collectively evaluated for impairment		179,204		98,557			846,345			682,948			108,810			17,702		1,933,566
		180,571		161,126			896,566			701,399			108,810			17,702		2,066,174
Unearned income		133		(63	)		(467	)		(1,330	)		-			-		(1,727	)
Total ending balance	$	180,704	$	161,063		$	896,099		$	700,069		$	108,810		$	17,702	$	2,064,447
December 31, 2010
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
Ending balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	81	$	18,197		$	89		$	1,158		$	-		$	-	$	19,525
Collectively evaluated for impairment		13,345		58,359			31,741			63,150			3,155			1,579		171,329
		13,426		76,556			31,830			64,308			3,155			1,579		190,854
Unallocated																		2,000
Total ending balance	$	13,426	$	76,556		$	31,830		$	64,308		$	3,155		$	1,579	$	192,854
Loans and leases:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	485	$	144,956		$	61,589		$	18,004		$	-		$	-	$	225,034
Collectively evaluated for impairment		207,415		169,574			686,281			743,706			112,950			28,163		1,948,089
		207,900		314,530			747,870			761,710			112,950			28,163		2,173,123
Unearned income		80		(745	)		(1,609	)		(1,404	)		(1	)		-		(3,679	)
Total ending balance	$	207,980	$	313,785		$	746,261		$	760,306		$	112,949		$	28,163	$	2,169,444

The following table presents by class, impaired loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance Allocated
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	2,107	$	1,367	$	-
Real estate:
Construction		80,283		47,877		-
Mortgage - residential		57,195		50,221		-
Mortgage - commercial		14,084		13,756		-
Total impaired loans with no related allowance recorded		153,669		113,221		-
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:
Real estate:
Construction		24,262		14,692		401
Mortgage - commercial		6,188		4,695		371
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded		30,450		19,387		772
Total	$	184,119	$	132,608	$	772
December 31, 2010
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:
Real estate:
Construction	$	112,675	$	85,571	$	-
Mortgage - residential		66,203		58,333		-
Mortgage - commercial		10,917		10,917		-
Total impaired loans with no related allowance recorded		189,795		154,821		-
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:
Commercial, financial & agricultural		1,184		485		81
Real estate:
Construction		104,429		59,384		18,197
Mortgage - residential		3,681		3,256		89
Mortgage - commercial		7,746		7,088		1,158
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded		117,040		70,213		19,525
Total	$	306,835	$	225,034	$	19,525

The following table presents by class, the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	549	$	-
Real estate:
Construction		115,612		772
Mortgage - residential		58,262		616
Mortgage - commercial		19,116		469
Total	$	193,539	$	1,857
December 31, 2010
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	15,517	$	-
Real estate:
Construction		242,069		2,082
Mortgage - residential		59,826		-
Mortgage - commercial		51,441		70
Leases		262		-
Total	$	369,115	$	2,152
December 31, 2009
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	7,535	$	112
Real estate:
Construction		186,165		1,690
Mortgage - residential		14,250		-
Mortgage - commercial		18,437		306
Leases		972		-
Total	$	227,359	$	2,108

Aging Analysis of Accruing and Non-Accruing Loans and Leases

For all loan types, the Company determines delinquency status by considering the number of days full payments required by the contractual terms of the loan are past due. The following table presents by class, the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	30 - 59 Days Past Due		60 - 89 Days Past Due		Accruing Loans Greater than 90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual Loans		Total Past Due		Loans and Leases Not Past Due		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	180	$	80	$	-	$	1,367	$	1,627	$	179,077	$	180,704
Real estate:
Construction		-		442		-		69,765		70,207		90,856		161,063
Mortgage - residential		2,972		631		-		47,128		50,731		845,368		896,099
Mortgage - commercial		602		-		-		15,653		16,255		683,814		700,069
Consumer		390		79		28		-		497		108,313		108,810
Leases		28		-		-		-		28		17,674		17,702
Total	$	4,172	$	1,232	$	28	$	133,913	$	139,345	$	1,925,102	$	2,064,447
December 31, 2010
Commercial, financial & agricultural	$	495	$	252	$	-	$	982	$	1,729	$	206,251	$	207,980
Real estate:
Construction		12,551		118		6,550		182,073		201,292		112,493		313,785
Mortgage - residential		4,183		7,494		1,800		47,560		61,037		685,224		746,261
Mortgage - commercial		273		3,169		-		14,464		17,906		742,400		760,306
Consumer		620		444		181		225		1,470		111,479		112,949
Leases		100		-		-		-		100		28,063		28,163
Total	$	18,222	$	11,477	$	8,531	$	245,304	$	283,534	$	1,885,910	$	2,169,444

Interest income totaling $0.8 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million was recognized on nonaccrual loans, including loans held for sale, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additional interest income of $14.2 million, $18.6 million and $18.4 million would have been recognized in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, had these loans been accruing interest throughout those periods. Additionally, interest income of $0.7 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million was collected and recognized on charged-off loans in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Modifications

TDRs included in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 consisted of 96 Hawaii residential mortgage loans with a combined principal balance of $38.9 million, five Hawaii construction and development loans with a combined principal balance of $17.1 million, two Mainland construction and development loans with a combined principal balance of $19.8 million, and one Hawaii commercial loan with a principal balance of $0.3 million. Concessions made to the original contractual terms of these loans consisted primarily of the deferral of interest and/or principal payments due to deterioration in the borrowers' financial condition. The principal balances on these TDRs had matured and/or were in default at the time of restructure and we have no commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers. There were $8.3 million of TDRs still accruing interest at December 31, 2011, none of which were more than 90 days delinquent. At December 31, 2010, there were $14.2 million of TDRs still accruing interest, including two residential mortgage loans totaling $0.8 million that were more than 90 days delinquent.

The majority of loans modified in a TDR are typically on nonaccrual status. Thus, these loans have already been identified as impaired and have already been evaluated under the Company's Allowance methodology. As a result, the loans modified in a TDR did not have a material affect to our Provision and Allowance during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The following table presents by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Number of Contracts	Recorded Investment (as of period end)		Additional Partial Charge-offs
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2011
Real estate:
Construction	4	$	25,457	$	6,310
Mortgage - residential	25		8,828		447
Total	29	$	34,285	$	6,757
Year ended December 31, 2010
Real estate:
Construction	5	$	15,966	$	7,187
Mortgage - residential	79		35,072		3,422
Total	84	$	51,038	$	10,609

The following table presents by class, loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Year EndedDecember 31,
	2011			2010
	Number of Contracts	Recorded Investment (as of period end)		Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment (as of period end)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate:
Construction	3	$	20,287		3	$	6,267
Mortgage - residential	18		7,175		43		17,760
Total	21	$	27,462		46	$	24,027

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes loans and leases with an outstanding balance greater than $0.5 million or $1.0 million, depending on loan type, and non-homogeneous loans and leases, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention. Loans and leases classified as special mention, while still adequately protected by the borrower's capital adequacy and payment capability, exhibit distinct weakening trends and/or elevated levels of exposure to external conditions. If left unchecked or uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deteriorated prospects of repayment. These exposures require management's close attention so as to avoid becoming undue or unwarranted credit exposures.

Substandard. Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the borrower's current financial condition and payment capability or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly repayment of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or orderly repayment in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the exposure, its classification as an estimate loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.

Loss. Loans and leases classified as loss are considered to be non-collectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This does not mean the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but rather it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off the loan, even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future. Losses are taken in the period in which they surface as uncollectible.

Loans and leases not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the process described above are considered to be pass rated loans and leases. Loans and leases listed as not rated are either less than $0.5 million or are included in groups of homogeneous loan pools. The following table presents by class and credit indicator, the recorded investment in the Company's loans and leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Not Rated		Less: Unearned Income			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
Commercial, financial
& agricultural	$	107,419	$	6,087	$	15,389	$	-	$	-	$	51,676	$	(133	)	$	180,704
Real estate:
Construction		52,882		18,808		84,716		-		-		4,720		63			161,063
Mortgage - residential		62,314		3,823		55,017		-		-		775,412		467			896,099
Mortgage - commercial		557,494		54,170		58,599		-		-		31,136		1,330			700,069
Consumer		4,659		-		79		-		-		104,072		-			108,810
Leases		16,111		327		1,264		-		-		-		-			17,702
Total	$	800,879	$	83,215	$	215,064	$	-	$	-	$	967,016	$	1,727		$	2,064,447
December 31, 2010
Commercial, financial
& agricultural	$	109,619	$	22,529	$	19,370	$	-	$	-	$	56,382	$	(80	)	$	207,980
Real estate:
Construction		44,488		41,330		215,187		5,789		-		7,736		745			313,785
Mortgage - residential		70,747		17,475		55,533		-		-		604,115		1,609			746,261
Mortgage - commercial		557,511		67,639		97,871		2,883		-		35,806		1,404			760,306
Consumer		5,778		307		769		-		14		106,082		1			112,949
Leases		21,761		4,039		2,363		-		-		-		-			28,163
Total	$	809,904	$	153,319	$	391,093	$	8,672	$	14	$	810,121	$	3,679		$	2,169,444

In accordance with applicable Interagency Guidance issued by our primary bank regulators, we define subprime borrowers as typically having weakened credit histories that include payment delinquencies and possibly more severe problems such as charge-offs, judgments, and bankruptcies. They may also display reduced repayment capacity as measured by credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, or other criteria that may encompass borrowers with incomplete credit histories. Subprime loans are loans to borrowers displaying one or more of these characteristics at the time of origination or purchase. Such loans have a higher risk of default than loans to prime borrowers. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we did not have any loans that we considered to be subprime.

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES [Abstract]

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

7. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

Changes in the Allowance were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year	$	192,854		$	205,279		$	119,878
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses		(40,690	)		159,548			348,801
		152,164			364,827			468,679
Charge-offs		(41,543	)		(199,962	)		(265,708	)
Recoveries		11,472			27,989			2,308
Net charge-offs		(30,071	)		(171,973	)		(263,400	)
Balance, end of year	$	122,093		$	192,854		$	205,279

In accordance with GAAP, loans held for sale and other real estate assets are not included in our assessment of the Allowance.

The following table presents by class, the activity in the Allowance for the periods indicated:

	Commercial,			Real estate
	financial &						Mortgage -			Mortgage -
	agricultural			Construction			residential			commercial			Consumer			Leases			Unallocated			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Beginning balance	$	13,426		$	76,556		$	31,830		$	64,308		$	3,155		$	1,579		$	2,000		$	192,854
Provision (credit) for loan
and lease losses		(6,720	)		(23,073	)		3,569			(15,664	)		214			(1,016	)		2,000			(40,690	)
		6,706			53,483			35,399			48,644			3,369			563			4,000			152,164
Charge-offs		(2,401	)		(31,371	)		(4,347	)		(1,298	)		(2,116	)		(10	)		-			(41,543	)
Recoveries		1,805			6,518			1,684			383			1,082			-			-			11,472
Net charge-offs		(596	)		(24,853	)		(2,663	)		(915	)		(1,034	)		(10	)		-			(30,071	)
Ending balance	$	6,110		$	28,630		$	32,736		$	47,729		$	2,335		$	553		$	4,000		$	122,093
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Beginning balance	$	11,026		$	114,256		$	23,930		$	44,308		$	4,555		$	1,079		$	6,125		$	205,279
Provision (credit) for loan
and lease losses		7,529			75,227			27,926			51,977			583			431			(4,125	)		159,548
		18,555			189,483			51,856			96,285			5,138			1,510			2,000			364,827
Charge-offs		(7,550	)		(126,829	)		(21,042	)		(41,280	)		(3,242	)		(19	)		-			(199,962	)
Recoveries		2,421			13,902			1,016			9,303			1,259			88			-			27,989
Net charge-offs		(5,129	)		(112,927	)		(20,026	)		(31,977	)		(1,983	)		69			-			(171,973	)
Ending balance	$	13,426		$	76,556		$	31,830		$	64,308		$	3,155		$	1,579		$	2,000		$	192,854

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired loans (included in the above amounts) were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year	$	19,525		$	38,353		$	19,185
Provision for loan and lease losses		333			18,249			32,633
Other changes		(19,086	)		(37,077	)		(13,465	)
Balance, end of year	$	772		$	19,525		$	38,353

The amounts included in other changes above represent net charge-offs and net transfers of allocated allowances for loans and leases that were not classified as impaired for the entire year. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, all impaired loans were measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans or at the loan's observable market price.

In determining the amount of our Allowance, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions, as well as the requirements of the Bank MOU and other regulatory input. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current Allowance may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses and we may experience significant increases to our Provision.

XML

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

9. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	9,006		$	9,006
Office buildings and improvements		89,846			89,537
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		33,730			33,323
		132,582			131,866
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(81,168	)		(74,476	)
Net premises and equipment	$	51,414		$	57,390

In 2010, we recognized a gain of $7.7 million upon completion of the sale of an office building in Honolulu, Hawaii.

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment were charged to the following operating expenses:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net occupancy	$	3,641	$	3,988	$	4,148
Equipment		3,083		3,749		4,262
Total	$	6,724	$	7,737	$	8,410

XML

PARENT COMPANY AND REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

PARENT COMPANY AND REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS [Abstract]

PARENT COMPANY AND REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

27. PARENT COMPANY AND REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

At December 31, 2011, the accumulated deficit of the parent company, Central Pacific Financial Corp., included $439.2 million of equity in undistributed losses of Central Pacific Bank.

Central Pacific Bank, as a Hawaii state-chartered bank, is prohibited from declaring or paying dividends greater than its retained earnings. As of December 31, 2011, the bank had an accumulated deficit of $441.5 million. For further information, see Note 15.

In December 2009, the Board of Directors of Central Pacific Bank agreed to the Consent Order with the FDIC and DFI. In May 2011, the Consent Order was lifted and replaced with the Bank MOU, as described in Note 3.

In addition to the Bank MOU, in July 2010, Central Pacific Financial Corp. entered into the Written Agreement with the FRBSF, as described in Note 3.

Section 131 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) required the FRB, FDIC, the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision (collectively, the “Agencies”) to develop a mechanism to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions. The final rules to implement FDICIA's Prompt Corrective Action provisions established minimum regulatory capital standards to determine an insured depository institution's capital category. However, the Agencies may impose higher minimum standards on individual institutions or may downgrade an institution from one capital category to a lower capital category because of safety and soundness concerns.

The Prompt Corrective Action provisions impose certain restrictions on institutions that are undercapitalized. The restrictions become increasingly more severe as an institution's capital category declines from undercapitalized to critically undercapitalized.

The following table sets forth actual and required capital and capital ratios for the Company and the bank, as well as the minimum capital adequacy requirements applicable generally to all financial institutions as of the dates indicated. At December 31, 2011, each of the Company and the bank was in compliance with the minimum ratios required by the Bank MOU and the levels required for a well-capitalized regulatory designation.

					Minimum required to be				Minimum required
	Actual				adequately capitalized				to be well-capitalized
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in thousands)
Company
As of December 31, 2011:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	555,315	22.9	%	$	96,845	4.0	%	$	145,267	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		586,802	24.2			193,690	8.0			242,112	10.0
Leverage capital		555,315	13.8			161,218	4.0			201,522	5.0
As of December 31, 2010:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	180,626	7.6	%	$	94,544	4.0	%	$	141,815	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		212,259	9.0			189,087	8.0			236,359	10.0
Leverage capital		180,626	4.4			163,454	4.0			204,318	5.0
Central Pacific Bank
As of December 31, 2011:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	524,057	21.6	%	$	96,916	4.0	%	$	145,375	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		555,566	22.9			193,833	8.0			242,291	10.0
Leverage capital		524,057	13.0			161,259	4.0			201,574	5.0
As of December 31, 2010:
Tier 1 risk-based capital	$	197,626	8.4	%	$	94,592	4.0	%	$	141,888	6.0	%
Total risk-based capital		229,271	9.7			189,183	8.0			236,479	10.0
Leverage capital		197,626	4.8			163,500	4.0			204,376	5.0

Condensed financial statements, solely of the parent company, Central Pacific Financial Corp., follow:

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	45,626		$	6,000
Investment securities available for sale		970			1,062
Investment in subsidiary bank, at equity in underlying net assets		530,173			188,047
Investment in other subsidiaries, at equity in underlying assets		541			527
Accrued interest receivable and other assets		7,410			6,793
Total assets	$	584,720		$	202,429
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Long-term debt	$	108,249		$	108,249
Other liabilities		20,031			28,128
Total liabilities		128,280			136,377
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
none and 135,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively		-			130,458
Common stock, no par value, authorized 185,000,000 shares; issued and
outstanding 41,749,116 and 1,527,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and
2010, respectively		784,539			404,167
Surplus		66,585			63,308
Accumulated deficit		(396,848	)		(517,316	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		2,164			(14,565	)
Total shareholders' equity		456,440			66,052
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	584,720		$	202,429

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Statements of Operations

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Income:
Dividends from other subsidiaries	$	-		$	-		$	8
Interest income:
Interest and dividends on investment securities		-			11			18
Interest from subsidiary banks		109			12			52
Other income		1,047			107			220
Total income		1,156			130			298
Expense:
Interest on long-term debt		3,392			3,324			3,884
Other expenses		3,584			6,039			5,984
Total expenses		6,976			9,363			9,868
Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed income
(loss) of subsidiaries		(5,820	)		(9,233	)		(9,570	)
Income tax expense		-			-			3,121
Loss before equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries		(5,820	)		(9,233	)		(12,691	)
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary bank		42,377			(241,720	)		(301,067	)
Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries		14			-			11
Net income (loss)	$	36,571		$	(250,953	)	$	(313,747	)

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	36,571		$	(250,953	)	$	(313,747	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		-			(73	)		3,947
Equity in (income) loss of subsidiary bank		(42,377	)		241,720			301,067
Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries		(14	)		-			(11	)
Share-based compensation		153			56			86
Other, net		4,755			8,904			5,979
Net cash used in operating activities		(912	)		(346	)		(2,679	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale		-			335			-
Investment in subsidiary bank		(283,000	)		-			(135,000	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(283,000	)		335			(135,000	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants		-			-			134,403
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option exercises		323,538			(1,023	)		2,255
Dividends paid		-			-			(2,362	)
Other, net		-			147			-
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		323,538			(876	)		134,296
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		39,626			(887	)		(3,383	)
Cash and cash equivalents
At beginning of year		6,000			6,887			10,270
At end of year	$	45,626		$	6,000		$	6,887

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

LONG-TERM DEBT [Abstract]

LONG-TERM DEBT

14. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt, which is based on original maturity, consisted of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
FHLB advances	$	50,049	$	351,554
Subordinated debentures		108,249		108,249
	$	158,298	$	459,803

FHLB Advances

FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010 carried weighted average interest rates of 0.65% and 2.75%, respectively. FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2011 were secured by unencumbered investment securities with a fair value of $210.0 million and certain real estate loans totaling $887.0 million in accordance with the collateral provisions of the Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2011, our bank had additional unused FHLB advances available of approximately $703.3 million. Interest expense on FHLB advances were $5.7 million, $17.0 million and $20.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, there were no putable FHLB advances outstanding.

In September 2011, the bank prepaid long-term FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.36% totaling $120.5 million and, as a result, recognized a charge of $6.2 million on the early extinguishment of this debt.

A similar balance sheet repositioning was completed in December 2010, in which the bank prepaid long-term FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.78% totaling $106.7 million and, as a result, recognized a charge of $5.7 million on the early extinguishment of this debt.

In February 2009, the bank's collateral arrangement with the FHLB converted from a blanket pledge arrangement to a physical possession arrangement whereby the bank was required to deliver loan documents to the FHLB for the collateral securing advances. In September 2011, the FHLB upgraded the bank from a physical possession collateral arrangement to a listing arrangement. Under a listing arrangement, the bank maintains custody of the loan collateral documentation and is required to submit a monthly file listing loans pledged with certain data fields. At December 31, 2011, there was no maximum borrowing term limit and the bank has a credit line of 20% of total assets.

Subordinated Debentures

In March 2003, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Capital Trust I (“Trust I”). Trust I issued $15.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Trust I trust preferred securities bear an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.25%, and mature on April 7, 2033. The principal assets of Trust I are $15.5 million of the Company's subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust I trust preferred securities. Trust I issued $0.5 million of common securities to the Company.

In October 2003, we created two wholly-owned statutory trusts, CPB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”) and CPB Statutory Trust III (“Trust III”). Trust II issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and maturing on October 7, 2033. The principal assets of Trust II are $20.6 million of the Company's subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust II trust preferred securities. Trust II issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

Trust III issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and maturing on December 17, 2033. The principal assets of Trust III are $20.6 million of the Company's subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust III trust preferred securities. Trust III issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

In September 2004, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”). Trust IV issued $30.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.45% and maturing on December 15, 2034. The principal assets of Trust IV are $30.9 million of the Company's subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust IV trust preferred securities. Trust IV issued $0.9 million of common securities to the Company.

In December 2004, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Statutory Trust V (“Trust V”). Trust V issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.87% and maturing on December 15, 2034. The principal assets of Trust V are $20.6 million of the Company's subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust V trust preferred securities. Trust V issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

The trust preferred securities, the subordinated debentures that are the assets of Trusts I, II, III, IV and V and the common securities issued by Trusts I, II, III, IV and V are redeemable in whole or in part on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 on or after April 7, 2008 for Trust I, on or after October 7, 2008 for Trusts II and III, and on or after December 15, 2009 for Trust IV and V, or at any time in whole but not in part within 90 days following the occurrence of certain events. Our obligations with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of each trust's obligations with respect to its trust preferred securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, we may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the subordinated debentures, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related trust preferred securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. The Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) has determined that certain cumulative preferred securities having the characteristics of the Securities qualify as minority interest, and are included in Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies.

On August 20, 2009, we began deferring regularly scheduled interest payments on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities. The terms of the junior subordinated debentures and the trust documents allow us to defer payments of interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. During the deferral period, which currently stands at ten consecutive quarters, the respective trusts will likewise suspend the declaration and payment of dividends on the trust preferred securities. Also during the deferral period, we may not, among other things and with limited exceptions, pay cash dividends on or repurchase our common stock or preferred stock or make any payment on outstanding debt obligations that rank equally with or junior to the junior subordinated debentures. During the deferral period, we will continue to accrue, and reflect in our consolidated financial statements, the deferred interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures. Accrued interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities was $8.5 million and $5.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, future principal payments on long-term debt based on final maturity are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2012	$	50,018
2013		20
2014		11
2015		-
2016		-
Thereafter		108,249
Total	$	158,298

XML

OPERATING LEASES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]

OPERATING LEASES

19. OPERATING LEASES

We lease certain properties and equipment with lease terms expiring through 2038. In most instances, the property leases provide for the renegotiation of rental terms at fixed intervals, and generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from five to 15 years.

Net rent expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Rent expense charged to net occupancy	$	10,286		$	10,195		$	10,525
Less sublease income		(74	)		(92	)		(120	)
Net rent expense charged to net occupancy		10,212			10,103			10,405
Rent expense charged to equipment expense		162			191			296
Total net rent expense	$	10,374		$	10,294		$	10,701

The following is a schedule of future minimum rental commitments for all noncancellable operating leases that had initial lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2011:

			Less
	Rental		Sublease			Net Rental
	Commitment		Rental Income			Commitment
	(Dollars in thousands)
Year ending December 31:
2012	$	7,383	$	(27	)	$	7,356
2013		6,512		-			6,512
2014		5,813		-			5,813
2015		4,691		-			4,691
2016		3,719		-			3,719
Thereafter		24,981		-			24,981
Total	$	53,099	$	(27	)	$	53,072

In addition, the Company, as lessor, leases certain properties that it owns. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental income for those noncancellable operating leases that had initial lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2012	$	7,346
2013		6,553
2014		5,529
2015		4,765
2016		3,904
Thereafter		7,299
Total	$	35,396

In instances where the lease calls for a renegotiation of rental payments, the lease rental payment in effect prior to renegotiation was used throughout the remaining lease term.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Preferred Stock [Member]	Common Stock [Member]	Surplus [Member]	Retained Earnings/ (Accumulated Deficit) [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Non Controlling Interest [Member]	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 0	$ 403,176	$ 55,963	$ 63,762	$ 3,390	$ 10,049	$ 536,340
Components of comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)	0	0	0	(313,747)	0	0	(313,747)
Net change in unrealized gain on investment securities	0	0	0	0	4,808	0	4,808
Net change in unrealized gain on derivatives	0	0	0	0	(14,811)	0	(14,811)
Minimum pension liability adjustment	0	0	0	0	3,102	0	3,102
Comprehensive income (loss)							(320,648)
Issuance of shares of preferred stock and related warrants, net of costs	127,653	0	6,750	0	0	0	134,403
Preferred stock dividends and accretion	1,322	0	0	(7,946)	0	0	(6,624)
Common stock issued under common stock offerings and stock plans, net of costs	0	2,255	0	0	0	0	2,255
Common stock purchased by directors' deferred compensation plan	0	(76)	0	0	0	0	(76)
Share-based compensation	0	0	362	0	0	0	362
Non-controlling interests	0	0	0	0	0	(23)	(23)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	128,975	405,355	63,075	(257,931)	(3,511)	10,026	345,989
Components of comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)	0	0	0	(250,953)	0	0	(250,953)
Net change in unrealized gain on investment securities	0	0	0	0	(2,966)	0	(2,966)
Net change in unrealized gain on derivatives	0	0	0	0	(7,377)	0	(7,377)
Minimum pension liability adjustment	0	0	0	0	(711)	0	(711)
Comprehensive income (loss)							(262,007)
Preferred stock dividends and accretion	1,483	0	0	(8,432)	0	0	(6,949)
Common stock issued under common stock offerings and stock plans, net of costs	0	(1,182)	0	0	0	0	(1,182)
Common stock purchased by directors' deferred compensation plan	0	(6)	0	0	0	0	(6)
Share-based compensation	0	0	233	0	0	0	233
Non-controlling interests	0	0	0	0	0	(23)	(23)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	130,458	404,167	63,308	(517,316)	(14,565)	10,003	76,055
Components of comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)	0	0	0	36,571	0	0	36,571
Net change in unrealized gain on investment securities	0	0	0	0	21,026	0	21,026
Net change in unrealized gain on derivatives	0	0	0	0	(3,235)	0	(3,235)
Minimum pension liability adjustment	0	0	0	0	(1,062)	0	(1,062)
Comprehensive income (loss)							53,300
Preferred stock dividends and accretion	204	0	0	(1,173)	0	0	(969)
Common stock issued in exchange for preferred stock and accrued unpaid dividends	(130,662)	56,201	0	85,070	0	0	(10,609)
Common stock issued under common stock offerings and stock plans, net of costs	0	324,155	0	0	0	0	324,155
Common stock sold by directors' deferred compensation plan	0	16	0	0	0	0	16
Share-based compensation	0	0	3,277	0	0	0	3,277
Non-controlling interests	0	0	0	0	0	(23)	(23)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 0	$ 784,539	$ 66,585	$ (396,848)	$ 2,164	$ 9,980	$ 466,420

XML

RECOVERY PLAN PROGRESS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

RECOVERY PLAN PROGRESS DISCLOSURE [Abstract]

RECOVERY PLAN PROGRESS

3.           RECOVERY PLAN PROGRESS

As previously discussed, we adopted and implemented a recovery plan in March 2010 to improve our financial health by completing a significant recapitalization, aggressively reducing our credit risk exposure and focusing on our core businesses and traditional markets in Hawaii.

In addition to recapitalizing our Company, key elements of the recovery plan included, but were not limited to:

·   Aggressively managing the bank's existing loan portfolios to minimize further credit losses and to maximize recoveries;

·   Shrinking the bank's balance sheet, including the sale of pledged securities and reducing public deposits and repurchase positions;

·   Reducing the bank's loan portfolio through paydowns and restructurings; and

·   Lowering operating costs to align with the restructured business model.

Throughout 2010 and 2011, we accomplished several key milestones in our recovery plan, including:

·   On February 18, 2011, we successfully completed the Private Placement and TARP Exchange.

·   On May 6, 2011, we successfully completed a $20 million Rights Offering.

·   In May 2011, the Consent Order was lifted and replaced with the Bank MOU.

·   We significantly improved our tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital, and leverage capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 to 22.94%, 24.24%, and 13.78%, respectively, from 7.64%, 8.98%, and 4.42%, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. Our capital ratios currently exceed the minimum level required by the Bank MOU and are above the levels required for a “well-capitalized” regulatory designation.

·   We reported four consecutive profitable quarters with net income of $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

·   We reduced our nonperforming assets by $107.2 million to $195.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $302.8 million at December 31, 2010.

·   We reduced our construction and development loan portfolio (excluding owner-occupied loans) as of December 31, 2011 to $148.4 million, or 7.2% of our total loan portfolio. At December 31, 2010, this portfolio totaled $299.9 million, or 13.8% of our total loan portfolio.

·   We maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases of 5.91% at December 31, 2011, compared to 8.89% at December 31, 2010. In addition, we maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming assets of 62.42% at December 31, 2011, compared to 63.69% at December 31, 2010.

·   We reduced total outstanding borrowings with the FHLB to $50.0 million at December 31, 2011 from $551.3 million at December 31, 2010.

In addition to the above, see Notes 14 and 15 for further capital preservation initiatives undertaken by management related to the suspension of dividends on common shares, as well as the deferral of interest and dividend payments on the Company's subordinated debentures and trust preferred securities.

The actions described above are designed to improve the overall financial position of our bank. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement the remaining aspects of our recovery plan.

XML

INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAXES

20. INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAXES

Components of income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	Current			Deferred		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2011:
Federal	$	-		$	-	$	-
State		-			-		-
Total	$	-		$	-	$	-
2010:
Federal	$	-		$	-	$	-
State		-			-		-
Total	$	-		$	-	$	-
2009:
Federal	$	(38,309	)	$	12,915	$	(25,394	)
State		(3,586	)		8,985		5,399
Total	$	(41,895	)	$	21,900	$	(19,995	)

Income tax benefit for the periods presented differed from the “expected” tax benefit (computed by applying the U.S. Federal corporate tax rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes) for the following reasons:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)	$	12,802		$	(87,834	)	$	(116,810	)
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
Goodwill impairment (not deductible for tax purposes)		-			35,941			17,500
Tax-exempt interest		(273	)		(420	)		(1,539	)
Other tax-exempt income		(1,441	)		(1,669	)		(1,827	)
Low-income housing and energy tax credits		(1,678	)		(8,023	)		(1,272	)
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax effect,
excluding impact of deferred tax valuation allowance		546			(8,724	)		(17,907	)
Change in the beginning-of-the-year balance of the
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
allocated to income tax expense		(9,870	)		70,506			101,836
Other		(86	)		223			24
Total	$	-		$	-		$	(19,995	)

At December 31, 2011, current Federal income taxes receivable was $46 thousand. At December 31, 2010, current Federal income taxes payable was $0.3 million. Current state income taxes receivable was $2.3 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses	$	42,589	$	67,406
Accrued expenses		5,417		5,151
Employee retirement benefits		8,439		8,015
Federal and state tax credit carryforwards		34,616		31,851
Investment write-downs and write-offs		3,021		3,429
Interest on nonaccrual loans		5,703		7,471
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards		98,409		96,777
Other		25,213		15,441
Total deferred tax assets	$	223,407	$	235,541
Deferred tax liabilities
Intangible assets	$	16,308	$	17,232
FHLB stock dividends received		12,345		12,345
Net unrealized gain on derivatives recognized through AOCI		1,959		3,249
Leases		4,494		5,528
Deferred gain on curtailed retirement plan		3,339		3,339
Liability on utilization of state tax credits		7,851		6,860
Other		14,851		8,156
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	61,147	$	56,709
Deferred tax valuation allowance	$	162,260	$	178,832
Net deferred tax assets	$	-	$	-

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $162.3 million and $178.8 million, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance was a decrease of $16.6 million and increase of $74.2 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of the total decrease in the valuation allowance in 2011, $9.9 million was recognized as income tax benefit while the remaining $6.7 million was a benefit for AOCI, compared to $70.5 million recognized as income tax expense and $3.7 million charged against AOCI in 2010.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the Company's cumulative three year loss position and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize the benefits of these deductible differences. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could change in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period change.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of $225.6 million, which are available to offset future Federal taxable income, if any, through 2031. At December 31, 2011, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Hawaii and California state income tax purposes of $239.0 million and $41.4 million, respectively, which are available to offset future state taxable income through 2030 for Hawaii and 2031 for California. In addition, we have state tax credit carryforwards of $23.6 million that do not expire, and federal tax credit carryforwards of $11.0 million, of which $9.3 million expire in 20 years, and $1.7 million do not expire.

As further described in Note 15, to help protect the Company's tax benefits, the Company implemented the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan on November 23, 2011 and the Protective Charter Amendment on January 26, 2011.

At December 31, 2011, we have no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

We are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. We have concluded all U.S. Federal and Hawaii income tax matters for years through 2005.

XML

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS [Abstract]

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

13. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with a weighted average contractual maturity of 365 days or less are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase the identical securities sold are reflected as a liability with the dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remaining in the asset accounts. The underlying securities are held in a custodial account subject to our control. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had no securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

At December 31, 2011, other short-term borrowings consist of overdraft balances in due from bank accounts.

At December 31, 2011, our bank had additional unused borrowings available at the Federal Reserve discount window of $31.0 million. As of December 31, 2011, certain commercial real estate and commercial loans totaling $52.4 million have been pledged as collateral on our line of credit with the Federal Reserve discount window. The Federal Reserve does not have the right to sell or repledge these loans. In September 2011, the bank was upgraded from the Federal Reserve's secondary credit facility to the primary credit facility, and regained its eligibility for the Borrower-in-Custody program.

At December 31, 2010, other short-term borrowings consisted of short-term FHLB advances of $200.0 million and the Treasury Tax and Loan balance of $2.5 million, which represents tax payments collected on behalf of the U.S. government. At December 31, 2010, the short-term FHLB advances had an adjustable interest rate of 0.58%. The rate adjusts on a quarterly basis to the three month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 0.28%. Treasury Tax and Loan balances bear market interest rates and are callable at any time. Interest expense on short-term FHLB advances were $0.2 million, $1.1 million and nil in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

A summary of our short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Amount outstanding at December 31	$	-		$	-		$	239,669
Average amount outstanding during year		-			52,214			129,802
Highest month-end balance during year		-			236,669			263,669
Weighted average interest rate on balances
outstanding at December 31		-			-			0.21	%
Weighted average interest rate during year		-			0.21	%		0.23	%
Other short-term borrowings
Amount outstanding at December 31	$	34		$	202,480		$	2,760
Average amount outstanding during year		35,809			167,608			57,918
Highest month-end balance during year		201,962			202,480			279,725
Weighted average interest rate on balances
outstanding at December 31		0.00	%		0.58	%		0.00	%
Weighted average interest rate during year		0.57	%		0.64	%		0.43	%